Document of

The World Bank

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Report No: 61625-IN

PROJECT APPRAISAL DOCUMENT

ON A

PROPOSED LOAN

IN THE AMOUNT OF
US$801 MILLION EQUIVALENT

AND

PROPOSED CREDIT

IN THE AMOUNT OF SDR 123.02 MILLION

(US$199 MILLION EQUIVALENT)

TO

INDIA

FOR A

NATIONAL GANGA RIVER BASIN PROJECT

May 4, 2011

This document has a restricted distribution and may be used by recipients only in the
performance of their official duties. Its contents may not otherwise be disclosed without World
Bank authorization.
 CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS

(Exchange Rate Effective April 30, 2011)

Currency Unit = Indian Rupee (Rs.)

Rs. 44.2 = US$ 1
US$ 1.62 = SDR 1

FISCAL YEAR
April 1 – March 31

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

BUIDCO Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development Corporation

CAS Country Assistance Strategy
CBA Cost Benefit Analysis
CBO Community Based Organization
CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CSP City Sanitation Plan
DBO Design Build Operate
DPR Detailed Project Report
EA Executing Agency
ESA Environmental and Social Assessment
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
ESMF Environment and Social Management Framework
FM Financial Management
FR Feasibility Report
GAAP Governance and Accountability Action Plan
GBMP Ganga Basin Management Plan
GIS Geographical Information System
GKC Ganga Knowledge Center
GOI Government of India
IBRD International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
ICB International Competitive Bidding
IDA International Development Association
IEC Information and Education Campaign
IGRS Integrated Grievance Redressal System
IIT Indian Institute of Technology
IUFR Interim Unaudited Financial Reports
JNNURM Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
KMDA Kolkata Metropolitan Development Authority
MLD Million Liters per Day
MOEF Ministry of Environment and Forests
MOA Memorandum of Agreement
MOUD Ministry of Urban Development
NCB National Competitive Bidding
NGO Non Governmental Organization
NGRBA National Ganga River Basin Authority
OP/BP World Bank: Operational Policy / Bank Procedure
O&M Operation and Maintenance
PAD Project Appraisal Document
PDO Project Development Objective
PIP Project Implementation Plan
PMC Project Management Consultancy
PMG Project Management Group
PPF (PPA) Project Preparation Facility (Advance)
PPP Public Private Partnership
RAC Research Advisory Committee
RFM River Front Management
RTI Right to Information
SEESA Strategic Environmental, Economic, and Social Assessment
SGRCA State Ganga River Conservation Authority
SOR Schedule of Rates
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
SPMG State Project Management Group
SWM Solid Waste Management
TOR Terms of Reference
TSC Technical Support Consultancy
TSDF Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility
ULB Urban Local Body
UPJN Uttar Pradesh Jal Nigam
WTP Willingness to Pay
WQMS Water Quality Monitoring System
WWTP Waste Water Treatment Plant

Vice President: Isabel M. Guerrero

Country Director: N. Roberto Zagha
Country Manager John H. Stein
Sector Manager: Herbert Acquay
Task Team Leader: Sanjay Pahuja
 INDIA
National Ganga River Basin Project

CONTENTS

Page

I. STRATEGIC CONTEXT AND RATIONALE ................................................................. 4

A. Country and sector issues.................................................................................................... 4
B. Rationale for Bank involvement ....................................................................................... 11
C. Higher level objectives to which the project contributes .................................................. 12

II. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................... 12

A. Lending instrument ........................................................................................................... 12
B. Project development objective and key indicators............................................................ 13
C. Project components ........................................................................................................... 13
D. Lessons learned and reflected in the project design.......................................................... 17
E. Alternatives considered and reasons for rejection ............................................................ 18

III. IMPLEMENTATION .................................................................................................... 19

A. Institutional and implementation arrangements ................................................................ 19
B. Monitoring and evaluation of outcomes/results ................................................................ 21
C. Sustainability..................................................................................................................... 22
D. Critical risks and possible controversial aspects ............................................................... 23
E. Loan/credit conditions and covenants ............................................................................... 28

IV. APPRAISAL SUMMARY ............................................................................................. 28

A. Economic and financial analyses ...................................................................................... 28
B. Technical ........................................................................................................................... 31
C. Fiduciary ........................................................................................................................... 32
D. Social................................................................................................................................. 35
E. Environment ...................................................................................................................... 37
F. Safeguard policies ............................................................................................................. 38
G. Policy Exceptions and Readiness...................................................................................... 39

Annex 1: Country and Sector or Program Background ......................................................... 40

Annex 2: Major Related Projects Financed by the Bank and/or other Agencies ................. 50
Annex 3: Results Framework and Monitoring ........................................................................ 55

Annex 4: Detailed Project Description ...................................................................................... 60

Annex 5: Project Costs ............................................................................................................... 67

Annex 6: Implementation Arrangements ................................................................................. 68

Annex 7: Financial Management and Disbursement Arrangements ..................................... 96

Annex 8: Procurement Arrangements .................................................................................... 106

Annex 9: Economic and Financial Analysis ........................................................................... 113

Annex 10: Safeguard Policy Issues .......................................................................................... 124

Annex 11: Governance and Accountability Action Plan ....................................................... 141

Annex 12: Communications Strategy and Action Plan ......................................................... 147

Annex 13: Project Preparation and Supervision ................................................................... 151

Annex 14: Documents in the Project File ............................................................................... 159

Annex 15: Statement of Loans and Credits ............................................................................ 162

Annex 16: Country at a Glance ............................................................................................... 167

Annex 17: Map IBRD 38041R - The Ganga Basin in India .................................................. 169
 INDIA

NATIONAL GANGA RIVER BASIN PROJECT

PROJECT APPRAISAL DOCUMENT

SOUTH ASIA

SASDI

Date: May 4, 2011 Team Leader: Sanjay Pahuja

Country Director: N. Roberto Zagha Sectors: Public administration- Water,
Sector Manager/Director: Herbert sanitation and flood protection (40%); General
Acquay/John Henry Stein water, sanitation and flood protection sector
(30%); Sewerage (30%)
Themes: Water resource management (60%);
Environmental policies and institutions (20%);
Pollution management and environmental
health (20%)
Project ID: P119085 Environmental category: A - Full Assessment
Lending Instrument: Specific Investment Loan
Project Financing Data
[X] Loan [X] Credit [ ] Grant [ ] Guarantee [ ] Other:

For Loans/Credits/Others:
Total Bank financing (US$m.): 1,000.00
Proposed terms: Standard IDA Credit with a total maturity of 35 years, including a grace period
of 10 years; IBRD Loan with a variable spread option and total maturity of 18 years, including a
5 year grace period.
Financing Plan (US$m)
Source Local Foreign Total
BORROWER/RECIPIENT 400 156 556
International Development Association 149 50 199
(IDA)
International Bank for Reconstruction and 571 230 801
Development (IBRD)
Total: 1120 436 1,556

Borrower:
Government of India
Responsible Agency:
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India
Paryavaran Bhawan, Lodhi Road, New Delhi, India
Tel: (91-11) 2436-0634 Fax: (91-11) 2436-3577

1
 Estimated disbursements (Bank FY/US$m)
FY 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Annual 16 87 127 198 201 154 124 93
Cumulative 16 103 230 428 629 783 907 1000
Project implementation period: Start: June 2011
Expected effectiveness date: 1 August 2011
Expected closing date: December 2019
Does the project depart from the CAS in content or other significant respects?
[ ]Yes [ X] No
Ref. PAD I.C.
Does the project require any exceptions from Bank policies?
Ref. PAD IV.G. [ ]Yes [X] No
Have these been approved by Bank management? [ ]Yes [ ] No
Is approval for any policy exception sought from the Board? [ ]Yes [ ] No
Does the project include any critical risks rated “substantial” or “high”?
Ref. PAD III.E. [X]Yes [ ] No

Does the project meet the Regional criteria for readiness for implementation?
Ref. PAD IV.G. [X]Yes [ ] No

Project development objective Ref. PAD II.C., Technical Annex 3

The objectives of the project are to support the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA)
in:
(a) building capacity of its nascent operational-level institutions, so that they can manage the
long-term Ganga clean-up and conservation program; and
(b) implementing a diverse set of demonstrative investments for reducing point-source
pollution loads in a sustainable manner, at priority locations on the Ganga.

Project description Ref. PAD II.D., Technical Annex 4

There are two components, as follows:

Component One: Institutional Development (US$ 200 million) The objectives of this
component are to build functional capacity of the NGRBA’s operational institutions at both the
central and state levels, and to provide support to associated institutions for implementing the
NGRBA Program. Its sub-components include: (i) NGRBA Operationalization and Program
Management, (ii) Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers, and (iii) Technical
Assistance for Environmental Regulators.
Component Two: Priority Infrastructure Investments (US$ 1,356 million) The objective of
this component is to finance demonstrative infrastructure investments to reduce pollution loads
in priority locations on the river. The four main sectors of investments are: municipal wastewater
management, industrial pollution control, solid waste management and river front management.
The investments are intended to exemplify, among other attributes, the high standards of
technical preparation and implementation, sustainability of operations, and public participation
envisaged in the NGRBA framework. This component will also support innovative pilots, for
new and transformative technologies or implementation arrangements

2
Which safeguard policies are triggered, if any? Ref. PAD IV.F., Technical Annex 10
The following safeguard policies are triggered:
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01)
Physical Cultural Resources (OP/BP 4.11)
Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04)
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12)
Indigenous Peoples (OP/BP 4.10)
Projects on International Waterways (OP/BP 7.50)
Significant, non-standard conditions, if any, for:
Ref. PAD III.F.
Board presentation: Nil
Loan/credit effectiveness: Nil

Covenants applicable to project implementation: The key covenants for the project include the
following: MoEF and the participating states of Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand
and West Bengal: (i) shall maintain throughout the project period the PMG and the SPMGs,
respectively with suitably qualified personnel and with resources sufficient to carry out project
management including technical and fiduciary supervisions, monitoring and evaluation, and
public communication to achieve the Project Development Objectives in a timely and effective
manner; (ii) will ensure continuity of the leadership of the PMG and the SPMGs, and will plan
for replacement and/or succession of leadership, in such a manner that disturbance to project
implementation is minimum and that institutional memory remains intact throughout the project
period; (iii) will prepare, through PMG and SPMGs, and no later than December 31 of each year,
the Annual Action Plan and procurement plans for implementation of the activities under each
component of the project for the next Financial Year; and taking into account Bank’s
recommendations, finalize these plans no later than March 31 of each year; (iv) shall maintain a
dedicated, multi-disciplinary team of suitably qualified personnel in each Executing Agency
(EA) with resources sufficient to carry out their respective parts of the project; (v) will place in
position, within six months from effectiveness, suitable external and internal auditors pursuant to
terms of reference acceptable to the Bank; (vi) shall take all necessary measures, or cause others
to take such measures, to ensure implementation of the project is in accordance with the
provisions of, among others, the Financial Management Manual, the Procurement Manual, the
Governance and Accountability Acton Plan (GAAP), and the Environmental and Social
Management Framework (ESMF), which may be amended from time to time with prior approval
of MOEF and the Bank; (vii) shall ensure that the expertise, including national and international
experts, required for effective implementation of the project (as per the NGRBA Program
Framework) are available to the PMG and the SPMGs at all times during the project period;
(viii) through the PMG and the SPMGs, shall (a) undertake suitable baseline surveys such that
each Annual Action Plan starting from Year Two of the project period have adequate baselines
against which the performance of the specific investment can be monitored; (b) engage external
consultants for detailed third-party monitoring and quality assurance services in a continuous
manner throughout the project period; and (c) undertake third-party evaluation of the project
twice during the project period - immediately before mid-term review and before closing of the
project; and (ix) through the PMG and the SPMGs shall ensure, unless otherwise specifically
provided by the Government of India, that all information in the project be made public,
including reports on physical and financial progress, monitoring, evaluation, and external audits.

3
I. STRATEGIC CONTEXT AND RATIONALE

A. Country and sector issues

1. Economic growth and the macroeconomic outlook. In the past few years, India has
emerged as one of the world’s fastest growing economies. Since 1990, its economic growth rate
has more than doubled, rising from 1.9 percent during 1961-1990 to 4.6 percent in 1991-2008. In
2008-09, real per capita income stood at US$1,040, more than double the level of 1993-94. India
is now a $ 1.75 trillion economy1, and its growth is fueled by a strong momentum in investment,
reflecting rising productivity, robust exports, and high business confidence. This sustained
economic growth, exceeding 7-8 percent a year over the last five years and projected to
accelerate to 9 percent in 2011-12, has catapulted India onto the global stage and raised the
prospect that it could eliminate extensive poverty within a generation. If this projected economic
expansion is sustained, India is estimated to become the world's third largest economy by 2030
2. Despite having been buffeted by the twin shocks of the global financial crisis in 2007-09
and the negative domestic growth in agriculture and allied sectors in 2008-09, the Indian
economy has shown remarkable resilience and strength. The effect of the global crisis on growth
was relatively mild, and India’s economy has since recovered relatively quickly. Even the
continued high food inflation and temporary slowdown in industrial growth have not dampened
the overall dynamism, which has since returned India to the high growth path it had achieved
during 2005-08. Therefore, the recovery of Indian economy seems to be robust.
3. This resilience and continued growth is primarily the result of strong macroeconomic
policies including the easing of monetary policy and tax reductions, fiscal consolidation at both
the central and state levels resulting in buoyant revenues, social protection measures to protect
the poor, and some luck in good weather and the slow but steady recovery of the global
economy. On the expenditure side, a resurgence of investment contributed to the recovery,
although private consumption growth has since also accelerated. On the production side, the
agricultural sector surprised analysts with a positive growth rate in FY 2009-10 despite the
monsoon failure of that year, with a strong rebound materializing in FY 2010-11 as expected. In
recent quarters, the industrial sector has registered double-digit growth.
4. The recently presented budget for FY 2011-12 reinforces the inclusive growth orientation
of the Government, and emphasizes restoration of GDP growth to 9 percent while making
growth more broad based and ensuring supply-demand imbalances are better managed. The
budget targets an ambitious consolidation of deficit as a percentage of government GDP. In
addition, the onset of the benefits of a demographic transition and high savings rates augur well
for a high-growth path over the medium to long term.
5. However, there are challenges, including risks from the uncertainties of global
commodity prices, potential volatility in capital inflows, the need for further increases in real
interest rates to reduce inflation, and reducing subsidies in order to meet ambitious targets for
fiscal consolidation. Apart from reforms to subsidies and under-recoveries of costs of provision
of services, improved efficiency in service delivery is also needed to free up resources for the
“expansionary consolidation” envisaged by the 13th Finance Commission. Nonetheless, the

1
The Economic Survey 2010-11, Ministry of Finance, Government of India.

4
Government is well aware of these challenges and has established a track record of reforms that
will help to maintain the growth momentum.
6. Growth and the environment. However, India’s recent remarkable growth has been
clouded by a degrading environment and growing scarcity of natural resources. A rapidly
growing population (provisionally estimated by the Census of India at 1.21 billion in 2011) and
dynamic economic development have been accompanied by extensive and unplanned
urbanization and industrialization, the expansion and intensification of agriculture, and the
destruction of forests. A 2009 State of the Environment Report for India stressed the major
concerns and costs associated with serious land degradation, loss of biodiversity, deteriorating air
quality in cities, increasing water scarcity, and generation of large quantities of hazardous waste
from industries. The share of the most polluting sectors in India’s exports has increased
dramatically during the last decade, and a growing pollution footprint is negatively impacting
human health and development outcomes. The environmental sustainability of growth and the
impact of ecosystem degradation have, therefore, emerged as serious issues.
7. At the same time, poverty remains both a cause and consequence of resource degradation
with the problem being most acute in India’s lagging states. For example, agricultural yields are
lower on degraded land, and when forests are depleted, livelihood resources decline. To subsist,
the poor are compelled to mine and overuse the limited resources available to them, creating a
downward spiral of impoverishment and environmental degradation. Environmental
sustainability could thus become the next major challenge as India surges along its growth
trajectory.
8. In recent years, India has taken substantial steps to address these challenges and to ensure
that development does not come at the cost of the environment. It has enacted stringent
environmental legislation, and has tightened the enforcement of existing laws and regulations.
There have been large scale efforts to stabilize the forest cover through afforestation programs,
and considerable investments aimed at improving the water quality. Some very visible examples
of recent policy initiatives include: the launch of the National Action Plan for Climate Change;
the adoption of a National Environmental Policy that recognizes the value of harnessing market
forces and incentives as part of the regulatory approach; the establishment of the National Green
Tribunal to address and resolve environmental legal cases; a push to reform the system of
environmental governance and regulation including the proposed establishment of a National
Environmental Protection Agency; and a readiness to calculate and publish “Green GDP” from
2015 as a way to take cognizance of the environment impacts of economic growth. Actions to
ensure environmental compliance on a number of large and high-profile industrial and
infrastructure projects have brought the environment and growth debate into the mainstream of
public discourse. In parallel, a vigorous civil society and media, judicial activism, and a rapidly
expanding middle class have converged as a strong constituency for environmental conservation.
9. The scale of these responses needs to be further enhanced in order to address the
environmental challenges facing the country. Policies for stronger growth can often complement
those for environmental protection, for example through investments in clean water and
sanitation or the more efficient use of shared water resources. There is a significant space for
such innovations in policy, regulation, and the nature of investments, that would promote growth
that respects the environment.

5
10. Significance of the Ganga basin for India. The Ganga basin is the most populous in the
world, with more than 400 million people in India alone. It accounts for 25% of India’s water
resources, and the five states on its mainstem (Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, and
West Bengal) are home to more than 50% of the poor people in the country (see Annex 1). These
basin states have a disproportionately high incidence of income poverty and, with the exception
of West Bengal, have generally lagged in growth and poverty reduction. The Ganga basin
exemplifies a typical “hydraulic civilization”, where achieving water security to harness the
river’s productive potential and limit its destructive potential is critical for sustenance and
economic growth. In addition to its physical resource value, the Ganga is culturally very
significant for India. It is worshipped throughout the country as a goddess. On important Hindu
holidays, millions of people converge on the river in select cities to pray and bathe in the waters,
and for them a clean Ganga holds great value. More than 60 million people came to the city of
Allahabad for pilgrimage in January 2007, making it the largest gathering in the world.
11. Ganga pollution and its multiple causes. Despite being highly revered and the primary
water resource for the heartland of India, the Ganga river is today seriously polluted and under
extreme environmental stress. The river suffers from high levels of organic and bacterial
pollution, especially in its critical middle stretch (see Annex 1), resulting in a wide range of
negative impacts, including on human health, agriculture, urban services, and the environment
(see the following sections). The pollution in the Ganga is primarily a result of inadequate
infrastructure, the weak capacity of local water and wastewater utilities in the basin, and the poor
state of environmental monitoring and regulation:
(a) Inadequacy of municipal wastewater infrastructure and services: Increasing population
and poor management of urbanization have led to a significant deficit of infrastructure
and services. At present, only one-third of the sewage generated in the main-stem towns
and cities is treated before being discharged into the river. Treatment capacity in large
cities along the mainstem of the Ganga is only 44% of the requirement, and is much less
in the smaller cities 2.
(b) Industrial pollution: Industrial sources account for about 20% of the total volume of
wastewater inflows to the Ganga and also contribute toxic waste. Most of the pollution
comes from untreated or poorly treated discharges from leather, paper, sugar, and brass
industry clusters. While almost 70% of the significantly polluting industries have effluent
treatment facilities, their performance is not satisfactory. Small-scale industrial units have
little capacity to pre-treat wastewater prior to discharge to the Common Effluent
Treatment Plants (CETP), which in turn are not able to meet discharge standards.
Although judicial action due to non-compliance has led to closure of many polluting
industries, it has not brought about any significant change owing to the systemic nature of
the problem.
(c) Solid waste and non-point sources: Almost all of the Ganga mainstem cities lack
comprehensive solid waste management, which directly exacerbates pollution in the
Ganga and also chokes drainage networks. Non-urban non-point sources, particularly
from agricultural and livestock, could also be significant contributors to the pollution in
the Ganga, but little is known about their extent. Although some studies show negligible
levels of pesticide in the river, there are no systematic studies or estimations of nutrient
and waste loading from non-point sources.

2
Status Paper on Ganga, Ministry of Environment and Forests, 2009

6
 (d) Inadequate in-stream flows: Almost 90% of the Ganga flows are abstracted for irrigation.
This high abstraction results in very low in-stream flows, exacerbating the water quality
problems, especially in the dry season and in the middle stretch which has the largest
number of holy cities on the riverbank.
12. Environmental regulators need to be strengthened. Water in India is primarily a subject
under the states’ jurisdiction. Although the Central Government has the powers for regulation
and development of inter-state rivers (such as the Ganga), these have not been used in the recent
decades for establishing any river basin organizations. The first legislation explicitly aimed at
prevention and control of water pollution was introduced in 1974; however, it is under the more
comprehensive and enabling Environment Protection Act of 1986 that the Central Government
has exercised its powers to regulate and protect the environment, including for setting standards
and planning and executing nation-wide programs (see Annex 1). The State Pollution Control
Boards (SPCBs) are responsible for compliance with the water pollution regulations, under the
overall technical and policy guidance of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) at the
national level. However, the SPCBs in almost all Ganga basin states are under-resourced and do
not have adequate technical staff or equipment to carry out their assigned functions. The CPCB
has the legal powers to instruct the SPCBs and even to take over their enforcement function.
However, the capacity of the CPCB is also limited and not adequate compared to the challenges
of cleaning the Ganga, especially for basin-level water quality monitoring, pollution
inventorying, and enforcement.
13. Environmental data, information systems, and baseline knowledge are inadequate. The
current water quality monitoring system for the Ganga relies on manual monitoring procedures at
selected locations without any automatic water quality monitoring station. The frequency and
quality of the data are inadequate for situation analysis and decision-making. There is no
comprehensive inventory of municipal or industrial wastewater sources discharging into the
Ganga - therefore the data on location, flows, and loadings for point-source discharges are not
available for basin-level analysis, nor are the cumulative estimates available for net pollution
loads entering the Ganga. Information is similarly scanty on the extent of solid waste and non-
point source pollution. Addressing these gaps in the baseline information will be critical to
developing an effective strategy for a long term river clean-up program. Establishing data
collection and analysis systems for regular monitoring of pollution sources and river water
quality is also required for impact evaluation and adaptive management in the basin.
14. Improving urban services provision is critical for a durable solution. The pollution of
the Ganga is linked in large measure to the challenges of providing adequate sanitation and waste
management at the local government level. Currently, the responsibilities for provision of these
services overlap considerably across the state government and local agencies. The involvement
of the Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) in the process of selection and planning of investments in
these sectors has been very limited, leading to little local ownership and commitment to operate
them sustainably. Meanwhile, service provision at local level remains poor, and possible
improvements are hampered by an inability to recover even basic Operations and Maintenance
(O&M) costs from users. In addition to the financial constraints, the ULBs also suffer from
inadequate technical and management capacity required for effective service delivery.
15. The case for clean-up of the Ganga. Inadequate wastewater infrastructure and sanitation
service provision have a huge health cost. In the cities along the mainstem, as much as 25% of
the population lives in slums, and a similar fraction of households are below the poverty level in

7
many of the large cities – often with inadequate access to basin sanitation services. In peri-urban
areas, the use of untreated or partially treated wastewater for irrigation is widely prevalent
among farmers, and responsible for a variety of occupational health hazards and food safety
issues. The poor water quality of the river also affects the health and livelihoods of the many
marginal communities directly depending on it, such as fishermen, washermen, and cremation
grounds workers.
16. Recent studies have estimated the burden of water-borne diseases in the basin at 1.4
million DALYs per 100 million people 3, which amounts to health costs of almost $4 billion per
year on a basin-wide level. Estimates of health costs for specific cities in the Ganga basin are
similarly high. For example, the annual health costs related to inadequate water supply and
sanitation in Kanpur (population 3.2 million) range from $111-279 million, with inadequate
sanitation accounting for more than half of these costs in slum areas 4. Nationwide, economic
losses from inadequate sanitation are estimated at 6.4% of GDP and the benefits of safe
management of wastewater amount to about $50 per person 5. Alleviating the burden of disease
associated with inadequate sanitation, especially for the large fraction of the urban poor, is
therefore one of the primary drivers for the clean-up of the Ganga.
17. Managing the Ganga for water quality and environmental protection is also important
from the perspective of water resources management, because the Ganga basin is expected to be
the most seriously affected by imminent water scarcities. With supplies close to full utilization,
water deficits are projected to reach 50% of the total implied demand by 2030 6, and effective
water resources management remains the only way to address this challenge.
18. The Ganga’s immense cultural and religious significance for India is also a powerful
contributor to the strong grass-roots movement for its clean-up and conservation. This is
supplemented by the growing recognition of the Ganga as an environmental resource, and the
serious nature of the threats it is facing. One example is the campaign to save the threatened
Gangetic dolphin, the river’s flagship species, which has resulted in significant conservation
efforts. Economic analyses consistently indicate a very high degree of willingness to pay for
conservation of these aspects of the Ganga.
19. Previous efforts to clean the Ganga. There have been previous attempts to clean the
river, with mixed results. The Ganga Action Plan (GAP) was launched in 1985 and extended to
two phases over more than two decades. It focused primarily on urban wastewater and funded a
large number of Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTPs) and related urban wastewater
infrastructure. Impact data show that, overall, the program was able to maintain or even improve
water quality7 in spite of significant increases in pollution loadings due to urban and industrial
growth. An ex-post economic evaluation of the GAP showed that the benefits far exceeded the
costs, with non-use benefits accounting for the majority (61%) of the total 8. However, there were
a number of weaknesses in implementation in the program - including insufficient investments,
underutilization of created capacity, little ownership of local bodies, long delays, and poor
communications - resulting in a public relations failure (see Annex 1). Moreover, the resources

3
Climate Change Impact and Adaptation in Kolkata Metropolitan Area, World Bank, 2010
4
India 2030: Vision for an Environmentally Sustainable Future, World Bank, 2011 (forthcoming)
5
The Economic Impacts of Inadequate Sanitation in India, Water and Sanitation Program, 2010
6
Charting our Water Future, 2030 Water Resources Group, 2010
7
Shaw Lacy, University of Michigan, 2006
8
Cost Benefit Analysis of the Ganga Action Plan, Oxford University Press, 2000

8
provided to the GAP amounted to a relatively modest sum of about $250 million over two
decades, and even in real terms, this cumulative spending was very small compared to actual
needs. Nonetheless, despite the moderate gains made in arresting the declines in water quality,
the GAP remains widely perceived as unsuccessful.
20. River clean-up requires sustained investments over a long time. Global experience
shows that despite its benefits, river clean-up is always a lengthy and costly endeavor. The clean-
up of the Rhine required investments of more than 40 billion euros from 1970 to 1990 for the
construction of municipal and industrial wastewater treatment plants alone. In 2007, the
Government in China’s eastern Jiangsu Province pledged more than $14 billion to clean Lake
Tai, the country’s third largest freshwater lake. Clean-up of the Danube is still ongoing, 12 years
after the Danube River Protection Convention entered into force in 1998. Given the scale of the
river and current water quality status, it is clear that cleaning the Ganga is likely to take at least a
few decades and will have a price tag of tens of billions of dollars. The cost of infrastructure
required to collect and treat municipal wastewater on the mainstem cities alone is estimated to be
$4 billion. Inclusion of the associated sewerage networks, as well as the full costs of
comprehensive solid waste management, industrial pollution control, and river front
management, would push this estimate much higher.
21. A renewed effort to clean the Ganga. Building on lessons from the past, the Government
of India (GoI) has developed a new and more comprehensive vision for clean-up and
conservation of the Ganga, led by the establishment of the National Ganga River Basin Authority
(NGRBA) in 2009. The NGRBA has been given a mandate to develop a multi-sector program
(“the NGRBA Program”) for ensuring pollution abatement in the Ganga. The vision of the
NGRBA Program marks a significant departure from the previous efforts, as follows:
(a) A comprehensive, basin-level, and multi-sectoral approach has been adopted, with
support for investments in wastewater, solid waste and river front management, and
efforts to address non-point source pollution and ecological flows. This is in contrast to a
town-centric and “end-of-the-pipe” wastewater treatment focus of the previous efforts.
(b) Institutional development is recognized as a critical need, and the NGRBA Program aims
to develop strong and dedicated operational-level institutions for planning, managing and
implementing the program.
(c) The NGRBA Program will invest in strengthening the knowledge base for Ganga, to
ensure that planning and management are based on adequate and sound information.
(d) The GoI acknowledges that the clean-up of the Ganga will require significant resources,
in order to reach the threshold level of improvements in water quality. Accordingly, the
NGRBA Program is being provided with enhanced budgetary allocations (see below).
(e) The NGRBA Program will emphasize the long-term sustainability of investments,
through operational mechanisms and capacity-building of local service providers.
(f) Communications and public participation will be designed as integral elements of the
NGRBA Program, at both national and local levels.
(g) The NGRBA Program will also support investments in improving the regulatory and
enforcement capacity of environmental management institutions in the basin.
22. Structure and legal basis of the NGRBA. The NGRBA has been established as a
collaborative institution of central and state governments. It is chaired by the Prime Minister,
with membership comprising of key GoI ministers and the Chief Ministers of the five basin
states. NGRBA also has nine members representing civil society. Each of the five states has also

9
constituted a State Ganga River Conservation Authority (SGRCA), to coordinate and implement
the NGRBA Program at the state level (see Annex 1 for details). The central Ministry of
Environment and Forests (MoEF) has been designated as the nodal agency for the program. The
NGRBA is constituted under the Environment Protection Act of 1986, which gives it strong
regulatory and enforcement powers.
23. Basin-level planning. The GoI has also initiated a process of basin-level planning for
guiding clean-up and conservation of the Ganga. Led by a consortium of seven premier Indian
technical institutions, the plans will be prepared on a dynamic basis to allow adaptive
management of the continuously evolving challenges, and will underpin the development of the
long-term strategy for cleaning the Ganga.
24. Support for Urban Local Bodies. Since ULB engagement is critical for long term
sustainability of investments and given the current serious capacity constraints at the local level,
the NGRBA Program has adopted a pragmatic and progressive approach to the role of the ULBs.
It has introduced an important reform by empowering ULBs to participate in the planning,
selection, and approval of local investments, as well as in the selection of the agencies which will
execute the investments, thereby introducing participation and ownership into the process. The
NGRBA Program will also provide technical assistance for the ULBs, so that they can
progressively develop the capacity to take a greater role in planning, implementation, and
operation of investments.
25. In parallel, and compounding these actions, additional resources will come from India’s
flagship urban reform program - the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission
(JNNURM) - which is supporting 15 cities in the Ganga basin and under which the GoI has
allocated more than US$ 10 billion for investments, policy reform, and capacity building. Under
this and other programs, ULBs are receiving significantly more funds to improve their
infrastructure, report on service levels, prepare city development and sanitation plans, and
increase their systems and human capacity. Simultaneously, the system of fiscal transfers from
states to local bodies is also being strengthened in line with recommendations of the 13th
Finance Commission and counterpart state commissions.
26. Phased Vision of the NGRBA Program. Recognizing that the Ganga clean-up will take a
long time and significant resource commitments, the NGRBA intends to develop a program that
balances institutional development and capacity building with an increasing scale of investments:
(a) Program launch and early phase: The goals in the early phase are to set up the NGRBA’s
operational-level institutions, address the critical knowledge needs, design the
investments program and implement the obvious priority investments.
(b) Medium-term goal: The NGRBA has declared that by 2020 no untreated wastewater will
be discharged into the mainstem of the river. This is a very ambitious goal, given the
large number of point source discharge locations and the extent of network infrastructure
needed to achieve full treatment. The GoI has committed $4 billion for achieving this
goal, which is in line with the estimated costs of required wastewater network and
treatment infrastructure.
(c) Long-term vision: Definitive clean-up of the Ganga will require addressing the multiple
other sources of pollution in addition to wastewater, such as, solid waste and non-point
sources. It would also require maintaining adequate in-stream flows and other measures
for ecological restoration of the river. Comparative estimates based on the global

10
 experience indicate that a clean-up and restoration of the Ganga to nominally acceptable
standards is likely to take a few decades and tens of billions of dollars.
27. GoI allocations for the NGRBA program. Although the NGRBA was launched after the
planning and budgeting for the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2012), the Program has since been
awarded significant funds through the annual budget. In the first year of the NGRBA Program
(FY 2010-11), investments worth more than $600 million have been approved, with financing
from central and state governments. This is a significant change in the expenditure levels from
before (compared to a total of $250 million spent on GAP over two decades), and in line with the
GoI’s commitment to meet the NGRBA’s medium term goals.
28. The $4 billion infrastructure program that would be required to meet NGRBA’s medium-
term goal, spread in five states over the next eight years, is considered fiscally sustainable, given
the capital outlays at the central and state levels. For example, in Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, which
are two major states in the basin, the 2010-11 expenditures on infrastructure are $4 billion and $2
billion, respectively. In the 11th Five Year plan (2007-2012) of India, the capital outlays on
infrastructure alone amount to $567 billion, with about 70% contributed from public funding.
The costs of the NGRBA Program will be shared in 70:30 ratio between the central and state
governments. In that regard, the program follows the model of “centrally sponsored schemes”,
whereby the central government gives grants to states for achieving specific objectives, while
requiring the states to share some of the costs. Such programs have recently grown in number,
along with the volume of resources under them. The contributions of the state governments to
these centrally sponsored schemes have remained reliable and, notably, there were never any
issues concerning the state contributions to specific investments under the GAP.
29. World Bank engagement in the NGRBA Program The GoI has requested the World
Bank to provide upstream support to the NGRBA, for institutional development, program design,
and early investments. The proposed project responds to this request. The Bank is also expected
to stay engaged in the long term. The Union Minister of Environment and Forests of India and
the President of the World Bank released a Joint Statement in December 2009, outlining the
Bank’s intent to support the NGRBA initiative in the long term through provision of substantial
financing, knowledge support, and assistance in building a consortium of financiers.
30. Project to provide strategic support for NGRBA Program design The World Bank-
financed project would support India in development of the NGRBA Program design and launch
of its early investments. The project would support the establishment of the NGRBA Program
Framework and processes for the entire NGRBA Program, build capacity of the NGRBA’s new
operational-level institutions, and finance a relatively small set (about 10-20 major ones) of
demonstrative infrastructure investments in order to establish good practice precedents. The
project would form the basis for the institutional development of the entire NGRBA Program,
which will be governed by one single Program Framework. The project investment is therefore
leveraged into the design of the entire NGRBA Program (costing $4 billion in the medium term,
and much more in the long term).

B. Rationale for Bank involvement

31. Access to expertise and experience. The Bank has significant experience in the water
resources, urban services, and environmental management sectors around the world and India.
In addition, the Bank is also uniquely placed to draw upon global knowledge and expertise in

11
 strategic basin level planning and management, from successful major river clean-up efforts
around the world. In particular, the Bank has a comparative advantage in bringing the
knowledge, facilitation, and financial resources needed to design and operationalize a program of
NGRBA’s scale, complexity, and ambition.
32. Leveraging of Existing Investments in the Water and Urban Sectors. The Bank is
currently supporting several of the Ganga basin states through multiple water sector projects 9.
These engagements will both facilitate and gain from the implementation of a multi-sectoral
NGRBA Program. Engagement on the Ganga will also build on the Bank’s growing urban
portfolio and reform initiatives for service delivery in water and sanitation.
33. Alignment with World Bank Country and Sector Strategies. The NGRBA initiative is
well aligned with: (i) the Bank’s current Environment Strategy, which emphasizes improvements
in people’s quality of life, and protection of the regional and global commons. In addition, the
project supports the areas of emphasis in the upcoming new Environment Strategy (2011), in
particular strengthening capacity for environmental management; (ii) the Bank’s Water
Resources Strategy and the Bank report on India’s water 10, which emphasize basin-level water
management and conservation as key to addressing the water resources challenges; and (iii) the
India Country Assistance Strategy for 2009-2012, which emphasizes the need to improve service
delivery, focus on lagging states, and environmental sustainability.

C. Higher level objectives to which the project contributes

34. The project directly contributes to the NGRBA’s broad mandate of comprehensive water
quantity and quality management of the Ganga. The project objective is also aligned with the key
objectives of India’s National Water Policy (2002), which emphasizes the need to plan, develop,
conserve, and manage India’s scarce fresh water resources on an integrated and environmentally
sound basis, and for creation of river basin organizations with multi-disciplinary units for the
development and management of river basins.
35. With direct support for improving water resources management and sanitation in some of
the poorest states of India, the project will also contribute to the country’s goal of sustained
economic growth and poverty reduction.

II. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. Lending instrument
36. The lending instrument is a Specific Investment Loan (SIL) blending US$ 180 million of
IDA and US$ 820 million of IBRD resources, with total World Bank Group financing of US$
1,000 million. This constitutes 64% of the total project cost of US$ 1,556 million, with
counterpart funding including US$ 437 million from the state governments and US$ 119 million
from the central government. The duration of the project is eight years. The project has
developed and will support the institutional core of the NGRBA Program, estimated at US$ 4
billion in the medium-term. All investments under the NGRBA Program will follow a single
consistent NGRBA Program Framework designed as part of project preparation.

9
Key projects include Vishnugad Pipalkoti Hydroelectric Project, Uttar Pradesh Water Sector Restructuring Project,
and Bihar Flood Management Information System (Phase I and II).
10
The World Bank, India’s Water Economy: Bracing for a Turbulent Future, 2005

12
B. Project development objective and key indicators
37. Acknowledging that the time and resource requirements for achieving a definitive clean-
up of the Ganga are far beyond the possibilities of one operation, the project objectives are
realistically framed in order to be achievable.
38. Project Objectives. The objectives are to support the National Ganga River Basin
Authority (NGRBA) in:
(a) building capacity of its nascent operational-level institutions, so that they can manage the
long-term Ganga clean-up and conservation program; and
(b) implementing a diverse set of demonstrative investments for reducing point-source
pollution loads in a sustainable manner, at priority locations on the Ganga.
39. Indicators. The key outcome indicators for the project will be:
(a) Capacity of NGRBA’s operational-level institutions to effectively manage the NGRBA
Program
(b) Volume of untreated wastewater prevented from entering the Ganga
(c) Improvements in river water quality at targeted locations with significant investments.
In addition, the results framework for monitoring investment includes, among others, indicators
on ULB contributions to O&M in order to ensure sustainability of investments, and on the
implementation of dedicated investment-specific communications and public participation
campaigns.

C. Project components
40. Two components. The project will have two components relating to institutional
development and priority infrastructure investments. The first component seeks to build the
institutional capacity to effectively implement the overall NGRBA Program, including
infrastructure investments funded by the second component.
Component One: Institutional Development (US$ 200 million)
41. Objective. The objectives of this component are to: (i) build functional capacity of the
NGRBA’s operational institutions at both the central and state levels; and (ii) provide support to
associated institutions for implementing the NGRBA Program. The activities financed under this
component are grouped under the following sub-components:
(a) NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management
(b) Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers
(c) Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators
42. Sub-component A: NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management. This sub-
component is aimed at supporting the nascent operational institutions established for
implementing the NGRBA Program at the central and state levels on a full time basis. The
operational institutions comprise the Program Management Group (PMG) at the central level,
and State Program Management Groups (SPMGs) at the state level.
43. The following are the main NGRBA Program activities included under this sub-
component:
(a) Insititutional Support to the PMG and the SPMGs. The sub-compoment will support the
initial setup costs of office infrastructure and equipment, incremental professional

13
 staffing, as well as provision of critical consultancies, training, and operation costs, for
the PMG and the SPMGs. This support would therefore enable these institutions to
manage the entire NGRBA Program, including the activities and investments not funded
under the World Bank project.
(b) Enhancing Ganga Knowledge Resources: The sub-component will support the
establishment of a state-of-the-art Ganga Knowledge Center (GKC) with the objectives
of: (i) serving as the repository of knowledge resources and as the information clearing
house for all matters pertaining to the conservation of the Ganga; (ii) addressing critical
gaps in knowledge generation and management; and (iii) improving information access
for the public and decision-makers, including through close coordination with the
NGRBA communications program. The GKC will be an integral part of the PMG.
(c) Communications and Public Outreach: The sub-component will finance a dedicated
communications and public outreach program, undertaken in partnership with
community-based organizations, school and college student groups, and the media. The
communications and outreach efforts will build upon the existing vibrant discourse and
grassroots campaigns on the Ganga, including those led by some of the civil society
members of the NGRBA.
44. Sub-component B: Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers. This sub-
component will support the ULBs, local-level water and wastewater service providers and any
other relevant agency providing water and wastewater services in the sub-project area, through
provision of modern and efficient information and planning systems, training, equipment for
managing physical systems, and technical assistance for improving revenue/cost recovery to
ensure sustainability of local investments.
45. Sub-component C: Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators. This will
support capacity building of the central and state pollution control boards, to address the key
constraints related to their functions regarding the Ganga, focusing on improving information
systems, staff skills, laboratory accreditation, and infrastructure facilities. Some of the key
activities include:
(a) Upgradation of the Water Quality Monitoring System (WQMS) The sub-component will
support a system of automatic collection of water quality data from priority monitoring
locations along the mainstem and some important tributaries of the Ganga, addressing the
needs for both technical and institutional modernization. The detailed design, including
technical specifications, has been prepared in order to ensure that implementation of this
crucial activity is initiated in the first year of the project, and that the information gaps in
the water quality baseline can be addressed at the earliest.
(b) Comprehensive inventorying of pollution sources The location, flows and pollution
loading characteristics of all large point source discharge locations on the mainstem of
Ganga will be mapped to create a basin-level inventory. Studies will be supported to
estimate the extent and relative contributions of the non-point source pollution of various
origins. This work, to be implemented in the first year, will start addressing the baseline
information needs on the sources of pollution in the Ganga.
(c) Strengthening environmental compliance monitoring Surveillance for regulation
compliance will be strengthened for the Central and State Pollution Control Boards, by
improving information systems and support for incremental staffing.

14
Component Two: Priority Infrastructure Investments (US$ 1,356 million)
46. Objective. The objective of this component is to finance demonstrative infrastructure
investments 11 in key sectors to reduce pollution loads in priority locations on the river. The
investments are intended to exemplify, among other attributes, the high standards of technical
preparation and implementation, sustainability of operations, and public participation envisaged
in the NGRBA framework. This component will also support innovative pilots, for new and
transformative technologies or implementation arrangements.
47. Four Investment Sectors. This component will support demonstrative investments in all
the main sectors that are key to addressing the pollution in the Ganga. The majority of
investments are expected to be in the wastewater sector, particularly in WWTPs and sewerage
networks. Investments will also be supported in industrial pollution control and prevention (e.g.
common effluent treatment plants), solid waste management (e.g. collection, transport and
disposal systems), and river front management (e.g. improvement of the built environment along
river stretches, improvement of small ghats and crematoria, and the conservation and
preservation of ecologically sensitive sites). Some investments may combine elements of more
than one of these sectors.
48. The Framework Approach. In lieu of defining and appraising specific investments, the
project preparation has focused on developing an investments framework covering all four key
sectors of intervention under the NGRBA Program. This NGRBA Program Framework will
apply to all investments under the NGRBA Program, including investments to be financed with
the government’s own resources. The objectives of the NGRBA Program Framework are to:
(a) provide a filter for all the NGRBA investments, for ensuring that the selected investments
are well-prepared and amongst the most effective in reducing the pollution loads;
(b) make transparent the decision-making process on investments selection; and
(c) ensure that the investments are implemented in a sustainable manner.
Given the long-term nature of the NGRBA Program and the fact that the universe of potential
investments is large, the adoption of the framework approach effectively sets the “rules of the
game”, and will allow infrastructure investments to be selected on a dynamic and ongoing basis.
49. Readiness and Selection of Early Investments. The Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) are
ready for a large number of potential investments, although they require review and
improvements in order to meet the NGRBA Program Framework standards. While the GoI has
initiated the process of developing a basin-level approach to planning of the Ganga clean-up, the
early investments of the NGRBA Program (which will include the investments supported by this
project) will be limited to interventions which are in obvious priority locations and which can
make a positive demonstration impact in terms of sustainable operations and water quality
improvements. The investments will be selected to include potential early successes and support
for strong local demand and ownership. Investments worth approximately US$ 150 million are
currently undergoing technical review and environmental/social assessment, for approval and
implementation in the first year of the project. Given the fact that the NGRBA Program
Framework will be tested for the first time on the project’s early investments, and that preparing
or improving existing investment DPRs to the standards of the NGRBA Program Framework

11
Given the generally large size of individual sub-projects that are needed in the priority locations on the Ganga, the
available funding is expected to finance a small number of sub-projects (around 10-20 major investments in at most
10 towns/cities).

15
will require substantive work, it is expected that disbursement on infrastructure investments may
be slow in the first one-two years of the project, picking up in the subsequent years. This is a
feature of the project design, and is reflected in the disbursement profile of the project.
Nonetheless, the project is proposed for immediate implementation, in order to ensure that (i) the
NGRBA’s pipeline of early investments can be prepared to the required standards, with the
technical support provided by the project; and (ii) NGRBA’s institutional development activities
can be jump-started.
50. Framework Criteria. The NGRBA Program Framework includes investments selection
criteria and quality assurance standards covering various aspects including eligibility,
prioritization, planning, technical preparation, financial and economic analyses, environmental
and social management, long term O&M sustainability, community participation, and local
institutional capacity. Examples of key criteria and standards are presented below (see Annex 6
for details):
(a) Explicit Consent of ULBs No NGRBA investments will be appraised without explicit
and informed consent of the relevant ULB. This consent will indicate a clear recognition
of the nature, scale and cost of the investment, and the ULB’s own roles and
responsibilities with regards to asset ownership and long-term O&M.
(b) Technology Selection Technology selection for wastewater treatment will be made on
lowest lifecycle cost basis, specified for the local conditions and required degree of
treatment.
(c) Design-Build-Operate (DBO) and other Long Term Contracts All investments with
significant O&M costs (such as WWTPs, pumping stations, landfills and waste
processing) will be developed and managed under long term contracts (either Design-
Build-Operate [DBO] or other kinds) including 15 years of O&M. This will bring
enhanced accountability, adequate capacity and resources, and strong performance
incentives to the sector.
(d) Capitalization of initial O&M Costs In the wastewater sector, the first 5 years of O&M
costs, will be included in the total cost for each DPR, and will be financed on a shared
basis by the central and state governments. For other sectors, O&M costs may be
capitalized on a case-by-case basis, depending on needs and revenue generation potential.
(e) House Connections Plans and cost of providing house connections up to property line
must be included in the DPRs for sewerage investments. The ULBs will implement
outreach and other actions to encourage households to connect up to these points.
(f) Industry Commitment to O&M Industrial pollution DPRs must include appropriate
affidavits from industries outlining commitment to ensure satisfactory operation of
common facilities.
(g) Environemntal and Social Management All investments will comply with the
Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) developed for the NGRBA
program, which requires identification of possible impacts and proactive management
measures for addressing them.
(h) Area Development Wherever possible, river front management investments must take an
area development approach, both to achieve spatial scale along wider and longer stretches
of the river, and to integrate across sectors.
51. Innovative Pilots. The project will finance pilot investments in order to promote and
demonstrate innovative technologies and implementation arrangements. The potential pilot areas
identified so far include net-energy positive wastewater treatment technologies and innovative
16
Public-Private Participation (PPP) financing models which have not been used in the Ganga
basin states.
52. Investment Execution. The investments program will be planned and managed by the
PMG and SPMGs. Execution of the infrastructure investments will be done by the Executing
Agencies (EAs), selected specifically for each investment. The five EAs proposed for early
investments under the project include the existing state-level technical agencies which have the
mandate of urban infrastructure (especially wastewater) management in their respective states.
Most of these agencies have been working for a few decades, and have significant expertise and
experience in preparation and implementation of infrastructure projects in the four key sectors of
the NGRBA Program. Procurement and FM assessments have been conducted for these existing
state-level agencies. The concerned SPMG and the World Bank will perform their respective due
diligence on any new entity proposed as the EA for any investment funded under the project.
53. Rehabilitation of existing infrastructure. Investments involving rehabilitation of existing
infrastructure will be included on a priority basis, due to their intrinsically higher returns in terms
of reductions in pollution loads entering the Ganga.

D. Lessons learned and reflected in the project design

54. The project design is based on the lessons from important experiences that have been
examined in detail, including: (i) previous efforts to clean the Ganga, and associated projects
(including the Bank’s Uttar Pradesh Urban Development Project, which supported the GAP); (ii)
the Bank’s global experience in relevant sectors, and with river clean-up and conservation in
particular; (iii) the Bank’s experience with urban projects in India, including in the water,
wastewater, and solid waste sectors; (iv) previous international efforts to clean large international
rivers, such as the Danube and the Rhine, and smaller national rivers, like the Singapore and
Thames; and (v) previous local river clean-up efforts in India, such as the Sabarmati and the Kali
Bein.
55. Some of the key lessons incorporated in the project design from this rich global and
Indian experience (see Annex 2 for details) include:
(a) Basin-level Approach NGRBA has moved away from the previous city/town based
approach, and has adopted a basin-level and multi-sectoral framework.
(b) Crossing the Threshold level of Investments The response time of severely polluted
hydrologic systems is high, and discernible changes cannot be effected unless a certain
threshold level of interventions is reached. The NGRBA Program is recognizing the need
for a long term horizon and funding support commitment, and is designed accordingly.
(c) Dedicated institutions The multi-sectoral and multi-tier agenda of river management
requires empowered institutions with single-point accountability. The project has a
dedicated component to support the nascent NGRBA institutions and build their capacity.
(d) Knowledge-based Decision-making Information on the sources and nature of pollution
and the dynamics of the river is critical to designing an efficient and effective strategy for
clean-up. The project will support numerous activities aimed at collection, analysis and
use of information to support decision-making.
(e) Sustainability The project/NGRBA Program includes numerous measures to ensure long-
term O&M of investments, to mitigate the risk from the poor technical, financial and
management capacity of local institutions.

17
 (f) Public Participation The NGRBA recognizes that investments and regulatory
enforcement are necessary but not sufficient for success; sustaining the public pressure
for a clean river is the vital ingredient. The project incorporates strategic and broad-based
communications and community participation components, aimed at building support and
also managing expectations to ensure consistency with achievable targets.
(g) Early Wins and Credibility Given the long-term and resource-intensive nature of river
clean-up efforts, it is critical to establish credibility with demonstrated successes early on.
This implies that the early NGRBA investments would need to be carefully selected, with
potential for quick wins and capturing the public imagination.

E. Alternatives considered and reasons for rejection

56. Specific investments vs. Program design. Given the large scale and duration of the
NGRBA Program, it was considered to limit the project to financing of specific infrastructure
investments. However, the lessons from GAP (including the Bank-supported Uttar Pradesh
Urban Development project, which was entirely focused on investments) point to the need for
the institutional set-up, capacity building, and establishing the “rules-of-the-game” for the
NGRBA Program. The project is therefore designed to facilitate effective implementation of the
entire NGRBA Program (which is bigger than the Bank-funded project), and at comprehensive
planning and management of the river in the long run.
57. Restricting investments to critical stretches. Limiting investments to the most-polluted
stretch of the river was considered. However, the NGRBA Program entails investments across all
five basin states, and involvement of all basin states and appropriate institutional arrangements in
each of them was seen as critical to the success of the program. Accordingly, it was decided that
investments on the main-stem across all states would be funded.
58. Limiting investments to wastewater treatment only. The option of limiting investments
to wastewater treatment was considered to focus the project scope. However, it was recognized
that pollution of the Ganga has multiple sources, and in many locations the most needed
interventions may be in industrial pollution, solid waste or river front management instead. Also,
since the project supports the institutional development of the NGRBA Program, these other
sectors of importance to the Program have been included under the scope of the project.
59. Central versus state level project agencies. The approach of assigning all the major
implementation responsibilities to a single central agency has been adopted in other sectors (e.g.
national highways). However, engaging entities at the state and local levels was seen as critical
based on the experience from the GAP project. It was felt that both central and state level
agencies must be set-up and developed for effective planning and management of the river as
well as for selection and implementation of project investments. In addition, ULBs and their
local wastewater service providers have been recognized as crucial stakeholders who will
eventually own the assets as well as operate and maintain them, and therefore must be engaged
from the beginning of implementation.
60. SIL vs other lending instruments. A SIL is selected over alternative options such as an
Adaptable Program Loan (APL) or a Development Policy Loan (DPL), for the following
reasons: (a) the heavy focus of the project on new institutions and capacity building of weak
institutions requires a significant attention to inputs and implementation; (b) the Government had
already committed to major reforms in how the Ganga is managed; and (c) the intent to fund a

18
 series of operations over the long term, thereby obtaining many of the same benefits of an APL.
A potential series of operations would also provide the flexibility to dynamically adapt the long-
term engagement on the basis of project performance and continually evolving challenges of
managing the Ganga.

III. IMPLEMENTATION

A. Institutional and implementation arrangements

61. Institutional arrangements: The apex NGRBA council, with its multi-state, multi-
sectoral membership and the Prime Minister as the chairperson, provides the high-level policy
guidance and political support for the program. The NGRBA has constituted a Standing
Committee, headed by the Union Finance Minister, to frequently review implementation; and an
Empowered Steering Committee, headed by the Union Secretary of Environment and Forests, for
investment clearances and program coordination.
62. The MoEF, being the nodal Ministry, has the overall responsibility for the NGRBA
Program, including the World Bank-supported project. It is in the process of establishing the
Program Management Group (PMG), a dedicated entity with suitable structure, staffing, powers
and leadership, charged with effective implementation of the overall NGRBA Program,
including this project. The implementing agencies at the state level are the SGRCA Program
Management Groups (SPMGs), which are being established in the form of registered societies 12.
These implementing agencies will be responsible for managing this project and achievement of
its PDOs; coordinating project activities on a full-time basis and directly executing some of the
relevant project sub-components.
63. Each infrastruture investment will be executed by the EA selected specifically for that
investment. As described earlier, the five EAs provisionally selected for early investments under
the project are the existing state-level technical agencies which are in charge of the development
of urban infrastructure in their respective states. Therefore this initial set of EAs has significant
experience in preparation and management of infrastructure investments.
64. Procurement and FM assessments have been conducted for these existing state-level
agencies. If entities other than these are proposed as EAs under this project, the World Bank
(along with the PMG and concerned SPMG) will perform its due diligence to ensure that they
have adequate capcity to manage the technical, project management, procurement, financial
management and safeguards aspects of the investment. The requirements in this regard have been
provided in the NGRBA Program Framework.
65. For all local infrastructure investments, the EA will be chosen by a committee comprising
the SPMG and representatives of the relevant ULB. The PMG will select the EAs for centrally-
implemented activities (e.g. the national communications strategy). The EA will be responsible
for successfully executing the activity for which it has been commissioned.
66. The EAs will be responsible for all contract management, including procurement, signing
of contracts, regular supervision, and contract payments, with necessary support from

12
The Department of Urban Development in Jharkhand will serve as the SPMG for the NGRBA Program in the
state. Given the small length of the Ganga stretch in the state, the quantum of investments expected under the
NGRBA program is relatively small.

19
PMG/SPMGs. The PMG and SPMGs will be responsible for ensuring prudent planning,
investments selection, quality assurance, procurement, contract management, monitoring and
evaluation under the project/NGRBA Program. The sharing of roles and responsibilities,
including administrative and fiduciary arrangements between the PMG/SPMG, EA and the
relevant ULB will be documented in trilateral Memoranda of Agreement (MoAs).
67. The PMG and SPMGs will collaborate with and seek support and partnership with a
range of other agencies, to draw upon their specialized expertise and supplement the capacity of
main implementing agencies. These will include international, national and local knowledge
institutions, private sector business houses and industries, and civil society groups.
68. During implementation the PMG will submit consolidated reimbursement requests for the
entire project based on Interim Unaudited Financial Reports (IUFRs), whereby state level
consolidation will be done by the SPMGs and forwarded to the PMG. There will be only one
special account for this project.
69. Adequate provisions of staff, capacity and resources will be made within the PMG and
SPMGs to ensure that they are able to efficiently discharge their responsibilities mentioned
above. Two key consultancies are included to: (a) provide project management support to PMG
for managing the entire NGRBA Program, including planning, technical support for investments
review and appraisals, portfolio management, procurement, financial management, monitoring
and evaluation, and reporting; and (b) technical support to SPMGs and EAs, for upgrading the
process and practice of investments preparation and execution to global standards, for the entire
NGRBA Program. The proposed institutional arrangements, powers, roles and responsibilities of
the various actors and their organizational linkages are presented in Annex 6, with the complete
details in the NGRBA Program Framework. A schematic is presented in Figure 1.
70. Project implementation plan and guidelines. The project will be implemented
according to the following documents that have been prepared and agreed:
(a) The NGRBA Program Framework, which will apply to all investments under the
NGRBA Program, regardless of the source of financing, and which comprises:
i. Investments framework for selecting and implementing investments (all four
sectors);
ii. Detailed implementation process flow (step-by-step process covering planning,
preparation, appraisal, implementation, initial operations, long term operations,
monitoring and evaluation, along with roles and responsibilities of the entities
involved);
iii. Guidelines for infrastructure investments preparation;
iv. Memoranda of Agreement (MoA) (There are two tripartite MoAs for ensuring
clarity on roles and responsibilities of various parties regarding execution, O&M,
and eventual transfer of investments to the ULB: one program-level MoA
between PMG, SPMG, and the ULB; and one investment-specific MoA between
SPMG, EA and the ULB);
v. Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF);
vi. Governance and Accountability Action Plan;
vii. Communication Strategy and Action Plan; and
viii. Financial Management Manual.
(b) Project Procurement Manual.

20
71. Communications. Given the strong emotive status of the Ganga in India, and the
perceived failures of the GAP, there are a wide range of stakeholder views, concerns and
sensitivities that need to be taken into account, and high quality communications will be an
integral part of the NGRBA Program. The PMG will oversee the preparation of the
Communications Strategy and of the Communications Needs Assessment. It will further ensure
successful roll-out and implementation of components of the strategy, including: (i) mass
communications campaigns; (ii) support for voluntary public participation; (iii) pro-active
disclosure; and (iv) formal community participation. The PMG and SPMGs will also ensure that
social intermediation and stakeholder engagement occurs around specific investments, including
through city-level Citizen Monitoring Committees/Forums. Social audits will be conducted by
the Citizen Monitoring Committees. Further details are available in Annex 12.
72. Supervision. The World Bank supervision will be limited to the activities and
investments financed by this project. With focus on institutional development activities and a
relatively small number of infrastructure investments, the supervision will seek to ensure that the
needed capacity is built and that the project attains the demonstrative impact of well-prepared
and sustainable investments which can be replicated across the basin to achieve the long-term
goal of Ganga clean-up. Areas of specific attention will include technical preparation, social and
environmental management, procurement, and communications. While the GoI will apply the
NGRBA Program Framework to the entire NGRBA Program, the World Bank will neither
supervise nor be responsible for the quality of application of the Program Framework to
investments and activities that are not financed by this project.
73. Project supervision would be done by a team of World Bank specialists and expert
consultants, specializing in specific dimensions of the project, including water and sanitation,
sewerage, wastewater treatment, environmental management, water quality monitoring and
modeling, basin planning, institutional development, water resources management, solid waste
management, river front management, ecological conservation, social development,
procurement, financial management, communications, private sector development, carbon
finance, IT/MIS systems, GIS systems, municipal finance, etc. The supervision will specifically
seek to provide support in areas that are new for the Ganga program, for example, social and
environmental management and communications. Given the significant needs of the NGRBA
Program, and in order to ensure that the project benefits from knowledge of local context as well
as world-class expertise, the supervision team would seek to blend national and international
staff/consultants. Bilateral support has also been sought and agreed for providing resources and
expertise during project implementation.

B. Monitoring and evaluation of outcomes/results

74. Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) Framework. The M&E Framework is designed to
allow impact evaluation and enable a results-based management of the project, by (i)
systematically monitoring the performance of project interventions; and (ii) ensuring that the
lessons learned are fed back into program management. Given the inadequate baseline data on
pollution sources and water quality, results indicators for the project have been structured in
terms of incremental impact of project activities, in contrast to basin-level indicators (See Annex
3). Therefore the baseline values for most of the indicators appear as zero. The M&E system will
be coordinated with the Ganga Knowledge Center, to ensure that the baseline information
generated through investment activities of Component Two is integrated with the knowledge

21
activities supported under Component One, and that the critical knowledge gaps are closed at the
earliest.
75. Monitoring Indicators. The M&E Indicators developed include (i) outcome indicators
to assess the achievement of project objectives (e.g. to monitor physical progress in pollution
load reduction in the Ganga); (ii) process indicators to monitor the quality of implementation and
assess the efficacy of the systemic changes introduced by program (see Annex 3 for details). In
addition to the indicators on execution and operation of investments, the M&E Framework
includes indicators on ULB contributions to O&M in order to ensure sustainability of
investments, and implementation of dedicated investment-specific communications and public
participation campaigns.
76. M&E Arrangements. The M&E system is embedded in the institutional design of the
NGRBA Program. The operational staffs of the PMG and the SPMGs include M&E Officers
with the overall responsibility for planning and coordinating M&E activities. The PMG will
prepare half-yearly progress reports for tracking progress of various activities, based on inputs
from the SPMGs as well as the NGRBA MIS system. In addition, an independent M&E agency
will be engaged to monitor project performance. The annual action plans prepared by the PMG
and the SPMGs will include the achievements and lessons learned in the previous year, and the
proposed implementation plans and budgets for the following year. These arrangements will
ensure timely collection, analysis and reporting of information, and enable efficient use of the
M&E system by managers, policy makers and other key stakeholders. An adequate computerized
MIS will be designed and made operational during the first year of project implementation.

C. Sustainability
77. Ownership and commitment. The clean-up and conservation of the Ganga enjoys broad
public and political support in India. The GoI is strongly committed to the NGRBA Program, as
evidenced by: (i) establishment of the NGRBA under the enforceable legal authority of the
Environment Protection Act; (ii) increasing fiscal support ( $ 600 million of investments
approved in the first year of the NGRBA); (iii) recent decisions on the Ganga, including
suspension of 3 hydroelectric projects and intent to declare an eco-sensitive region in the upper
reaches; and (iv) establishment of dedicated and permanent institutions for the NGRBA. The
states have shown similar ownership, demonstrated by their commitment to establish and staff
operational institutions, and provide their share of project costs and other resources.
78. Institutional sustainability. The operational institutions being established and supported
under the project are permanent and dedicated entities with single-point responsibility for long-
term implementation of the NGRBA Program. The institutions are not coterminous with the
project, but will remain and evolve to address the challenges of conserving the Ganga in the
future.
79. Fiscal sustainability. The NGRBA Program is modeled as a centrally sponsored
program, with 70:30 cost sharing between the central and state governments. The World Bank
financing will constribute to the central share of costs in this project. The state’s capacity to bear
their 30% share is deemed adequate, based on the experience from other centrally sponsored
schemes, and especially from the GAP, where there were never any issues concerning the state
contributions. In addition, a fiscal space analysis conducted for the Ganga basin states indicates
that there is space for additional capital expenditure in the states, and that current and fiscal

22
deficits are on a downward trend. In Bihar and UP, where the largest share of project investments
is anticipated, predicted state spending will amount to approximately 0.75% and 0.37%,
respectively, of the current annual plan size.
80. Sustainability of investments. The project/program design has incorporated several
measures to ensure sustainability of assets financed by the NGRBA:
(a) For all investments with significant O&M needs, the O&M costs for 5 years will be
capitalized and provided by the central and state governments. The ULBs commit to
payment for O&M after the 5th year.
(b) For all investments with significant O&M needs, the project will require long term
contracts, including 15 years of O&M, with private operators. The states have agreed to
guarantee O&M payments to the contractor after the 5th year, in case of default from the
ULBs.
(c) Technologies will be selected based on lifecycle cost analysis, in order to select the
lowest cost feasible option. Technologies will not be prescribed at the bidding stage in
order to encourage low life cycle costs (i.e. of capital, land, O&M, replacement).
(d) A sub-component of the project is dedicated to the institutional strengthening of local
water and wastewater service providers, in order to increase their capacity and
performance to operate and maintain new assets.

D. Critical risks and possible controversial aspects

81. The most significant risks stem from the fact that the pollution and clean-up of the Ganga
is a subject with a very high degree of public visibility and involvement in India, a wide variety
of stakeholders, and a pervasive perception that previous initiatives to clean the river have all
failed. In the process of establishing the NGRBA, the GoI has held numerous consultations with
the states and with civil society stakeholders, the results of which are reflected in the design and
structure of NGRBA. Not only does the NGRBA have as its members the Chief Ministers of five
Ganga mainstem states all representing different political parties, it is also the only national
Authority in India that counts among its members nine reputed civil-society representatives. The
broad-based stakeholder consultations have continued in the period following the May 2009
elections. Consultations have also been conducted regarding World Bank support to the NGRBA
Program. The program is designed with plans and resources to ensure transparent decision-
making and implementation, including mechanisms for redressing potential grievances. Most
importantly, the reputational risk from the World Bank’s association with the NGRBA Program
is sought to be mitigated by ensuring that all investments are covered by the frameworks and
implementation arrangements which are designed to ensure high quality and effectiveness of
interventions.
82. Given the framework approach adopted for infrastructure investments, the proposed
project has some high inherent risks, pertaining to the possibility of addition of new entities as
EAs and to selection of investments during the implementation period. The project design
includes strong fiduciary and safeguard measures to mitigate these risks. These include
development of Procurement and Financial Management Manuals; dedicated procurement
functionaries at PMG, SPMGs and EA levels; recruitment of a project management support
consultancy; prior and post review arrangements; agreed disclosure policy and standards; social

23
Figure 1: Implementation Arrangements for the NGRBA Program

24
 audits; third party technical audits; safeguard audits; and a grievance redressal mechanism.
Given that the infrastructure investments contracts will be of large size and relatively few in
number, most of the procurement for civil works is expected to be prior reviewed. Specific
attention will also be paid to selection of supervision consultants where required.
83. While the infrastructure investments envisaged for funding under the NGRBA program
(including this project) will bring long term benefits to the inhabitants of the targeted areas, their
very nature entails construction stage impacts, with potential to cause public inconvenience. For
example, given the concentration of the work envisaged and the high density of population in the
urban areas, the laying of sewerage networks may cause significant public inconvenience and
complaints in some locations. The NGRBA Program promotes a consultative process involving
local communities during the design and preparation stages of the sub-project; adoption of better
planning and construction practices which can reduce the potential disruptions; and strong local
level communications and grievance redressal system to inform and respond to the affected
people.
84. The major risks and corresponding risk management measures are described below. More
information on risks and the measures to address them is also provided in the GAAP (see Annex
11). The procurement risk is rated as High (see Annex 7) and financial management risk rated as
Substantial (see Annex 8). The overall project risk is “High”.

Table 2: Major Risks, Mitigation Measures, and Rating of Residual Risks

Risk factors Description of risk Ratinga of Mitigation measures Ratinga of

risk residual
risk
I. Sector-specific Risks
Governance and financial
accountability framework (a) GoI and state govts are setting up
rest with multiple agencies. dedicated institutions for implementing
Issues include: (a) weak the NGRBA, with emphasis on
coordination, particularly at empowerment structure and staff.
the state level, resulting in (b) Sector governance and financial
poor planning and accountability assessments have been
implementation delays; (b) conducted at the executing agency level.
weak capacity at (c) Various technical assistance activities
intermediate and lower have been initiated including capacity
levels which are responsible building of all associated agencies so that
Sector
for service delivery; and Substantial they have sufficient knowledge and Moderate
Governance
inadequate performance resources to prepare and implement the
management and project/NGRBA Program.
accountability systems; (c) (d) The design of the project/NGRBA
M&E systems (for both Program includes better internal control
expenditure management systems, third party quality assurance,
and outcomes) are not very better systems for M&E and expenditure
strong; and (d) despite a tracking; prudent systems for financial
strong framework of and procurement management; and
sanctions, there remains process reforms supporting transparency
patronage and direct theft of and accountability.
public money.

25
 (a) Instead of working through sector
policies, NGRBA derives its significant
powers from a strong legal basis in the
Environment Protection Act (1986).
(b) GoI has launched a flagship national
Basin-level management urban reform program (JNNURM), and
across three key sectors - similar efforts are underway to improve
water resources, environment management at the national
environment, and urban level.
development - will be (c) Cross-sectoral coordination is built
Sector
challenging, with weak into the NGRBA institutional design, up
Institutions Substantial Moderate
service delivery institutions, to the apex council level.
and Policies
insufficient cross-sectoral (d) The program will be supported by
coordination, and no proven ongoing reforms in these sectors/states,
models for river basin including: (i) enabling water policies and
clean-up/ management in legal frameworks, and adoption of inter-
the country sectoral approaches; (ii) restructuring/
establishment of new institutions (e.g.
regulatory authorities); (iii) improving
financial sustainability of service delivery
through rational charges and tariffs and
improved financial management.
II. Operation-specific Risks
(a) The current political support is being
used to institutionalize the program
(unlike previous initiatives), by
establishing permanent institutions
The current broad-based responsible for Ganga conservation in the
Political
political support is transient future.
ownership at
and may dissolve, leading to High (b) Govt has committed and made Substantial
national and
future neglect and poor allocations for NGRBA (including 5 year
state levels
performance of the program O&M needs) in the 11th Plan.
(c) Communications and public
mobilization aimed at creating a durable
constituency to sustain public pressure on
governments.
(a) No investments will be considered
without explicit consent of ULB.
(b) Selection of lowest lifecycle cost
ULBs do not currently have
Operational options, long-term (incl 15 years O&M)
adequate technical and
capacity and contracts, and dedicated capacity-building
financial capacity. Political High Substantial
ownership at (including training and maintenance
ownership at the ULB level
the ULB level systems) has brought the key ULBs on
is not yet tested
board.
(c) ULBs are being sensitized through
workshops and communications program.
(a) The PMG at the central level and
SPMGs at the state level are being set up
as registered societies, with agreed
Operational Successful implementation
structure and staffing plans, to enhance
Capacity of requires competent and
Substantial administrative and financial autonomy Moderate
NGRBA dedicated executive bodies
and promote single-point accountability.
institutions at central and state levels.
(b) Up-front support for capacity building
being provided, including project
management and technical support

26
 consultancies.
(a) Investments framework with criteria
for selecting, appraising and
implementing investments, has been
developed to ensure technical quality,
Technical quality of
effectiveness and sustainability of
investment preparation
investments.
(including city-level
Substantial (b) A rigorous review process has been Moderate
planning) is inadequate, and
agreed, requiring feasibility and planning
long-term sustainability is
analyses and independent reviews
not addressed satisfactorily
(c) Project management and technical
Investments
support consultancies are provided to
Preparation
bring best practice. Bilateral TA is being
and Execution
provided to rapidly support early phases.
(a) NGRBA has agreed to initiate the land
Land acquisition delays the acquisition process at the time of approval
Substantial Moderate
investment execution of the Feasibility Report (instead of
DPR), thereby giving more time.
(a) NGRBA investments will cover the
cost of connections up to house boundary.
Householders do not
Substantial (b) ULBs will mandate plot connection, Moderate
connect to sewer networks
close back lane open drains, and conduct
mobilization campaigns
(a) Consultations, communication and
disclosure are mandated by framework
Lack of citizen voice in
Transparency, (b) All RTI Act provisions will apply
investment planning and
accountability (c) Project/NGRBA Program will
implementation; inadequate Moderate Low
and grievance undertake social audits and publicly
disclosure measures; weak
redressal disclose all M&E reports
grievance redressal
(d) Dedicated grievance redressal system
will be in place at PMG/SPMG
(a) Environmental and Social
Management Framework (ESMF)
mainstreamed into the NGRBA Program
Inadequate attention to
Social and (b) PMG and SPMGs staffed with
social and environmental
environmental Moderate competent social and environment Low
impacts of project/program
safeguards specialists to ensure ESMF compliance
interventions.
(c) TA provided for systematic and long-
term effort to track social and
environmental issues in the basin
There is a risk of unrealistic (a) Design includes strong
public expectations that the communications and outreach program, at
river will become clean by 2 levels: (i) strategic, to involve key
the time the project is stakeholders; and (ii) broadbased, to build
completed. There is public awareness.
reputational risk for the (b) Communications will focus on
Bank, associated with the managing expectations, including the fact
Reputational possibility that the NGRBA that the Ganga clean-up will require
High Substantial
risks Program Framework may longer time and more resources than
not be fully applied to the possible in one project.
investments that are not (c) Central and state governments are
funded and supervised leading the charge, and senior leaders
under the project. perceived as champions of the program.
Therefore, certain first year (d) Support to NGRBA to develop
sub-projects approved by institutional capacity to plan and manage
the Government outside of the Program adequately and implement

27
 the Project may not be in the NGRBA Program Framework in a
compliance with the Bank’s reasonable timeframe.
safeguard policies.
Reputational risks are also
there given the high
visibility, politically
complex setting; and
popular perception of
failure on previous efforts to
clean the river.
III. Overall Risk
The project is complex in scope, of high Bank corporate priority, and of high visibility
in India. Many aspects of such a project are clearly high risk and have been highlighted
Overall Risk above. Even though the PDO, components, and institutional arrangements have been High
designed to integrate the mitigation measures described above, the overall risk remains
high.
a
Rating of risks on a four-point scale – High, Substantial, Moderate, Low – according to the likelihood of
occurrence and magnitude of potential adverse impact.

E. Loan/credit conditions and covenants

85. There are no conditions for Board Presentation or effectiveness.
86. The key covenants for the project include the following: MoEF and the participating
states of Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal:
(a) shall maintain throughout the project period the PMG and the SPMGs, respectively with
suitably qualified personnel and with resources sufficient to carry out project
management including technical and fiduciary supervisions, monitoring and evaluation,
and public communication to achieve the Project Development Objectives in a timely and
effective manner;
(b) will prepare, through PMG and SPMGs, and no later than December 31 of each year, the
Annual Action Plan and procurement plans for implementation of the activities under
each component of the project for the next Financial Year; and taking into account
Bank’s recommendations, finalize these plans no later than March 31 of each year;
(c) shall take all necessary measures, or cause others to take such measures, to ensure
implementation of the project is in accordance with the provisions of, among others, the
Financial Management Manual, the Procurement Manual, the Governance and
Accountability Action Plan (GAAP), the Environmental and Social Management
Framework (ESMF) and the Monitoring and Evaluation Framework. These documents
may be amended from time to time with prior approval of MOEF and the Bank; and
(d) through the PMG and the SPMGs shall ensure, unless otherwise specifically provided by
the Government of India, that all information on the project be made public, including the
reports on physical and financial progress, monitoring, evaluation reports, and external
audits.

IV. APPRAISAL SUMMARY

A. Economic and financial analyses

87. Although the focus of the NGRBA Program is on clean-up and conservation of the
Ganga, it has wider implications for poverty and health. Provision of sanitation services, which

28
will constitute the largest propotion of NGRBA investments, has very significant benefits. A
recent study 13 estimates that the benefits of the safe management of human excreta and
associated hygiene behavior amount to US$ 48 per person in India. This value is not dissimilar to
the value estimated of the benefits of implementing the EU directives related to the water sector
in candidate countries 14. The NGRBA Program includes major components which address the
issues of sanitation including, but not limited to: wastewater treatment to improve discharge and
river water quality, with direct benefits to communities depending on this water; provision of
sewer networks and connections in previously unserved areas, with significant populations in
slums and below the poverty line; solid waste management in towns and cities on the Ganga; and
mobilization of local communities on issues of sanitation and health.
88. The financial and economic analysis for the project is carried out in two parts: (i)
representative cost-benefit analyses of typical investments likely to be funded under the project;
and (ii) a program level analysis of an assumed NGRBA Program, with estimated costs and
water quality impacts derived from an extensive economic evaluation of previous efforts to clean
the Ganga. In addition, the NGRBA Program Framework requires a cost-benefit analysis for
each sub-project submitted for program funding, including a review of the financial
sustainability.
89. One of the investments in advanced stages of preparation for the NGRBA Program
pertains to connecting various neighborhoods of Kanpur to the existing sewage treatment plant
(built under the GAP), through an extended network of sewers and related facilities. The
investment of $45 million is for a service area population of approximately 300,000, which is
expected to more than double in the next 30 years. The health benefits alone of this investment
amount to $13 million per year on the current population basis, and will increase with time. A
large fraction of the benefits accrues to the people living in slums and/or below the poverty level,
who will get better sanitation as a result of this investment. The EIRR for this activity is
estimated in the range of 82% (minimum assumed benefits) to more than 100% (maximum
assumed benefits), and is typical of sewerage-focused investments in the Ganga basin. A green-
field version of the Kanpur investment would yield an EIRR of 6% (min benfits) to 16% (max
benefits). The generic-green field projects show somewhat better values. The results are most
sensitive to benefit levels, but also to cost overruns with concurrent delays in implementation; a
two year implementation delay coupled with a 10% cost over-run for such projects decreases
EIRRs for green field projects to values below the discount rate. This underlines the need for
cost effective designs and timely completion of projects.
90. Another typical investment for which economic analysis was conducted is aimed at
industrial pollution management in Jajmau, which currently hosts more than 400 tanneries and is
among the fastest growing leather complexes in India. The investment will provide infrastructure
to collect and treat 64 mld of wastewater from the tanneries, along with separation, recovery and
recycling of chromium, which is a toxic wastewater stream pollutant not managed in the current
treatment system. In the base case, with recycling of chromium recovered from the treatment
process, the resultant EIRR ranges from about 14% (min benefits) to 43% (max benefits). This
leaves some, but not ample, room for institutional overheads, safeguards and cost overruns (up to
24% with no delay), while still maintaining an EIRR higher than the 10% discount rate.These

13
The Economic Impacts of Inadequate Sanitation in India, Water and Sanitation Program, 2010
14
For example, the report: “Benefits of Compliance with the Environmental Acquis” European Commission, 2001

29
returns are found to be typical of industrial pollution management interventions, and are not very
sensitive to cost overruns and implementation delays.
91. Although no solid waste management investments have yet been proposed for funding
under the NGRBA Program, a review of recent integrated solid waste management projects in
India suggests that these yield returns of the order of 15% to 20%.
92. A program level economic analysis was also conducted to estimate the direct benefits of
improved river quality (that is, without taking into consideration the benefits that follow from
related improvements outside the river). While such an economic analysis cannot do justice to
the full range of benefits and is therefore likely to underestimate the benefits of the NGRBA
Program, such “sensu strictu” economic analysis is in line with the tradition of analysis of similar
river clean-up projects around the world, such as those conducted for the Rhine and the Thames.
93. The program level analysis takes the ex-post analysis of the Ganga Action Plan as its
starting point 15. It maintains the methodology and updates this assessment to reflect the new
NGRBA Program and to reflect changes in incomes, river quality etc. which have occurred
during the last decade of rapid growth. The methodology used reflects the requirements of the
World Bank O.P. 10.04. Benefits have been partly based on a willingness to pay survey, which
elicits the subjective assessments of respondents (users as well as non-users of the river) of their
willingness to pay for improved water quality and partly based on quantified assessments of
economic use benefits such as health benefits accruing to river users, fishing benefits, benefits
for farmers from replacing commercial fertilizer with sludge etc. The ex-post study found that
the major benefit of river clean-up accrues to non-consumptive users of the river (e.g. ritual
bathers) and to non-users who benefit from the knowledge that the river is cleaner as a result of
program.
94. The analysis finds that basin wide interventions to improve water quality in the Ganga
generally show benefits which exceed costs by a wide margin (net benefits at 10% discount rate).
In particular there is a strong economic logic for a 60% to 80% reduction of BOD levels in the
river, depending on whether current river quality is in the high or low range of current estimates.
Depending on current river quality and the assessed unit costs of BOD removal, it is possible to
achieve benefit cost ratios of up to 6.2 (high estimate for current quality, low estimate for unit
cost) or up to 2.1 (low estimate for current quality and high estimate for unit cost). This
illustrates that it may be important to have a program of a sufficiently large magnitude to reap
the benefits and it will be important to secure low unit costs of the interventions to be
implemented.
95. The program follows a framework approach for selection of investments. Under this
approach, specific wastewater management proposals will be prioritized based on their relative
effectiveness in reducing pollution loads entering the Ganga. This prioritization takes into
account, inter alia, the quantum of wastewater treated by the sub-project, and its impact on the
water quality of the Ganga during lean flow conditions at the location of discharge. These
parameters are significant indicators of relative economic merit of various investment options.
Proposals which feature high in the prioritized list would be subject to detailed financial and
economic analysis as a part of the DPR.

15
Cost Benefit Analysis of the Ganga Action Plan, Oxford University Press, 2000

30
96. The DPR would also include an options analysis to evaluate various technological and
design choices for the sub-project including alternate locations, land requirement, capital costs
and O&M costs. It also includes a calculation of the economic rate of return on the investment
and an analysis of the financial viability of the investment based on O&M sustainability.
97. Financial analysis will be carried out for each investment as part of the DPR preparation,
to ensure that there is a clear allocation of O&M resources. Analysis of FIRRs is hampered by
sub-optimal tariff design in many of the preliminary DPRs. Existing tariff structures typically do
not cover even basic operational costs. FIRRs are often negative and would discourage private
sector investment unless the tariff design reformed. This suggests that sustainability of
investments should also address cost recovery issues for new facilities or expansions to existing
facilities.

B. Technical
98. Designs for the project investments will follow the current Indian standards for the
wastewater, solid waste, industrial pollution and river front management sectors. Due diligence
carried out during project preparation, and assessments of the earlier initiatives, highlighted the
need for improved planning during investment preparation. These improvements have been
captured in the project’s implementation arrangements both in terms of the content and appraisal
of sub-project design (Feasibility Reports and Detailed Project Reports) and the
technical/institutional approaches to be adopted. These include:
(a) Enhanced field assessments to ensure the planned investments closely match the current
and planned land uses in the service areas, and that planned treatment capacity, both in
terms of the quantity and quality, realistically reflect those uses. This applies for all
investments whether WWTPs, pump stations, solid waste collection facilities, or
industrial pollution interventions.
(b) Assessment of the condition and performance of existing assets to ensure that these
existing assets are rehabilitated and incorporated into the new systems wherever it is cost
effective. This will also improve the separation between foul and surface water flows
which currently get mixed up as a result of inadequate attention to cross connections in
the existing networks.
(c) Criteria for investment prioritization have been developed which will select investments
based on their effectiveness in reducing pollution loads from entering the river.
(d) In all categories of investment the Feasibility and Detailed Project Reports will identify
technically feasible solutions and assess their lifecycle costs, before selecting the least
cost solution.
99. The project design includes activities that will address the shortcomings of earlier efforts
with respect to sustainability of investments:
(a) Proposed infrastructure investments are linked to parallel support activities, financed
under Component One, to improve the operational and financial capacity of the ULB
service providers. The support includes improved management systems, equipment and
training of staff, and assistance in improving the commercial management of the
participating service providers.
(b) For investments with significant O&M needs (e.g. solid waste management and
wastewater collection & treatment), long term DBO or other PPP contracts will be used
to design, build and operate the systems. The operations phase will be up to 15 years.

31
 This approach has the benefit of allowing the client to identify the least lifecycle cost
options through a competition process while transferring the long term performance risk
to the contractor. This will result in significant cost savings and improvements in quality
of service, and allow the optimal treatment processes to be selected.
(c) The project’s investment strategy goes beyond the narrow approach of intercepting and
diverting wastes for treatment. The project will support investments in treatment and
networks up to the household level, leading to both a cleaner urban environment and a
cleaner river. This approach will increase public awareness of the project, deliver
benefits to the doorsteps of the households, and thus build broad support for the program.

C. Fiduciary
100. Procurement. Procurement of all goods, works and non-consulting services required for
and to be financed from the project shall be in accordance with the requirements set forth or
referred to in Section I of the “Guidelines: Procurement under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits”
(dated January 2011). Procurement of consulting services shall be in accordance with
“Guidelines: Selection and Employment of Consultants by World Bank Borrowers” (January
2011) and the provisions stipulated in the Financing Agreement.
101. The PMG and SPMGs will be responsible for procurement planning, management and
oversight, for the activities directly executed by them. They will be also responsible for
coordinating, monitoring and reporting of the procurement done by the EAs. The EAs will be
responsible for the procurement planning, management and oversight of the activities being
executed by them. The framework approach adopted by the project for Component Two (Priority
Infrastructure Investments) allows the investments to be selected on a dynamic and ongoing
basis. Given the framework approach to investments, new EAs may be selected during
implementation. In order to support the new EAs in the initial period, procurement support may
be provided to them through the Project Management Consultancy, recruited by PMG/SPMG.
102. Since the investments under the project are not defined at the beginning but will be
selected on an ongoing basis, advance procurement planning during the preparatory phase of the
project is limited to Component One (Institutional Development). For Component Two, SPMGs
and PMG will develop a consolidated Procurement Plan for all EAs state wise, as part of their
Annual Action Plan to be submitted to the World Bank for review every year.
103. Following the World Bank guidelines for procurement, a Procurement Manual has been
developed for the project, detailing the procurement process, procedures to be followed,
methods, roles and responsibilities of PMG, SPMG and EAs, prior and post review arrangements
etc. This Manual is reviewed and found in accordance with the Bank Guidelines; however, in the
event of any conflict in interpretation of various provisions for procurement in case of items
procured using the proceeds from the World Bank, interpretations of provisions of World Bank
Procurement and Consultancy Guidelines will prevail. The Procurement Manual may be revised
as more progress is achieved in the efforts on procurement harmonization beween the Bank and
country systems.
104. Given the framework approach adopted for all infrastructure investments, the proposed
project has some high inherent risks, pertaining to (i) the possibility of addition of new entities as
EAs, and (ii) selection of investments during the implementation period. There is no
procurement plan for the infrastructure sub-projects since they will be identified only during

32
implementation, and bidding documents for the initial investments are consequently not
prepared. The procurement assessment carried out on three EAs indicate that a defined
procurement management system and dedicated resources are needed at national, state and EA
levels to carry out the procurement activities related to the proposed project. The risk is rated as
High. Development of a Procurement Manual; dedicated procurement functionaries at PMG,
SPMGs and EA levels; hiring the services of a Project Management Consultancy (to provide
procurement support); prior and post review arrangements; and a disclosure and grievance
redressal mechanism are the mitigation measures agreed for the project.
105. The Bank’s standard supervision arrangements of prior and post review based on pre-
agreed thresholds will be followed. A summary of the procurement capacity assessment of the
implementing agencies and precise agreements on methods and arrangements for Goods, Works
and Services are presented in Annex 8.
106. Financial Management. The financial management arrangements agreed for the project
will be adequate to account for and report the sources and uses of project funds and meet the
Bank’s fiduciary requirements, subject to compliance with the financial management framework
summarized below. Details of the framework are provided in Annex 7. The FM Risk rating of
the project is Substantial.
107. FM Assessments have been carried out for the select potential EAs identified at this
stage. Assessment of these EAs was done only from contract management perspective as the
fund flow and accounting functions are centralized at the PMG (for central level) and SPMGs
(for state level). To facilitate efficient management of funds, accounting, reporting and oversight,
the fund flow arrangements have been designed to keep the number of accounting units to a
minimum (i.e. the PMG, four SPMGs in the states of Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, West Bengal
and Bihar, and the State level Implementing Unit in Jharkhand).
108. The detailed financial management processes including budgeting, funds flow, internal
control framework, accounting, financial reporting and audit arrangements of the project are
described in the Financial Management Manual of the project
109. Based on the assessments carried out for the potential EAs, certain minimum criteria have
been developed for FM aspects relating to contract management. Since more EAs may be
selected during project implementation, the selection process will ensure that these criteria are
complied with. These criteria are provided in Annex 7.
110. The PMG will receive project funds from the MoEF budget in an earmarked project bank
account. The PMG will transfer funds to the SPMGs on half-yearly basis, for implementation of
the agreed annual action plan. These transfers will be in May and November. The PMG will
release the November installment to each SPMG only (i) after the SPMG has submitted its
project Audit Report of the previous financial year to the PMG; and (ii) on reasonable utilization
of the first installment of the reporting year. The State Government will release its share of funds
to the SPMG within two months of the receipt of the installment from the PMG.
111. In order to streamline the arrangements, funds will flow only up to the level of SPMG,
which will have a project bank account where funds received from the PMG along with the state
contribution for the project will be held. Each EA in the state will have a sub-project specific
zero balance child account, in the same bank. The EA will have the authority to issue payment
instructions to pay contractors/ suppliers for undertaking project activities within the scope of the

33
approved annual action plan. Through a sub-project specific payment system, the SPMG Banker
will ensure that the payments from an EA do not exceed the annual amount sanctioned for that
EA for the particular sub-project. As soon as a payment instruction is issued by the EA to its
banker, it will draw the required funds from the SPMG account and transfer the same to the
suppliers’/ contractors’ account on the same date. This transfer of funds from the SPMG account
to the supplier/contractor/service provider account will happen through Real Time Gross
Settlement (RTGS) 16. Similar arrangements would be there for fund flow between the PMG and
the EAs at the central level.
112. The above-mentioned fund flow arrangements will mitigate the risks of inadequate
financial management capacities of EAs, which were likely to cause delays in accounting,
financial reporting and auditing. The fund flow design will also make possible accounting of all
central and state level expenditures by the PMG and SPMGs. Project accounts will be
maintained by using an off-the shelf accounting package. All NGRBA Program activities will
use double-entry accrual based accounting system.
113. Each SPMG will submit quarterly Interim Unaudited Financial Reports (IUFRs) to the
PMG. The PMG will consolidate the IUFRs received from the five accounting units along with
its own and submit a quarterly consolidated IUFR to the World Bank within 60 days from the
end of each quarter.
114. The PMG will be responsible for submitting to the Bank a consolidated version of the
annual audited project financial statements of the PMG and the SPMGs, along with the
individual audited project financial statements and audit reports of the PMG and the SPMGs, by
September 30 every year. Annual External audit will be conducted by a qualified firm of
chartered accountants appointed by the PMG, under Terms of Reference and selection criteria
agreed with the Bank. The annual entity audit report of the PMG will also be submited to the
Bank.
115. The PMG and each SPMG will also have internal audits to assess effectiveness of
internal controls and to provide independent assurance on the adequacy of internal controls to
mitigate financial risks. Wherever the SPMG or the EA employs technical supervision or quality
assurance consultants for sub-projects, the internal auditors will work in close coordination with
these consultants to obtain assurance that the contract payments are made as per the terms of the
contracts.
116. The Bank will provide an initial advance up to a fixed ceiling of US$ 80 million in a
Designated Account (DA) with the Reserve Bank of India. Thereafter further advances of funds
will be disbursed by the Bank to the DA every quarter based on amounts spent out of this
advance, as documented by the consolidated quarterly IUFRs, subject to the DA fixed ceiling.
The disbursement methods that may be used are (i) Advance (ii) Reimbursement and (iii) Direct
Payment.

16
RTGS is a funds transfer system where money is moved from one bank to another in ‘real-time’, and on gross basis. When
using the banking method, RTGS is the fastest possible way to transfer money. ‘Real-time’ means that the payment transaction
isn’t subject to any waiting period. The transaction will be completed as soon as the processing is done, and gross settlement
means that the money transfer is completed on a one to one basis without clustering with another transaction.

34
117. Expenditures incurred with the Bank’s concurrence on or after January 1, 2011 and
according to the Bank’s procurement guidelines will be eligible for retroactive financing up to an
overall ceiling of US$ 10 million.
118. The fiduciary obligation of the Bank will be restricted to the Bank financed operation
only and will not extend to the entire NGRBA Program.

D. Social
119. Social Impacts. While the project is expected to benefit the Ganga basin communities,
the implementation of specific project investments could lead to some adverse social impacts. An
Environmental and Social Analysis (ESA) conducted for the project has identified potential
adverse impacts, and proposed the requisite measures for avoiding or mitigating them, which
have been incorporated in the project design. Potential adverse social impacts during the
construction phase of investments include loss of land or structures, loss of access to areas for
livelihood support, noise and other disruptions at sensitive receptors such as schools and health
centers, and public safety issues. Site selection for major facilities such as WWTPs can be
expected to be locally controversial among directly affected people and other stakeholders. The
Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF, see below) prepared for and
included in the NGRBA Program Framework acknowledges these issues and integrates the
measures for addressing them in the project implementation process.
120. Resettlement and Land Acquisition. According to the environmental and social analysis,
there will be need for private land acquisition which will result in involuntary displacement and
loss of livelihoods. The scale of involuntary resettlement at the individual sub-project sites is
likely to be small, given the nature of investments. However, since the NGRBA Program on the
whole will support a large number of investments, the ESMF includes a Resettlement Policy and
Land Acquisition Framework (RPLAF), which specifies the procedures, eligibility, grievance
redressal and other measures to be followed in the event that resettlement or land acquisition is
required for any sub-project.
121. Tribal People. Of the five Project states, Jharkhand has a significant tribal population
(26%), followed by West Bengal (5%) and Uttarakhand (3%). As part of the ESMF, a Tribal
Management Framework (TMF) has been prepared, with the objective of including tribal
communities in the project in order to achieve the highest possible positive impact of the
interventions to improve their quality of life.
122. Gender. Most of the women’s status indicators (including those pertaining to health,
literacy, work force participation, spousal abuse) show that gender equity and empowerment
remain important issues in the Ganga basin states. As part of the ESMF, a gender development
analysis will be carried out for the sub-projects at the screening stage, in order to analyze gender
issues and to design interventions to address women’s needs.
123. Poverty. The NGRBA states have had a disproportionately high incidence of income
poverty for decades, and the efforts to reduce it have shown mixed results. As part of
institutional support to the NGRBA (under Component One), a basin-wide social assessment will
be carried out as a part of the Strategic Environmental, Economic and Social Assessment
(SEESA), with the objective of optimizing long term design through social considerations in
order to produce maximum social benefits, particularly to the poor, women, and other socially

35
disadvantaged groups. The scope of the assessment will cover the entire basin, including the poor
and migrant workers (floating populations) residing in the Ganga basin.
124. Social Accountability and Grievance Redressal. A social accountability mechanism will
be established for all sub projects. A key element of ensuring social accountability will be the
use of social audits, conducted by the Citizen Monitoring Committees, to acquire feedback on
performance of the sub projects and record citizens’ recommendations for improvement. The
social accountability mandate will be further strengthened through a strong grievance redress
mechanism.
125. Given the quantum of infrastructure investments envisaged under the NGRBA Program,
and their concentration in the densely populated urban areas, they may cause significant public
inconvenience during the construction phase of sub-projects. In order to ensure that the potential
for disruption to the normal life is minimized, and that the potentially affected populations are
adequately consulted during the preparation stages and adequately informed during the
implementation stages, the design of the NGRBA Program includes several mitigation measures
which include: mandatory consultations with the local community during the design and
preparation stages of the sub-project; adoption of better planning and construction practices to
reduce the potential disruptions; and strong local level communications and grievance redressal
system to inform and respond to the affected people.
126. An Integrated Grievance Redressal System (IGRS) will be established for the NGRBA
Program. Grievance Redressal Cells (GRCs), with necessary officers and systems will be
established at the EA, ULB, SPMG and PMG levels. Grievances of any kind may be submitted
through various mediums (e.g. a dedicated toll free phone line, direct calls to concerned officials,
online via a dedicated portal, in written form, etc.) and will be addressed. The project will also
comply with the RTI Act of 2005 and will ensure proactive disclosure and sharing of information
with the public. The mandate of the GRC will be to redress grievances of project affected
persons (PAPs) in all respects, especially with regards to rehabilitation and resettlement
assistance.
127. The project will have a communication strategy focusing on efficient and effective usage
of print and electronic media, information boards, posters, and adoption of any other method
suited to the local context, logistics, and human and financial resources available. The NGRBA
communications plan includes dissemination of investment-specific information through suitable
local media. Communities will be engaged through stakeholder consultations in planning and
implementation of investments. The PMG and SPMGs will have specific communications and
outreach units. Since the launch of the NGRBA Program communications plan, along with the
local-level social intermediation for early investments, are amongst the first activities of the
project, the World Bank team will ensure close and consistent support to the NGRBA to ensure
their effective implementation.
128. Social Intermediation and Stakeholder Engagement. Sustainability of the priority
investments will depend substantially on the meaningful participation and support of key
stakeholders, especially local communities. Their responses, such as willingness to connect to
sewers and pay for services, will be crucial for the long-term success of the project. A rapid
assessment of stakeholder perceptions indicates a high-level of demand at the grassroots level for
greater transparency and for active involvement in the proposed operations. Therefore, in
addition to overall strategic communication efforts, all major investments will have tailor-made

36
interventions to engage with local communities and key stakeholders to ensure their inclusion
and participation in the planning, implementation and subsequent management of the
investments. These interventions will include: (i) Information, Education, and Communications
(IEC) campaigns; (ii) mobilization of local communities (particularly women and youth) around
issues of sanitation, health, and hygiene; (iii) transparent consultations; (iv) dissemination of
project information; and (v) citizen oversight. Credible NGO partners will be deployed to
implement these investment-level social intermediation and outreach programs.

E. Environment
129. Environmental Impacts. All interventions proposed under the project share the long term
objective of improving the water quality of Ganga. By virtue of this objective, the long-term
environmental impacts of the project are expected to be positive. However, if the interventions
are not appropriately designed, executed or operated, they could lead to adverse environmental
impacts. These impacts could be due to a variety of reasons, including: (i) improper site selection
of physical investments; (ii) absence of sludge/waste disposal and management facilities in the
proposed facilities; (iii) inadequate management of environmental issues during the construction
phase; and (iv) inadequate maintenance of facilities, leading to deterioration of river water
quality and other environmental issues. More details on possible impacts are presented in Annex
10. The ESMF prepared for the NGRBA Program acknowledges these issues and integrates the
measures for addressing them in the Program/project implementation process.
130. Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF). Given the distributed
nature of the proposed interventions across five basin states and the adoption of an overall
framework approach in which specific investments are not known in advance, an Environmental
and Social Management Framework (ESMF) has been developed for the NGRBA Program, and
is included in the NGRBA Program Framework. The ESMF will apply to all investments
sanctioned under the NGRBA Program, regardless of the source of financing. The ESMF is a
technical guideline document that describes procedures and institutional responsibilities for
assessing and managing the potential environmental and social risks and impacts that may come
up during implementation and throughout the project cycle. The objectives of the ESMF are to:
(i) ensure the social and environmental sustainability of investments; (ii) and ensure compliance
with national environmental and social legislation. The ESMF as included in the NGRBA
Program Framework also complies with the World Bank’s Environmental and Social Safeguards
Policies.
131. Sub-project Categories. The ESMF provides for the screening of project investments
(referred to as “sub-projects”) according to their likely environment and social impacts, and a
determination of the level of Environment and Social Assessment (ESA) to be conducted for the
sub-project. The “High Impact” category sub-projects require detailed ESA conducted by an
independent agency, while “Low Impact” category sub-projects only require preparation of
safeguard management plans, through environmental and social assessments (conducted as part
of the DPR), aimed at identifying any adverse impacts and preparing mitigation plans. The
ESMF provides detailed guidance, sample Terms of Reference and reporting structures for
compliance with the ESA requirement. The ESA will determine the risk mitigation measures
needed for the sub-project, including the preparation of detailed Environmental Management

37
Plans (EMP) and Social Impact Assessment and/or Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP) as
applicable. The ESMF is presented in detail in Annex 10.
132. Building Safeguards Management Capacity of NGRBA Institutions. The PMG and
SPMGs are new entities requiring additional skills in management of social and environmental
aspects, including safeguards. Most of the EAs are likely to be engineering oriented agencies
with little capacity in safeguards. In order to build capacity in the NGRBA Program for
management of social and environmental aspects, the project will support appointment of
environmental and social specialists in the PMG and SPMGs, to monitor implementation of the
ESMF and other social and environment related activities. At the sub-project level, the EAs will
ensure that individual ESAs, EMPs, and RAPs are prepared and implemented, with possible
support from qualified firms. The project will support safeguard training for all the engineering
and safeguard specialists in the PMG, SPMGs, EAs and the contractors. While the World Bank
will pay close attention to ensuring that the NGRBA Program’s capacity for management of
social and environmental issues is gradually strengthened, the Bank’s supervision and
responsibility for safeguards implementation in specific sub-projects will be limited to the
investments financed by the project. It is also important to note that there are several investments
in the project areas/cities, which are similar to those proposed under the current project. These
projects are executed by local level entities either under the ongoing national programs such as
JNNURM or through other funding agencies. Most of these investments are in the advanced
stages of implementation. The ESMF prepared for the NGRBA programme will not be
applicable on such investments, and these investments will not be supervised by the World Bank.
133. Strategic Environmental, Economic, and Social Assessment. Under the Institutional
Development Component (Component One), the project will provide technical assistance to the
NGRBA Program for systematic compilation and generation of knowledge on environment and
social issues. The technical assistance will support a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary
Strategic Environmental, Economic, and Social Assessment (SEESA) for the entire Ganga basin
in India. The recommendations of SEESA will be available by the mid-term review of the
project, and will be suitably integrated in various activities of the project and future initiatives of
NGRBA.

F. Safeguard policies
134. Considering the distributed nature and significance of the interventions and anticipated
impacts of the potential investments, the project is categorized as ‘Category A’, as per OP 4.01.
In addition to OP 4.01, the project also triggers five other safeguard policies including OP 7.50
on International Waterways. In fulfillment of this policy, the other riparian countries of China,
Nepal and Bangladesh have been notified, and no objections have been raised by these countries.
Considering the proposed interventions in river front management and possible impacts on
cultural properties, the project also triggers OP 4.11 on Physical Cultural Resources. Although
the project will not have any direct or indirect impacts on natural habitats, considering the
existence of a number of protected areas along the mainstem of the Ganga, OP 4.04 is triggered
to accommodate future and third-party risks. Annex 10 provides a detailed description of
safeguard management issues and proposed measures in the project.

38
 Safeguard Policies Triggered by the Project Yes No
Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) [X] []
Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04) [X] []
Pest Management (OP 4.09) [] [X]
Indigenous Peoples (OP/BP 4.10) [X] []
Physical Cultural Resources (OP/BP 4.11) [X] []
Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) [X] []
Forests (OP/BP 4.36) [] [X]
Safety of Dams (OP/BP 4.37) [] [X]
Projects on International Waterways (OP/BP 7.50) [X] []
Projects in Disputed Areas (OP/BP 7.60) * [] [X]

G. Policy Exceptions and Readiness

135. No policy exception has been sought.
136. Readiness: World Bank and Regional requirements for project implementation have been
met.

*
By supporting the proposed project, the Bank does not intend to prejudice the final determination of the parties' claims on the
disputed areas

39
 Annex 1: Country and Sector or Program Background
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. The Ganga Basin. The Ganga river has significant economic, environmental, and
cultural value in India. Rising in the Himalayas from its source at Gomukh and flowing into the
Bay of Bengal, the river traverses a course of more than 2,500 km through the plains of north and
eastern India. The Ganga basin (which also extends into parts of Nepal, China and Bangladesh)
covers over 861,404 square kilometers in India, accounting for about 26% of India’s landmass,
25% of its water resources, and more than 40% of its population. There are more than 30 Class 1
cities (population more than 100,000) along the mainstem with a total population of more than
20 million people. There are also 14 Class 2 cities (population 50,000 to 100,000) on the
mainstem, and an even greater urban population along tributaries in the basin. However, a
majority of the basin population is in the rural areas. With a total population in India alone of
approximately 400 million people, the Ganga basin is the most populated river basin in the
world. Irrigation accounts for more than 90% of water consumption in the basin. Although the
basin and all its tributaries cover 11 states, the mainstem runs through only five of these states:
Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, and West Bengal.

2. Religious and iconic status. The Ganga is one of India’s holiest rivers and has a cultural
and spiritual significance that far transcends the boundaries of the basin. It has been deeply
revered since time immemorial and many Indians view the river as a goddess and as
mokshadayini (salvation giver) for departed souls. On important Hindu holidays, such as the
Kumbh Mela, Maghi Purnima, and Ganga Dussehra, millions of people converge on the river in
select cities to pray and bathe in the waters. The last Maha Kumbh Mela, held in 2001 in
Allahabad, was attended by more than 60 million people, making it the largest gathering in the
world anywhere in recorded history. Several of the basin towns, such as Haridwar, Allahabad,
and Varanasi, are also extremely important both from a religious and a heritage point of view.
For example, in Hindu mythology Varanasi is viewed as the centre of the universe and the first
city created on earth. Varanasi is also one of India’s most important heritage sites, with its world-
famous ghats (the stepped riverfront) always alive with a mix of pilgrims and priests conducting
religious rituals, local workers eking out a livelihood on the banks, and tourists in the boats that
traverse the waters. Beyond the river’s outlet into the sea in West Bengal, 150km south of
Kolkata, lies the island of Ganga Sagar, which sees another annual pilgrimage of great scale.
Finally, the basin itself is home to a myriad of iconic towns including Bodh Gaya in Bihar,
where Buddha found enlightenment, and which remains a pilgrimage place for Buddhists from
around the world.

3. Extreme Pollution Pressures. Despite this status and heritage, the Ganga is facing
extreme pollution pressures and associated threats to its biodiversity and environmental
sustainability. Due to increasing population in the basin and poor management of urbanization
and industrial growth, river water quality has significantly deteriorated in recent decades,
particularly in the dry season when low flows result in very poor water quality in the critical
middle stretch of the river that runs from Kannauj to Varanasi in UP (Figure 1 shows a sample
dry season water quality profile). In addition to these pressures, the problem is also linked to the
weak capacity of local water and wastewater utilities in the basin, and to the poor state of
environmental monitoring and regulation of point source pollution. These problems have been

40
further exacerbated by high levels of abstraction for irrigation limiting the assimilative capacity
of the river for polluted discharge and leaving little water in the lean season for environmental
benefits. The challenge of pollution in the Ganga is therefore predominantly linked to three key
sectors: wastewater management; pollution monitoring and regulation; and water resources
management in the river basin.

Figure 1: Ganga River Water Quality 17

Ganga Mainstem Water Quality

Source: CPCB (2008-09 April-May Average)
12 Kanpur 120,000

Fecal Coliform Count (per 100 ml)

10 Varanasi 100,000
BOD or DO (mg/l)

8 80,000

6 60,000
Kannauj
4 Allahabad 40,000
Garhmukteshwar
Rishikesh Patna Uluberia
2 20,000
Palta
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500

Distance from Rishikesh (km)

BOD DissolvedOxygen FecalColiform

4. Point Source Pollution – Municipal Wastewater. The primary sources of pollution are
untreated sewage and industrial wastewater. The total quantity of organic pollution load in terms
of the Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) produced by cities and industrial units is estimated
to be in the order of 2.5 million kilograms per day. At present, only one-third of the sewage
generated in the main-stem towns and cities is treated before being discharged into the river.
According to CPCB, treatment capacity in Class 1 cities (population 100,000 and above) along
the mainstem of the Ganga is only 1,174 MLD in comparison to 2,637 MLD of sewage
generated (i.e. 44% treated). In Class 1 cities that dispose into tributaries of the basin, the
shortfall is much worse with only 146 MLD in treatment capacity as compared to 907 MLD
generated (i.e. only 16% treated). In Class 2 cities (population 50,000 - 100,000), the treatment
shortfall is even worse, although absolute volumes of waste are also lower.

5. Point Source Pollution – Industrial Sources. Industrial sources account for about 20%
of the total volume of wastewater inflows to the Ganga, with the contribution in terms of
pollutant loading expected to be higher. Most of the pollution comes from untreated or poorly
treated discharges from leather, pulp/paper, sugar, and brass industries, situated along the Ganga
mainstem as well as two of its tributaries (Ramganga and Kali). About 50% of the total industrial
pollution load emanates in UP. While almost 70% of the industries classified as “grossly
polluting” (discharging a BOD load of more than 100 kg/day) have effluent treatment facilities,

17
BOD (Biochemical Oxygen Demand) is a broadly used indicator of organic quality of water. DO (Dissolved
Oxygen) indicates the Oxygen concentration in water, which is required for maintaining adequate water quality.
Fecal Coliform Count indicates the level of water contamination by human or animal-origin fecal matter.

41
their performance is not satisfactory, and about 20% of the industries have been forced to close
down. Many of the tanneries are small-scale enterprises with little capacity to pre-treat
wastewater to requisite standards prior to discharge to the Common Effluent Treatment Plants
(CETP). The CETPs in turn are also not able to meet discharge standards. The closure of
industries under judicial orders has not brought about any significant change owing to the
systemic nature of the problem.

6. Solid Waste Management. The water quality of Ganga is severely impacted by the poor
state of solid waste management in almost all large and medium sized cities situated on the river.
Indiscriminate dumping of solid waste along the banks of the river impacts water quality
directly. Solid waste includes biodegradable waste, that increases BOD and SS levels, and non-
degradable waste, like plastics that float. In both cases, river water quality is seriously affected
making it unfit for drinking, bathing, or any other productive use. But poor solid waste
management also affects water quality indirectly by using drains for disposal and storage, and
thereby promoting anaerobic digestion in-situ and the discharge of highly polluted drain water
into the river.

7. Non Point Source Pollution. Due to intensive agriculture and high densities of
population and livestock, non-point sources could be significant contributors to the pollution in
the Ganga; however, little is known about the loading, timing, or trends of pollutants from such
sources. Although some studies are available showing negligible levels of pesticide in the river
water, there are no systematic studies or estimations of nutrient and waste loading from non-
point sources, or of bioaccumulation and benthic sediment concentrations density.

8. The Evolving Scenario on Ecological Flows. With almost 90% of the annual rainfall
occurring during the short monsoon period of 3-4 months, the intra-annual variability of river
flow is high, and the situation becomes critical during the lean period when different uses
compete for limited volumes of water. India’s National Water Policy currently lists Ecology as
the 4th priority for planning and operation of systems. The Central Water Commission of India
has suggested that minimum flow be maintained at not less than 10% of average virgin lean
period flow (i.e. December to May). In addition to the existing irrigation abstractions, the issue
of minimum flows is linked to hydropower development in the upper reaches of the Ganga,
which holds approximately 12% of the total hydro potential of India at a time when increasing
power generation to sustain economic growth is emerging as a national priority. In addition to
environmental pressures, the religious and cultural importance of in-stream flows in the upper
reaches of Ganga has also featured prominently in the civic discourse, and on November 1, 2010,
the Government of India declared a significant stretch of the upper Ganga tributary as an eco-
sensitive zone, aimed at the preservation of the virgin riverscape. The situation is continually
evolving, and the Government of one Himalayan state (Himachal Pradesh) has laid down 15% of
lean flow as the required minimum flow downstream of the diversion structures.

9. Legal and Regulatory Framework. The Constitution of India lists water as a subject
primarily under the jurisdiction of the States. However, the Union Government is given
jurisdiction in regulation and development of inter-state rivers (such as the Ganga) when the
Parliament declares this by law to be in the public interest. Several inter-state river boards (e.g.
the Brahmaputra Board in 1980, the Narmada Control Authority in 1980, the Upper Yamuna
Board in 1985) have been created under this provision. The Parliament also passed the River

42
Boards Act in 1956, giving the Union Government the specific power to establish Boards for
management and development of inter-state rivers.

10. Environmental Legislation. The era of targeted environment legislation began in India
in the 1970s, followed by a period of incremental strengthening. The Water (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 enabled the formation of new institutions, in particular Central
and State Pollution Boards for the prevention and control of water pollution. Shortly after, the
Water Cess Act (1977) was passed, requiring specific industries to pay a cess on their water
consumption. The subsequent enactment of the Air Pollution Prevention and Control Act (in
1981) signaled the need for a more integrated approach to pollution control, with the Pollution
Boards mandated to regulate air pollution as well. However, these Acts are mostly punitive in
nature. The Environment Protection Act, passed in 1986, is a more comprehensive and enabling
Act, giving the Central Government powers to regulate and protect the environment, including
for setting standards and planning and executing nation-wide programs.

11. Central and State Environmental Regulators. The State Pollution Control Boards
(SPCBs) are responsible for compliance with the water pollution regulations, through licensing
of discharge permits, monitoring of wastewater discharges and water quality, and enforcement.
However, the SPCBs in almost all Ganga-basin states are under-resourced and do not have
adequate staff or equipment to carry out their assigned functions. Also, their focus remains
primarily on industrial pollution and not on municipal wastewater sources. The main functions of
the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) are to collect, collate, and publish technical and
statistical data relating to water quality; coordinate activities of the SPCBs; prepare manuals,
codes and guidelines relating to treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial effluents; and to
set water quality standards. CPCB is also the nodal technical agency mandated to advise the
Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF) in the prevention, control and abatement of water
pollution. It has several divisions based in Delhi as well as zonal offices in the field, and
maintains several of its own labs. Although the CPCB as an apex national agency has some very
good technical staff, it too remains significantly under-resourced like the SPCBs.

12. Status of Urban Services Provision. The ULB service providers have the primary
responsibility for wastewater, solid waste and river front management. The quality of urban
governance and service provision is therefore an important determinant of pollution in the
Ganga. While a Constitutional Amendment in 1993 gave ULBs the legal authority and greater
functional powers in provision of local services, the local governments still have significant
capacity and resource constraints, collectively accounting for only 5% share of the total
consolidated public sector expenditure. Actual devolution of functions and responsibilities from
states to ULBs has been limited, and the responsibilities for urban services overlap considerably
across state and local agencies. In addition, most Municipal Acts do not provide appropriate
incentives for accountability, and systemic institutional weaknesses continue. Urban services,
such as water supply and wastewater management, and solid waste management, are usually
provided by line departments within the city administration, with a strong bias towards the
provision of outputs rather than outcomes. Improvements in service provision are hampered by
an inability to recover basic O&M costs from users. Even services like water supply which do
attract user fees are not financially independent, client-oriented, or professionally specialized.

43
13. ULB Finances. The ULBs suffer from a range of financial constraints, including: (i) a
lack of buoyant revenue streams, with existing local sources being both inadequate and poorly
mobilized (e.g. property tax, user charges) and fiscal transfer from higher levels being
unpredictable; (ii) weak asset management; (iii) inadequate financial management, assurance and
information systems; (iv) reluctance of elected municipal councils to charge for improved
services even though some users are willing to pay; and (v) non-transparent subsidy mechanisms.
These fosters a dependence on concessional or public finance, especially as access to market
finance is limited.

14. The Urban Renewal Agenda and JNNURM. Realizing the contribution of urban areas to
the economic output (an estimated 70% of GDP is produced in cities) and the massive urban
transformation already underway (with an urban population estimated to increase from 282
million in 2000 to 590 million in 2030), the GoI has launched a concerted program of urban
renewal. The situation on the ground is rapidly changing. ULBs are receiving significantly more
funds to improve their infrastructure, report on service levels, prepare city development and
sanitation plans, and increase their systems and human capacity. Overall progress is positive and
although the rate of change is variable, the trend is very clearly towards ever greater
responsibilities lying with the ULBs. The Government’s flagship urban development program is
the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), which was launched in
2005. The Mission targets 65 cities with million-plus population, 15 of which are in the Ganga
Basin (some wastewater investments in sewer networks, pumping stations and WWTPs are being
funded by JNNURM in Ganga basin cities like Kanpur and Allahabad). JNNURM is a policy
and incentive based program: in return for a commitment to adopt obligatory reforms over a
period of seven years, cities may access funds for investment and capacity building. To date, the
GOI has allocated more than US$ 10 billion for qualifying ULBs. The kinds of reform related to
urban management include: (i) levying reasonable user charges for municipal services; (ii)
adoption of modern accrual-based double entry system of accounting; (iii) introduction of e-
governance systems; and (iv) improving property tax collections with MIS. Furthermore, the
National Urban Sanitation Policy, issued in 2009, requires the states to prepare State Sanitation
Policies, and the cities to prepare City Sanitation Plans (CSPs).

15. Pro-poor Urban Development. The JNNURM has been designed incorporate and enable
the provision of basic services to the poor and to support integrated development of slums. It
provides for: (i) internal earmarking of funds within local body budgets for basic services to the
urban poor, and (ii) reservation of at least 20-25% of developed land in all housing projects (both
public and private agencies) for Economically Weaker Section/ Low Income Group category
with a system of cross-subsidization. JNNURM also requires the states and the ULBs to
formulate and adopt an overarching policy on the provision of Basic Services to the Urban Poor
addressing the 7-point charter pertaining to: provision of security of tenure at affordable prices,
improved housing, water supply, sanitation, education, health and social security. These reforms
have been introduced to ensure that a dedicated budget is created at the city and state level for
urban poverty alleviation and slum upgradation; the urban poor have access to land and are not
squeezed out of the housing market due to mounting land prices; and that poor are systematically
provided with basic services based on agreed milestones

16. Previous Efforts to Clean the Ganga – The Ganga Action Plan (GAP). In 1985, the
Government of India launched the Ganga Action Plan (GAP) to clean up the river. The Central

44
Ganga Authority (CGA) was established as the apex body with the mandate to guide the
program, develop policy, and monitor implementation. A Ganga Project Directorate was
established within the MOEF to implement the program. Originally designed as a 5 year program
and provided with 100% funding from the Central Government, the GAP was extended to a
second phase and the objective of the program was subsequently recast from preventing
pollution from reaching the river to restoring the river water quality to ‘bathing class’
(corresponding to the standard of BOD 30 mg/L, DO 5 mg/L, and Fecal Coliform 2,500 per 100
ml). The program has evolved significantly over two decades, and in 1995 it was extended to
many more rivers across 20 states. The directorate was thereby renamed as the National River
Conservation Directorate (NRCD).
17. GAP’s primary strategy was to intercept and divert (“I&D”) wastewater from open drains
and sewers, and then treat it prior to discharge in the river. The goal was to treat about two-thirds
of the sewage estimated to be generated in main cities and towns in three states (UP, Bihar and
West Bengal). The second phase (GAP II) expanded investments to more cities, tributaries, and
states. A similar program called the Yamuna Action Plan (YAP) was also launched for the
Yamuna –the biggest tributary of the Ganga—again in two phases and with substantial
development assistance from Japan.
18. A large number of WWTPs and related infrastructure (e.g. sewer networks, interceptor
drains, and pumping stations) were built in the Ganga basin under GAP I and II. The focus was
almost entirely on end-of-the-pipe treatment infrastructure, without adequate attention to
ensuring comprehensive planning and without addressing the issues of long-term sustainability
of investments. In initial years, industrial pollution was expected to be addressed through
enforcement action and not allocated public funding. Ultimately, two CETPs were funded, in
Kanpur and Kolkata.
19. GAP’s Impact on Water Quality. CPCB data show that water quality in terms of BOD
improved over baseline in many locations where significant investments were made by GAP, and
the decline in water quality was arrested in most locations. A pre-and post-GAP water quality
analysis using 15 pollution parameters also showed that although the overall basin mean water
quality did not show a significant difference, key water quality parameters like BOD and DO had
improved at numerous specific locations during twenty years of GAP. Bacterial pollution,
however, registered an increase, as measured in Fecal Coliform counts. In brief, GAP
interventions were able to maintain or even improve water quality in the face of significant
increases in pollution loading due to urban and industrial growth of two decades. Though the
pollution reduction impact of GAP was moderately positive, it was far less than needed to meet
the stated objective of ‘bathing class’ water quality.
20. Weaknesses of GAP Implementation A number of reviews and evaluations conducted
for the GAP highlighted the main weaknesses of the program: (i) failure to adequately plan for
urban population growth: although GAP ultimately created 92% of the targeted WWTP
capacity, the increase in the volume of generated wastewater exceeded the capacity by far; (ii)
underutilization of created WWTP capacity due to irregular power supply, inadequate household
connections, and inadequate O&M; (iii) insufficient coordination, leading to implementation
delays; (iv) inadequate water quality monitoring and insufficient investment in public
participation; and (v) weak institutional management, with the high-level CGA working without
sufficient executive support needed for the professional day-to-day management of the program,
and with the Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) only acting as recipients of funds without a genuine

45
involvement in the program. The reviews also reported financial management issues such as
inflated expenditure reporting, large unutilized balances, and misuse or diversion of funds.
21. Economic Evaluation of GAP. A major study commissioned by Oxford University
conducted the economic analysis of GAP based on its impacts on health, agricultural production,
fisheries, ecosystems services, as well as intangible benefits from recreational and cultural
impact of reducing pollution to the river. The study found that the combined benefits by far
exceeded the cost of the program, with the largest fraction of benefits accruing from non-
consumptive uses of the river.
22. Small Successes but a Big Failure in Public Relations. In addition to the shortcomings
mentioned above, GAP has suffered from inadequacy of investments and weak public
participation: (i) GAP’s cumulative spending on the clean-up of this major river amounted to
approximately $250 m over 25 years, which is a small sum relative to the scale of the problem
and the unrealistic target that was set for it; (ii) GAP failed to effectively communicate to the
public the challenges and the achievements of river clean-up. As a result, notwithstanding the
moderate gains made in arresting the rate of water quality degradation, GAP remains widely
perceived as an enormous failure with a huge cost to the public.
23. Current Status of GAP-funded Assets. Almost half of the wastewater treatment capacity
created under GAP I was based on conventional aerobic systems, which have significant O&M
costs. With insufficient resource allocations from the ULBs, a number of these WWTPs are
operating below capacity and are sometimes unable to meet effluent quality standards. Many
WWTPs are in need of rehabilitation to optimally utilize the installed capacity and to meet
prescribed discharge standards. In contrast, technologies like Waste Stabilization Ponds and Up-
flow Anaerobic Sludge Blanket (UASB), which were introduced on a pilot basis, have performed
much better with lesser dependence on electricity and lower O&M costs. Wastewater collection
systems also suffer from inadequate coverage and operational difficulties. Sewage pumping
stations are often operated infrequently, and most I&D systems often discharge sewage directly
into the river during the rain events.
24. Current Quality of Investments Preparation. A technical review was undertaken for a
sample of key wastewater investments currently being proposed for funding in the Ganga basin
cities. Reviews of the Detailed Project Reports (DPRs) indicate that investment planning is often
undertaken without pre-feasibility or feasibility studies, optional analysis, economic analysis, or
social and environmental assessments. In some cases, the technical quality of preparation is not
good. Finally, the DPRs often miss a consideration of the post-execution issues, e.g. ownership
of assets, resource allocation for long-term O&M, and sustained public participation. Links
between asset creators and asset operators are weak or non-existent. As such, the process for
investments selection, preparation and appraisal needs to be reformed in order to ensure quality
and sustainability of investments.
The Renewed Effort to Clean the Ganga
25. Launch of NGRBA. The National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) was
constituted in 2009 by notification under the Environment (Protection) Act of 1986. It was
established with a multi-sector mandate to ensure pollution abatement in the Ganga, by
addressing both water quantity and quality aspects, and by adopting a river basin approach. Its
powers are significant and combine regulatory and developmental functions, including, for
example, development of river basin management plans, and facilitation of their implementation.

46
Through its ‘Mission Clean Ganga’, the NGRBA has resolved that by year 2020 no untreated
municipal sewage or industrial effluents will be discharged into the mainstem of the river. The
Central Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) has been designated as the nodal agency
for the program. The notification stipulates that the NGRBA “may evolve an appropriate
mechanism for implementation of its decisions”.

26. Composition and Structure of the NGRBA. The NGRBA has been established as a
collaborative institution of Central and state governments. It is chaired by the Prime Minister.
Members include key GoI ministers (water resources, environment and forests, power, finance,
urban development, science and technology, as well as the Planning Commission) and the Chief
Ministers of the five primary basin states (Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, and
West Bengal). NGRBA also has representation of 9 non-official members from the civil society,
and can “co-opt” members from the other six basin states.

27. NGRBA Committees. Two additional layers of governance have been established,
namely:
(a) The NGRBA Standing Committee , headed by the Union Finance Minister and consisting
of the Union Ministers of Urban Development, Water Resources, Environment and
Forests, the Deputy Chairman of Planning Commission and the Chief Ministers of the 5
basin states. The Secretary, Union Ministry of Environment and Forests, is the Member
Secretary of the Standing Committee. The Committee is tasked with holding regular
reviews to assess the implementation status of the NGRBA program.
(b) The NGRBA Empowered Steering Committee, headed by the Secretary of the Ministry
of Environment and Forests. Its members include Secretaries of the Ministry of Finance
(Department of Expenditure), Urban Development, Water Resources, Power, Science and
Technology and Secretary of Planning Commission, Chief Secretaries of the 5 states,
Chairman of CPCB, and Additional Secretary and Finance Adviser of MOEF. The
Mission Director of NGRBA is its Member Secretary. The mandate of the Empowered
Steering Committee is to facilitate co-ordination with the Central and State Government
departments and to prioritize and sanction projects on a fast track basis. This model is
based on the approach adopted for JNNURM by the Ministry of Urban Development.
(c) In addition, a Research Advisory Committee (RAC) has been established to assist the
NGRBA, with the mandate to identify and support areas of research pertinent to the
challenge of cleaning and conserving the Ganga. RAC has ten members nominated from
various fields of expertise and organizations, such as pollution control, eco-systems,
hydrology, civil engineering and public health and environmental engineering.

28. State Ganga River Conservation Authorities. Each of the five states has constituted a
State Ganga River Conservation Authority (SGRCA), under the Environment Protection Act, to
coordinate and implement the NGRBA program’s river cleaning and conservation activities in
the state. The SGRCA in each state is headed by the Chief Minister, and supported by a State
Executive Committee to coordinate and monitor the implementation of the program activities.

29. The Ganga Basin Management Plan. The NGRBA/MOEF has reached an agreement
with a consortium of the seven Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs), to develop the basin-level
planning process for Ganga. The dynamic basin planning process will guide the clean-up and
conservation of the Ganga river system, by developing a list of investments prioritized at the

47
basin level. The plan will take into account the growing population, urbanization,
industrialization, and agricultural growth, while ensuring the requirements of continuous flow
(Aviral Dhaara), unpolluted flow (Nirmal Dhaara), longitudinal and lateral connectivity,
adequate space for various river functions, and ecological flows, as articulated in the mission of
the NGRBA. IIT Kanpur will coordinate the effort with outputs expected in phases over a 12-18
month period.

30. Key Differences from the Previous Approaches to Ganga Clean-Up and Conservation.
The design of the NGRBA program aims to address the shortcomings of the previous efforts and
marks a concerted shift towards a long-term, multi-sectoral and river basin approach. It
recognizes upfront the large scale of investments needed to deliver stated objectives; the need for
ensuring the long-term sustainability of investments; and the importance of broad-based public
awareness and strategic communications campaigns, along with visible improvements, to build
mass support for conservation and clean-up of the Ganga. Even more importantly, while there
exist a number of experienced state-level technical agencies which are qualified to execute
infrastructure investments, it is acknowledged that dedicated professional entities are needed at
both central and state levels for implementing the NGRBA program. The following table
summarizes the key lessons from the previous efforts, as reflected in the design of the NGRBA
program.

Key Feature Ganga Action Plan (GAP) NGRBA Program

NGRBA constituted in 2009 through a legal
Central Ganga Authority (CGA) GoI notification under Section 3 of the
constituted in 1985 by a government Environment Protection Act (1986), giving
1. Legal Basis order, but not under a legal act. CGA it regulatory and enforcement powers. State
renamed as National Rivers Ganga River Conservation Authorities
Conservation Authority (NRCA). (SGRCAs) constituted in 5 states under the
same Act.
At central and state levels, dedicated
CGA/NRCA supported by Ganga Project
agencies being established as the
Directorate (GPD), established as a wing
operational arms of the NGRBA and
of the Department of Environment. GPD
Implementation SGRCAs, for leading the implementation of
2. later renamed as National Rivers
Arrangements the NGRBA program on a full time basis.
Conservation Directorate (NRCD). No
Agencies constituted formally with
dedicated state level entities for planning
appropriate structure, staffing, powers and
and managing the program
leadership.
Program planning and management
Program Planning
3. Program planned and managed centrally. functions shared between dedicated central
and Management
and state agencies.
Investments executed by Executing
Separation between No separate state-level management
Agencies (EAs) which are accountable to
4. Management and entities distinct from the investment
the state-level entity dedicated to program
Execution executing agencies.
planning and management.
The significant resource needs are
Combined allocation of approx. $ 350m
recognized upfront. $4bn allocations are
4. Resource needs over more than 20 years under GAP I
planned for NGRBA investments upto
and II
2020.
Basin-wide Town-based approach - No basin-wide River basin-wide planning approach: River
5. Investments planning or prioritization. Basin Masterplan being prepared to guide
Planning investments
6. Comprehensive Primary focus on Interception and Wastewater investments designed to

48
 wastewater Diversion (I&D) of wastewater achieve maximum pollution load reductions
management while improving sanitation through
sewerage expansion.
Operational sustainability of investments
ensured through: (i) committed allocations
No resources or efforts devoted to post-
Sustainability of for O&M expenses; (ii) long-term Design-
7. construction and operational
investments Build-Operate (DBO) contracts; and (iii)
sustainability of investments
building financial and technical capacity of
ULBs
ULBs not involved in planning or ULB review and consent a prerequisite for
implementation of local investments and appraisal of investments proposed for
8. Role of ULBs
acted as passive recipients of funding. ULBs are integral stakeholders in
infrastructure planning and implementation process.
Investments focused primarily on ‘core Investments in four main sectors: municipal
Sectors of
9. areas’ of urban sewerage and sewage wastewater, industrial pollution, solid
Intervention
treatment. waste, and river front management
Clear recognition of the need for meeting
No emphasis on establishing and
10. Ecological Flows environmental flow needs, and mandate to
maintaining minimum flows
work on it.
Emphasis on assessing the extent of non-
Non-point source Non-point source pollution sources not
11. point source pollution, and clear mandate to
pollution recognized or addressed.
address it.
Inadequate attention to cost-
effectiveness of technologies selected for Technology selection based on lowest life-
12. Technology choices
wastewater treatment, leading to costly cycle cost principle
choices.
Complete upgrading and modernization of
Water Quality Water quality monitoring initiated but
13. the Ganga water quality monitoring system
Monitoring discontinued after a few years
.
Little effort invested in technical, Establishment of Ganga Knowledge Center
environmental and ecological knowledge for compilation, analysis and use of
14. Knowledge
consolidation, dissemination and its information for decision-making and public
systematic use. dissemination.
Dedicated resources for enhancing the
No investment in addressing the capacity
Environmental capacities of central and state
15. constraints of national and state-level
Regulation environmental regulators, for
environmental regulators
environmental compliance and monitoring.
Communications and public participation
integral elements of program design,
through; (i) dedicated resources for national
Communications
Absence of a strong communications and as well as local multi-media
16. and Public
public participation component. communication; (ii) civil society members
Participation
of NGRBA; (iii) formal strategy of
engaging local CSOs as partners in
NGRBA investments.

49
 Annex 2: Major Related Projects Financed by the Bank and/or other Agencies
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. This project will be the first Bank-financed project in the region on river clean-up and
conservation in a basin context. Previous efforts by the Government of India (GoI) and others to
clean the Ganga have been different in scope and the river basin context has not been considered.
2. Previous efforts to clean the Ganga. The lessons of these previous efforts are very
significant for the current NGRBA initiative, and both GoI and the World Bank have conducted
a comprehensive review of the various assessments of these previous efforts, which specifically
include the following:
(a) The Ganga Action Plan (GAP) Phases I and II
(b) The Yamuna Action Plan (YAP), funded primarily by the Japanese International
Cooperation Agency (JICA), to address pollution in the largest tributary of the Ganga
(c) The World Bank funded Uttar Pradesh Urban Development Project, which included a
component to support the GAP.
3. Lessons from other efforts. The other Bank projects and initiatives reviewed in the
preparation process include the following :
(a) the Bank’s global experience with clean-up and conservation, basin management, and
water quality improvement;
(b) the Bank’s experience with urban projects in India, including in the water, wastewater,
and solid waste sectors;
(c) previous international efforts to clean large international rivers, like the Danube and the
Rhine, as well as smaller national rivers, like the Singapore and the Thames; and
(d) previous and ongoing Indian efforts to clean its own rivers, like the Sabarmati and the
Cooum.
4. The following table summarizes the relevant World Bank projects:
ISR Ratings for
OED
Projects in
Rating for
Project Name Project Development Objective Status Implementation
Projects
IP DO
Completed
rating rating
INDIA URBAN SECTOR
Uttar Pradesh Urban To support improvements in urban Loan U
Development Project sector management and cancelled in
(Loan 2797/Credit 1780- institutional strengthening and to 1991
IN; US$150 million) reduce deficits in urban shelter,
infrastructure and services in the Credit
State; and to assist the Central completed in
Ganga Authority in its efforts to 1996
reduce pollution levels in the
Ganga River.

50
Tamil Nadu Urban To improve the delivery of urban Ongoing MS MS
Development Project III services through enhancing the
(LN 47980; $300 million) quality of urban infrastructure and
strengthening the institutional and
financial framework.
Karnataka Urban Water The main objectives are to: (a) Active, S S
Supply Improvement launch the UWS reform process (expected
Project based on the new "Urban Drinking closing 2011)
(LN 47300; $39.5 million) Water and Sanitation Policy"; and
(b) improve UWS services in the
participating ULBs and
demonstrate that sustainable,
efficient, and commercially-
oriented service provision can be
achieved.
Karnataka Municipal To help improve the delivery of Active S MS
Reform Project urban services through enhancing (expected
(Loan 4818; $216 million) the quality of urban infrastructure, closing 2012)
and strengthening the institutional
and financial frameworks for
urban services at the ULB and
state levels.
Hyderabad Water Supply To improve the adequacy and Completed S
Project reliability of the water supply, the 1998
(LN 31810-IN Cr.21150- collection, treatment and disposal
IN; US$81.9 million) of waste water and the provision
of excreta disposal facilities; and
strengthen the management and
technical capacity of the
concerned institutions.
Bombay Sewerage To strengthen the capacity of the Completed S
Disposal Project WSS Dept of the Municipal Corp 2003
(Cr.2763-IN Loan 3923- of Greater Bombay in all aspects
IN; US$156million) of the management of the
provision of sewerage services;
sustain the financial viability of
the provision of water supply and
sewerage services in Greater
Bombay; and improve the health
and environmental conditions.
INDIA WATER RESOURCES SECTOR
Tamil Nadu Irrigated The project development objective Active S S
Agriculture Modernization is for selected sub-basin
and Water Bodies stakeholders
Restoration and to increase irrigated agriculture
Management Project productivity in an integrated water
(Cr. $150million; resources management framework.
Loan $335million)
Maharashtra Water Sector The project development Active S S
Improvement Project objectives
(Ln.4796; $325 million) are to strengthen the state’s
capacity
for multi-sectoral planning,
development and sustainable
management of the water

51
 resources and improve irrigation
service delivery.

Madhya Pradesh Water The project development objective Active MU MS

Sector Restructuring is to improve productivity of water
Project for sustainable growth and poverty
(Ln.4750; $396 million) reduction in selected focus river
basins of the state.
Hydrology Project The project development objective Active MS MS
Phase II is to extend and promote the
(Loan 4749; $105 million) sustained and effective use of the
Hydrologic Information System
(HIS) by all potential users
concerned with water resources
planning and management, both
public and private, thereby
contributing to improved
productivity and cost effectiveness
of water related investments in 13
States and 8 central agencies.
UP Water Sector To improve the Active MS MS
Restructuring Project productivity of water and irrigated
(Cr. 3602-IN; $150 agriculture through strengthening
million) of institutional capacity for water
resources management and
irrigation
and drainage services, and
modernization of selected physical
assets.

Rajasthan Water Sector The project strengthens WR Active S S

Restructuring Project planning, development and
(Cr. 3603-IN; $140 management and increases
million) irrigated agriculture productivity
through institutional strengthening
and improved irrigation systems.

Hydrology Project The project assisted GOI and nine Closed S

(Cr.2774-IN; $142 states to develop comprehensive
Million) easily accessible hydrologic
information systems using
common standards, processes and
procedures.
The project financed improved
hydrological and hydromet
data networks and data processing
systems, TA and institutional
strengthening.
GLOBAL POLLUTION MANAGEMENT PROJECTS
Argentina Matanza The PDO aims to: (i) improve Active MU MU
Riachuelo Basin Project sewerage services in the MR River
(LN 77060; $840 million) Basin & other parts of the
Province and City of Buenos Aires
by expanding transport and
treatment capacity; (ii) support a

52
 reduction of industrial discharges
to the M-R River, through the
provision of
industrial conversion grants to
small and medium enterprises; (iii)
promote improved decision
making for environmentally-
sustainable land use and drainage,
and (iv) strengthen the basin
agency’s institutional framework
for ongoing and sustainable clean-
up.
Argentina Pollution (i) To strengthen the institutional Closed in MS
Management Project ( capacity of the Natural Resources 2003
LN 42810; $18 million) and Sustainable Development
Secretariat to pilot, demonstrate
and coordinate the mainstreaming
of innovative pollution
management
instruments, through technical
assistance and selected investment
activities to address priority
pollution problems, and (ii) for the
Secretariat to internalize the
lessons learned from the pilots and
strengthen its capacity to replicate
the positive results.
Brazil Water Quality and To: (i) abate current water Closed in S
Pollution Control Project pollution levels, and preserve 1999
to the States of Sao Paulo water quality, in the cities of São
and Parana Paulo (São Paulo State) and
(LN 35050, LN 35030, Curitiba (Paraná State); (ii) help
LN 35040 ; $245 million) establish a sound policy for water
pollution control in the two project
states including the creation of
river basin management units; (iii)
help develop the financial capacity
for the provision of services under
the jurisdiction of the river basin
unit, based as much as possible on
the “polluter-pays principle”; and
(iv) help start water pollution
control projects in some of the
most congested urban areas of
Brazil.
China Yunnan Urban To Yunnan Province in improving Active S S
Environment Project the effectiveness and coverage o f
(LN 79370, LN 76920 ; critical urban infrastructure
$90 million) services in selected counties and
the effectiveness of lake-basin
management in Dianchi, through
investments in systems for the
management o f wastewater, water
supply, solid waste, river
environment and cultural heritage.

53
China Liao River Basin The development objective is to Closed in S
Project assist the environmental recovery 2008
(Ln 46170; $100 million) of the Liao River Basin in
Liaoning Province and to enhance
water quality management
decision-making on the basis of an
integrated river basin management
approach.

China Huai River To support Government efforts to Closed in S

Pollution Control Project upgrade water quality in the Huai 2008
( LN 45970; $105 million) River Basin (one of the most
polluted river systems in China),
in particular in the provinces of
Anhui and Shandong. This
objective would be achieved
through improved collection and
treatment of wastewater in a
number of municipalities in the
two provinces in a sustainable
manner.
China Hai Basin To catalyze an integrated approach Closed in HS
Integrated Water and to water resource management and 2010
Environment Project pollution control in the Hai Basin
( TF 53183; $17 million in order to improve the Bohai Sea
GEF grant) environment. To improve
integrated water and environment
planning and management in the
Hai Basin; support institutional
aspects related to effective local,
municipal, provincial, and basin-
wide water and environment
planning and management;
enhance capacity building in water
and environment knowledge
management and implementation;
reduce wastewater discharges
from small cities along the rim of
the Bohai Sea.

HS-Highly Satisfactory; S-Satisfactory; MS-Moderately Satisfactory; MU- Moderately Unsatisfactory; U-

Unsatisfactory; NA-Not Applicable

54
 Annex 3: Results Framework and Monitoring
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Results Framework

PDO Outcome Indicators Use of Outcome

Information
1. Average rating of NGRBA-related
National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA): institutions 18 1. Adaptive project
(a) builds capacity of its nascent operational- 2. Volume of untreated wastewater management
level institutions for managing a prevented from entering the 2. Assessing project
comprehensive Ganga clean-up and Ganga due to project impact
conservation program; and 3. Lessons for future
interventions (mld) 19
(b) reduces point-source pollution loads phases of NGRBA
through sustainable interventions at 3. Improvements in river water
quality at targeted locations with Program
selected locations on the Ganga.
significant investments
Intermediate Results Result Indicators for Each Use of Results
Component Monitoring

COMPONENT-1: Institutional Development

1. Percent of planned professional staff 1. Adaptive project

Sub-Component 1: NGRBA Operationalization and positions filled in NGRBA management
Program Management institutions at central and state levels 2. Identification of
20 additional staffing and
Fully staffed and operational NGRBA institutions 2. PMG’s capacity rating
training needs
3. SPMGs’ capacity rating 21
1. Adaptive project
management
Sub-Component 2: Technical Assistance for ULB 2. Identification of
Service Providers 1. ULB’s capacity rating on project additional capacity-
Enhanced ULB capacity to manage NGRBA-funded related aspects 22 building requirements
assets 3. Lessons for scaling-up to
other ULBs

Sub-Component 3: Technical Assistance for 1. Adaptive project

Environmental Regulators management
1. Environmental regulator’s capacity 2. Identification of
Enhanced capacity of environmental regulators to rating on project related aspects 23
monitor Ganga water quality and ensure regulatory additional staffing,
compliance training, laboratory, and

18
The institutional rating assesses the capacity and performance of various institutions involved with the implementation of the
project. This indicator is calculated by taking weighted average of institutional ratings for PMG (30%), SPMGs (40%), ULBs
(15%) and Environmental Regulators (15%). The institutional rating for each of these institutions would be calculated by scoring
staffing (in terms of targeted key staff in place) and performance in key functional areas.
19
Wastewater treated to applicable effluent discharge standards.
20
Based on evaluation of staffing and performance in key functional areas relating to project activities (senior management,
governance, administration, technical, procurement, financial management, planning, safeguards, knowledge management,
training, and communications) for target year
21
Based on evaluation of staffing and performance in key functional areas relating to project activities (senior management,
governance, administration, technical, procurement, financial management, planning, safeguards, knowledge management,
training, and communications) for target year
22
Based on evaluation of staffing and performance in key functional areas relating to project activities (activity management,
information systems, equipment performance, and consultancy progress) for target year
23
Based on evaluation of staffing and performance in key functional areas relating to project activities (activity management,
water quality monitoring, laboratory analysis, public access, and awareness building) for target year

55
 expertise needs

Component-2: Priority Infrastructure Investments

Sector-1: Municipal Waste Water Management

1. Treatment Capacity Created (mld)

2. Treatment Capacity Utilization (% 1. Adaptive project
of created capacity) management
3. Cumulative actual ULB 2. Assessment of
Effective and Efficient Implementation of Investments
contributions for O&M as a investment performance
and Sustainable Operation of Municipal Waste-Water
Management Facilities percentage of agreed ULB 3. Identification of
contributions additional technical
4. % investments implemented with assistance requirements
dedicated stakeholder engagement
and communication activities
Sector-2: Industrial Waste Water Management
1. Adaptive project
1. % of Targeted Treatment Capacity management
Created (mld) 2. Assessment of
Effective and Efficient Implementation of Investments
2. Treatment Capacity Utilization (% investment performance
and Sustainable Operation of Common Effluent
of created capacity) 3. Identification of
Treatment and Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities
3. % investments with agreed industry additional technical
contributions to O&M assistance requirements

Sector-3: Solid Waste Management

1. % of targeted tons of solid waste

removed through project 1. Adaptive project
investments management
2. Cumulative actual ULB 2. Assessment of
Effective and Efficient Implementation of Investments
contributions for O&M as a investment performance
and Sustainable Operation of Solid Waste Management
percentage of agreed ULB 3. Identification of
Facilities
contributions additional technical
3. % investments implemented with assistance requirements
dedicated stakeholder engagement
and communication activities
Sector-4: River Front Management

1. % of targeted river front

management investments completed 1. Adaptive project
2. Cumulative number of fully management
Effective and Efficient Implementation of Investments developed proposals conforming to 2. Assessment of
and Sustainable Operation of River Front Management the framework standards that are investment performance
Projects taken up for funding by NGRBA 3. Identification of
3. % investments implemented with additional technical
dedicated communications and assistance requirements
public participation components

56
 Results Framework

Baseline Target value Data Collection and Reporting

Indicators Frequency Data Collection
Value Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Responsibility
and Reports Instrument
PDO Indicators
M&E System,
Average rating of NGRBA-related
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Annual Periodic progress PMG
institutions
reports
Volume of untreated wastewater M&E System,
prevented from entering the Ganga 0 0 0 16 50 100 165 220 270 Annual Periodic progress PMG
due to project interventions (mld) reports
% of targeted locations that observe M&E System,
improvements in river water 0% 0% 0% 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% Annual Periodic progress CPCB
quality 24 reports
Component-1: Institutional Development
Sub-Component 1: NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management (Fully staffed and operational NGRBA
institutions)
Percent of planned professional staff M&E System,
PMG &
positions filled in NGRBA 5% 30% 75% 90% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Annual Periodic progress
SPMGs
institutions at central and state levels reports
M&E System,
PMG’s capacity rating 0 3 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 Annual Periodic progress PMG
reports
M&E System,
SPMGs’ capacity rating – by State 0 3 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 Annual Periodic progress SPMG
reports
Sub-Component 2: Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers (Enhanced ULB capacity to manage NGRBA-funded
assets)
M&E System,
Periodic progress
ULB’s project performance rating 0 n/a 2 4 5 6 6 7 7 Annual SPMG
reports

Sub-Component 3: Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators (Enhanced capacity of regulators to monitor water
quality and ensure regulatory compliance)
Environmental regulator’s project M&E System,
0 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 Annual PMG
performance rating - CPCB Periodic progress

24
Based on % change in BOD concentrations (in April-May) in the Ganga, between stations upstream and downstream of targeted investment locations

57
 reports
M&E System,
Environmental regulator’s project
0 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 Annual Periodic progress SPMG
performance rating – by SPCB
reports
Component-2: Priority Infrastructure Investments
Type-1: Municipal Wastewater Management
M&E System,
SPMGs and
Treatment Capacity Created (mld) 0 0 0 40 100 200 300 400 450 Annual Periodic progress
EAs
reports
M&E System,
Treatment Capacity Utilization (% of SPMGs and
n/a n/a n/a 40% 50% 50% 55% 55% 60% Annual Periodic progress
created capacity) EAs
reports
Cumulative actual ULB M&E System,
contributions for O&M as a SPMGs and
n/a n/a n/a 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 40% Annual Periodic progress
percentage of agreed ULB ULBs
reports
contributions
% investments approved with M&E System,
SPMGs and
dedicated stakeholder engagement 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Annual Periodic progress
ULBs
and communication activities reports
Type-2: Industrial Wastewater Management
M&E System,
% of targeted treatment capacity SPMGs and
0% 0% 0% 0% 20% 40% 50% 75% 100% Annual Periodic progress
created EAs
reports
M&E System,
Treatment Capacity Utilization (% of SPMGs and
n/a n/a n/a n/a 70% 75% 75% 75% 80% Annual Periodic progress
created capacity) EAs
reports
M&E System,
Periodic progress
% investments with agreed industry SPMGs and
0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Annual reports
contributions to O&M EAs

Type-3: Solid Waste Management

M&E System,
% of targeted tons of solid waste SPMGs and
0% 0% 0% 10% 30% 50% 60% 75% 100% Annual Periodic progress
removed EAs
reports
Cumulative actual ULB M&E System,
contributions for O&M as a SPMGs and
n/a n/a n/a 60% 70% 80% 85% 90% 100% Annual Periodic progress
percentage of agreed ULB ULBs
reports
contributions
% investments approved with M&E System,
SPMGs and
dedicated stakeholder engagement 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Annual Periodic progress
ULBs
and communication activities reports

58
 Type-4: River Front Management
M&E System,
% of targeted river front SPMGs and
0% 0% 0% 0% 25% 30% 50% 75% 100% Annual Periodic progress
management investments completed EAs
reports
Cumulative actual O&M M&E System,
contributions/earnings as a SPMGs and
n/a n/a n/a n/a 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% Annual Periodic progress
percentage of expected ULBs
reports
contributions/ earnings
% investments approved with M&E System,
SPMGs and
dedicated stakeholder engagement 0% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Annual Periodic progress
ULBs
and communication activities reports

In addition, the NGRBA will monitor internal processes to keep track of the additional indicators as described in the table below:

NGRBA Internal Process Monitoring Indicators

% of projects with >50% cost overrun
% of planned Social Audits conducted
Stakeholder satisfaction survey rating
% grievances satisfactorily resolved
Length of sewerage network added (km)
Number of households sewerage connections achieved

NOTES:
(i) Given the inadequate baseline data on pollution sources and water quality, results indicators for the project have been structured in terms
of incremental impact of project activities, in contrast to basin-level indicators. Therefore the baseline values for most of the indicators
appear as zero.
(ii) Given the inadequate baseline data on pollution sources and water quality, the M&E system will be coordinated with the Ganga
Knowledge Center, to ensure that the baseline information generated through investment activities of Component Two is integrated with
the knowledge activities supported under Component One, and that the critical knowledge gaps are closed at the earliest.

59
 Annex 4: Detailed Project Description
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. The project is designed to assist the National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) in
building the capacity of its operational-level institutions, and to start implementing its
investments program in the five states on the mainstem of the Ganga. At the national level, the
role of the project is to create enabling capacity, mechanisms and knowledge institutions for the
NGRBA. At the state and local level, the role of the project is to finance demonstrative
investments at selected priority locations, for reducing in a sustainable manner the pollution
loads entering the Ganga. The following sections present the context and a description of the
project components.
2. NGRBA Program Context Based on the experience of previous efforts, the GoI has
adopted a transformed approach to the challenge of clean-up and conservation of the Ganga. The
establishment of the NGRBA underpins India’s intent to address the shortcomings of the
previous efforts, and to commit the required resources for the long term. In particular, the
NGRBA program’s approach embodies the following key guiding principles:
(a) Adoption of a multi-sector and basin-oriented approach is required for addressing the
challenges to the environmental sustainability of the Ganga;
(b) Addressing multi-sectoral challenges on a large inter-state river like the Ganga is a long
term effort that requires a threshold level of investments to make a difference;
(c) The current high-level political support is necessary but not sufficient to guarantee the
viability of the initiative in the long term, and therefore the program must have an
institutional basis;
(d) Dedicated operational-level institutions at both central and state levels are needed, with
appropriate structure, powers, staffing and leadership;
(e) The institutions must have an adequate legal basis in order to successfully implement
their mandate in the three-tiered federal governance structure of India;
(f) Program management needs to be distinct from investment execution, and cannot be done
by the same institutions;
(g) Investment in Knowledge are required to ensure good planning and decision-making;
(h) Comprehensive city-level planning is needed, to ensure improvements in the urban
environment, instead of exclusive focus on the river;
(i) Long-term operational sustainability of infrastructure investments needs to be assured;
(j) Appropriate and low lifecycle cost technologies should be selected to enhance operational
sustainability;
(k) Ownership and capacity-building of the Urban local Bodies (ULBs) is crucial to the
success of the program, especially for ensuring sustainable operations of the funded
investments;
(l) Ecological flows are needed, and therefore the program must focus on both water quality
and quantity;
(m) Strengthening of Environmental Regulators to enhance monitoring and compliance is
required in conjunction with infrastructure investments;
(n) Communications and public participation must be a priority and integral to the program,
to build mass support for conservation and clean-up of the Ganga.

60
3. World Bank Assistance and Long term Support to the NGRBA The GoI has sought
programmatic assistance from the World Bank to support the NGRBA in the long term. This
project is the first operation under this agreement, and aims to support the NGRBA in
establishing its operational-level institutions and implementing priority investments.
4. Project Development Objectives The objectives of the proposed project to support the
National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) in:
(a) building capacity of its nascent operational-level institutions, so that they can manage the
long-term Ganga clean-up and conservation program; and
(b) implementing a diverse set of demonstrative investments for reducing point-source
pollution loads in a sustainable manner, at priority locations on the Ganga.

5. Components The project will have two components relating to institutional development
and priority infrastructure investments. The first component would seek to build the institutional
capacity to effectively implement the overall NGRBA program, including infrastructure
investments funded by the second component. The total project cost is estimated at about
US$1.55 billion including counterpart funding from the center and the state governments.
6. Project Area The project area is the Ganga river basin in the five states of India which
are targeted under the NGRBA program. These states, located on the mainstem of the Ganga, are
Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal. Other states in the Ganga basin,
which are not located on the mainstem of the Ganga and therefore not a part of the NGRBA
program, are not included in the project area. Given the framework approach adopted for the
NGRBA program, the exact locations of infrastructure investments are not known in advance.
All project investments will be along the mainstem of the Ganga or along two of its most
polluted tributaries (Ramganga and Kali). Since the NGRBA framework emphasizes investments
according to their effectiveness in reducing pollution in the Ganga, it is expected that the
critically polluted middle stretch of the river will get a significant share of infrastructure
investments. The activities pertaining to institutional development and capacity-building aspects
of the project will be basin-wide across the five specified states.
Component One: Institutional Development (US$ 200 million)
7. Objective. The objectives of this component are to: (i) build functional capacity of the
NGRBA’s operational institutions at both the central and state levels; and (ii) provide support to
associated institutions for implementing the NGRBA program. The activities financed under this
component are grouped under the following sub-components:
(a) Sub-component A: NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management
(b) Sub-component B: Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers
(c) Sub-component C: Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators
8. Sub-component A: NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management This sub-
component is aimed at supporting the nascent operational institutions established for
implementing the NGRBA program at the central and state levels on a full time basis.
9. The NGRBA’s operational institutions comprise the Program Management Group (PMG)
at the central level, and State Program Management Groups (SPMGs) at the state level. The
PMG is being established as a fully owned society of the Government of India, with suitable

61
structure, staff, powers and leadership, to lead the planning and program management of the
NGRBA program at the national level. It is supported and housed by the MOEF as the nodal
Ministry. Similarly, the SPMGs are being established in the form of registered societies 25, to
ensure effective planning and program management at the state level.
10. Separating Program Management from Investment Execution The rationale for
establishing the PMG and SPMGs is to have institutions with single point responsibility for the
NGRBA’s program planning, management and long-term sustainability. These aspects are
neglected in the previous efforts, which were focused on investments and suffered from absence
of a dedicated program management agency at the state level. The SPMGs are in contrast with
the number of existing and suitably qualified technical agencies in the states, which will be
selected as Executing Agencies (EAs) for specific investments.
11. Program Management for the Entire NGRBA Program The sub-component will
provide for initial setup costs of office infrastructure and equipment, as well as provision of
critical consultancies, incremental staffing, training, and operation costs. This sub-component
would therefore cover all aspects of program management for the entire NGRBA program,
including financial and procurement systems; consultancies (e.g. project management and
technical support); M&E and third party audits; social and environmental management;
compliance with the Bank’s fiduciary and safeguards requirements for Bank-funded activities;
communications; and special studies, evaluations and expert inputs as needed. Key NGRBA
program management activities included under this sub-component are described below:
(a) Enhancing Ganga Knowledge Resources: The sub-component will support the
establishment of a state-of-the-art Ganga Knowledge Center (GKC) with the objectives
of: (i) serving as the repository of knowledge resources pertaining to the conservation of
the Ganga; (ii) addressing critical gaps in knowledge; and (iii) improving information
access for the public and decision-makers. The GKC’s functions will include: (i)
inventorying and compiling all knowledge on the Ganga river and basin, with specific
focus on data on water quality as well as on pollution sources; (ii) developing a modern
suite of data analysis, visualization, and modeling tools to support NGRBA program
planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation; (iii) housing the Ganga Basin
Master Plan (GBMP) being developed by a consortium of leading Indian engineering
institutions, and continuing the adaptive evolution and development of the GBMP; (iv)
managing and funding a targeted research program, including but not limited to water
quality modeling, ecological flows, assessment of environmental, social, cultural and
economic resources of the basin, and development of decision support systems for
investment planning; (v) creating and disseminating knowledge products through an
active outreach program, including through development of a comprehensive and
interactive web portal, and through publications such as a State of the Ganga
Environment; and (vi) provide decision-making support to the PMG and the SPMGs on
as needed basis. The GKC will be staffed by competent and professionally-recruited staff.
It will be integrated in the structure of the PMG, and will collaborate with the relevant
institutions and agencies. The flow data for the river Ganga, if required, will be requested

25
With exception of Jharkhand, where instead of establishing a regsisterd society, the nodal state department
(Department of Urban Development) will serve as the SPMG for implementing the NGRBA program.

62
 from and will be processed by the Ministry of Water Resources / Central Water
Comission as per existing guidelines subject to availability.
(b) Communications and Public Participation: The sub-component will finance a dedicated
communications and public participation program, undertaken in partnership with
community-based organizations, school and college student groups, and the media.
Public participation, stakeholder engagement, and strategic communications are critical
for the success of the NGRBA program. Accordingly, the project will: (i) directly
integrate these aspects into the planning, design, and operationalization of specific
investments through a social intermediation program, and (ii) fund a dedicated basin-
wide strategic communications program to be managed by the PMG, working in close
consultation with dedicated specialists from each SPMG. Communications in the Ganga
Basin is particularly important given the iconic status the river holds in India’s popular
imagination and discourse; the wide range of views and concerns with regards to the
river’s use; the high levels of public skepticism given previous efforts; and the presence
of ongoing grassroots campaigns to rejuvenate the river, especially those led by some of
the non-official members of the NGRBA. A specialized firm is being appointed to
develop and implement the communications strategy and action plan, building on formal
and informal mechanisms for participation and inclusion, proactive disclosure, and active
consultations (see Annex 13).
(c) Program of Action for Carbon Credits: The project is supporting the preparation and
registration of a Program of Action (POA) under the Clean Development Mechanism
(CDM), whereby carbon credits could be accessed by all eligible investments under the
NGRBA Program. This would be the first POA for wastewater investments in the world.
12. Sub-component B: Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers. The long term
operation and maintenance of the NGRBA-funded assets is the responsibility of the ULBs and
local service providers, and this sub-component is aimed at providing assistance that can
gradually enable them to take on their role. Specific activities will include: (i) training, including
for both operator and executive skills; (ii) modern and efficient information and planning
systems, including MIS (e.g. for budgets, costs, progress reporting, and maintenance
management), GIS (e.g. for base maps, pipe routes, and asset database), planning tools (e.g. for
hydraulic modeling and financial management), commercial systems (e.g. for meter
management, reading, billing and collection), and customer service systems (e.g. processes and
systems to handle complaints); and (iii) equipment, including sewer cleaning machines and
testing equipment. The precise scope of support activities will be determined through Capacity
Enhancement Plans which will be prepared for ULBs with significant NGRBA investments. The
activities will be executed by the selected ULBs.
13. Sub-component C: Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators. This sub-
component is aimed at addressing the key constraints faced by the CPCB and SPCBs related to
their functions regarding the Ganga. The subcomponent will support:
(a) Capacity building of the CPCB and SPCBs Support will be provided for improvements
in: (i) infrastructure, including the upgradation of buildings, laboratories, transportation
facilities for sample collection, R&D facilities, etc; (ii) information, including IT
infrastructure, MIS and GIS systems, legacy data computerization, website development,
laboratory information management systems etc; and (iii) institutions, including, training,

63
 staffing for new skills, and accreditation of labs etc. Capacity building packages for
individual SPCBs have been customized according to need and demand, and phased
across the duration of the project to ensure a pragmatic approach and realistic results. The
activities will be executed by the CPCB and SPCBs.
(b) Upgradation of Ganga Water Quality Monitoring System The objective of this activity is
to establish a comprehensive and reliable Ganga Water Quality Monitoring System
(WQMS) addressing the needs for both technical and institutional modernization, since
the current WQMS is inadequate and there is a tremendous need and demand for water
quality information. This sub-component will support investments in modern and
comprehensive water quality instrumentation, including real time monitoring systems;
upgrading data collection and testing protocols, systems and infrastructure; improving
information flow between various agencies; strengthening data use, analysis and quality
assurance; introducing community monitoring; and benchmarking performance. The
outcome will be a greatly improved Ganga WQMS in terms of efficacy, utility and
relevance for NGRBA. This activity will be centrally coordinated by CPCB and executed
by the SPCBs in their respective states.
(c) Inventory of Point and Non-point Pollution Sources The objective of this activity is to
address the critical gap in the basin-level knowledge of the sources of pollution which
affect the Ganga water quality. This will entail a detailed data collection effort on
location, flows and pollutant concentration for all point sources discharging into the
Ganga, as well as an assessment of the non-point pollution sources and their impact on
water quality of the Ganga. This activity will be coordinated by the CPCB, with
implementation support from the SPCBs.
(d) Strengthening environmental compliance monitoring Surveillance for regulation
compliance will be strengthened for the Central and State Pollution Control Boards, by
improving information systems and support for incremental staffing.
Component Two: Priority Infrastructure Investments (US$ 1,356 million)
14. Objective. The objective of this component is to finance demonstrative infrastructure
investments to reduce pollution loads in priority locations on the river. These investments would
be among the first funded by the NGRBA program, and would therefore exemplify the new and
comprehensive approach adopted to improve planning, preparation, implementation and
operation of investments.
15. This component will also finance pilots for new and transformative technologies or
implementation arrangements, which could be game-changing if successful and replicated on
scale. While some key ideas have already been identified for piloting, the pilot window will be
open to new proposals during project implementation. Key areas include: (a) technologies that
tap the energy potential of wastewater resulting in net-energy positive wastewater treatment; and
(b) innovative financing and implementation models, especially concessions, leases, and other
forms of public-private participation (PPP).
16. Four Investment Sectors. The majority of investments are expected to be in the
wastewater sector, particularly in WWTPs and sewerage networks. Investments will also be
supported in industrial pollution control and prevention (e.g. common effluent treatment plants),
solid waste management (e.g. collection, transport and disposal systems), and river front

64
management (e.g. improvement of the built environment along river stretches, improvement of
small ghats and crematoria, and the conservation and preservation of ecologically sensitive
sites). Many investments are likely to combine elements of more than one of these sectors.
17. The Framework Approach. In lieu of defining and appraising specific investments, the
project preparation has focused on developing investments framework covering all four key
sectors of intervention under the NGRBA program. The NGRBA Program Framework will apply
to all investments under the NGRBA program. The objectives of the investments framework are
to:
(a) provide a filter for all the NGRBA investments, for ensuring that the selected
investments are well-prepared and amongst the most effective in reducing the
pollution loads;
(b) make transparent the decision-making process on investments selection; and
(c) ensure that the investments are implemented in a sustainable manner.
18. Framework Criteria. The investments framework prescribes the criteria and quality
assurance standards covering various aspects including eligibility, prioritization, planning,
technical preparation, financial and economic analyses, environmental and social management,
long term O&M sustainability, community participation, and local institutional capacity.
19. Some examples of the key framework criteria are presented below (see Annex 6 for
details):
(a) Explicit Consent of ULBs No NGRBA investments will be appraised without explicit and
informed consent of the relevant ULB. This consent will indicate a clear recognition of
the nature, scale and cost of the investment, and the ULB’s own roles and responsibilities
with regards to asset ownership and long-term O&M
(b) Technology Selection Technology selection for wastewater treatment will be based on
lifecycle cost analysis to select the lowest cost feasible option, given the local conditions
and required degree of treatment.
(c) Inclusion of O&M Costs The first 5 years of O&M costs, based on specific calculations
for each investment, will be included in the total cost for each DPR.
(d) Design-Build-Operate (DBO) and other Long Term Contracts All investments with
significant O&M costs (such as WWTPs, pumping stations, landfills and waste
processing) will be developed and managed under Design-Build-Operate (DBO) or other
long term (15 years) contracts. This will bring enhanced accountability, adequate
capacity and resources, and strong performance incentives to the sector.
(e) House Connections Plans and cost of providing house connections up to property line
must be included in the DPRs for sewerage investments.
(f) Industry Commitment to O&M Industrial pollution DPRs must include a firm
commitment from industries to ensure satisfactory operation of common facilities.
(g) Area Development Wherever possible, river front management investments must take an
area development approach, both to achieve spatial scale along wider and longer stretches
of the river, and to integrate across sectors.

20. Quality Assurance. One of the main objectives of adopting the framework approach is to
provide standards for planning, preparation, implementation and operation of the infrastructure
investments. The framework criteria for investments preparation require, amongst other things,

65
that: (i) the planning for investments be conducted in the comprehensive context of city/zone and
its existing infrastructure; and (ii) the solutions be based on a feasibility analysis and good
quality baseline data. Investment proposals are required to include economic analysis, as well as
assessments of social and environmental impacts, and local institutional capacity. For
implementation phase, the framework criteria require the selection of only suitably qualified
Executing Agency (EA). To enhance the long term operational sustainability of investments, the
framework requires, among other measures: (i) ULB’s consent before the Feasibility Report (FR)
or the Detailed Project Report (DPR) can be submitted to the NGRBA; (ii) long-term contracts
including O&M for all investments with significant O&M needs; (iii) selection of lowest
lifecycle cost technologies; and (iv) financial plan showing dedicated O&M resources.
21. Investment Execution. The investments program will be planned and managed by the
PMG and SPMGs, while the execution of specific infrastructure investments will be done by the
selected existing and qualified state-level technical agencies. To foster competition and tap
private sector efficiencies, the state governments with significant infrastructure investments are
setting up a public-private joint venture infrastructure company, to execute NGRBA and other
similar investments in the respective states in the medium to long term.
22. Long List of Possible Investments. Given the long-term nature of the NGRBA program
and the fact that universe of potential investments is large, the adoption of the framework
approach effectively sets the “rules of the game”, and will allow infrastructure investments to be
selected on a dynamic and ongoing basis. A state-wise summary of investments which are at
various stages of preparation is presented below.
State INR, crores USD, millions
Uttar Pradesh 6262 1361
Uttarakhand 374 81
West Bengal 5032 1094
Bihar 2121 461
Jharkhand 101 22
Total 13890 3020

23. Selection of Early Investments. While the basin-level approach to planning the long-
term program of Ganga clean-up is being developed, early investments would comprise the
obvious priority interventions to address the critical needs at hotspot locations along the river.
The selection would also aim to demonstrate early successes, support strong local demand and
ownership, and achieve an acceptable geographic distribution of investments.
24. Rehabilitation of existing infrastructure. Investments involving rehabilitation of existing
infrastructure will be included on priority, due to their intrinsically higher returns in terms of
reductions in pollution loads entering the Ganga.

66
 Annex 5: Project Costs
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Local Foreign Total

Project Cost By Component and/or Activity
US $million US $million US $million

Component One: Institutional Development 130.05 65.68 195.73

Component Two: Priority Infrastructure Investments 883.05 343.45 1226.50

Total Baseline Cost 1013.10 409.13 1422.23

Physical Contingencies 46.66 19.45 66.11

Price Contingencies 45.55 18.98 64.53
Total Project Costs 1105.31 447.56 1552.87

Project Preparation Advance 2.96 0.00 2.96

Front-end Fee 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total Financing Required 1108.27 447.56 1555.83

67
 Annex 6: Implementation Arrangements
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Institutional Arrangements

1. Political Support and Policy Guidance. The NGRBA’s apex policy and decision-making
structure has been established by the Government of India, per the Notification under
Environment Protection Act (1986). Under the same Act, the five NGRBA program states have
notified the State Ganga River Conservation Authorities (SGRCAs) thereby defining the apex
policy and decision-making structure at the state level. The Union Ministry of Environment and
Forests (MOEF) is the nodal agency for the NGRBA program, and will have the lead
responsibility for project implementation and ensuring that the project development objectives
are met. Similarly, the SGRCA’s state level nodal departments will have the responsibility for
project implementation in the respective states.

2. Program Management Institutions The Program Management Group (PMG) is being

established as a registered society, with suitable structure, staffing, powers and leadership, and
the objective of ensuring effective implementation of the overall NGRBA program at the
national level. Each of the NGRBA states 26 is similarly setting up the State Program
Management Group (SPMG) as a registered society, to ensure effective implementation at state
level.

3. Executing Agencies. Execution of the infrastructure investments will be done by the

Executing Agencies (EAs), selected specifically for each investment. The current choice of EAs
includes the existing state-level technical agencies which have the mandate of urban
infrastructure (especially wastewater) management in their respective states. Most of these
agencies have been working for a few decades, and have significant expertise and experience in
preparation and implementation of infrastructure projects in the four key sectors of the NGRBA
program. Procurement and FM assessments have been conducted for these existing state-level
agencies. In the medium to long term, the NGRBA Program intends to promote competition
among the EAs by facilitating the establishment of new ones in each state, including public-
private joint venture infrastructure companies. In future, if a new entity (in addition to the
currently defined EAs) is proposed as an EA for a specific investment, it will need to undergo
assessments by the PMG/SPMGs to ascertain its capacity to manage the technical, project
management, procurement, financial management and safeguards aspects of the investment. The
requirements in this regard have been provided in the NGRBA Program Framwork. The World
Bank will perform its due diligence on any new entity proposed as the EA for any investment
funded under the project.

4. The PMG will select EAs for national-level activities. In case of local infrastructure
investments, the EA will be chosen by the SPMG and representatives of the relevant ULB. The
EA will be responsible for successfully executing the activity for which it has been
commissioned. The national-level EAs will be answerable to the PMG, and the state-level EAs
will be answerable to the respective SPMG/ULB.

26
With the exception of Jharkhand, which has a very small stretch of the Ganga mainstem passing through the state

68
5. Tiered Implementation Structure. The project implementation at various levels is
therefore envisaged as follows: (a) National Level: PMG, (b) State level: SPMG, and (c) Activity
level: Executing Agencies (EAs) selected for specific activities, with local coordination for
planning and implementation provided by Urban Local Bodies (ULBs) where needed. Further
details of the proposed implementation arrangements, along with the roles and responsibilities of
various actors are provided in Annex 6b on Investment Frameworks and Implementation
Process. A brief description of the key actors and their implementation responsibilities is in the
following sections.

6. The NGRBA program will be a multi-disciplinary initiative involving multiple

dimensions of Ganga clean-up and conservation, and therefore will span across many sectors,
including but not limited to environment, urban development, water resources, agriculture,
industries, and energy. Program planning and implementation would therefore require working
across ministerial/state/departmental boundaries and also across levels of government: central,
state and local. The program activities would include both broad-based as well as locally targeted
communications and community participation campaigns, and research to address the critical
knowledge gaps. Keeping this in mind, the NGRBA operational institutions at central and state
levels are envisaged to have the requisite operational flexibility and multi-sectoral skills.

7. National Level – PMG. The PMG is being established as a registered society of the GoI,
with the provision of (i) adequate and formal devolution of powers to the PMG, consistent with
the NGRBA Notification, to ensure appropriate level of operational autonomy; (ii) single-point
responsibility for planning and execution of the NGRBA program; (iii) powers to manage its
human resources, with the objective of attracting and retaining well-qualified staff; and (iv)
institutional sustainability as the permanent entity responsible for the conservation and health of
the river Ganga in the long term.

8. PMG Role and Responsibilities. The PMG will have the exclusive mandate of national-
level management of the entire NGRBA program, including the World Bank-funded National
Ganga River Basin Project. The PMG will ensure that the objectives of the NGRBA program
(and the PDOs of the National Ganga River Basin Project) are fully achieved in a timely manner.
The main functions of the PMG with regard to the NGRBA Project include:
(a) overall project planning and management; direct implementation of the national level
activities; ensuring satisfactory implementation of the state-level investments and
activities in accordance with the agreed NGRBA program framework and
implementation arrangements; providing guidance, support and approvals to the SPMGs
where needed; and monitoring implementation performance;
(b) ensuring compliance with agreed financial management policies and procedures
including management of project funds, timely release of advance project funds to the
states, conducting external audits for all project components and ensuing compliance with
audit observations, submitting to the Bank a consolidated annual statutory audit report for
the project, and seeking reimbursements from the Bank;
(c) capacity building of all project partners; managing national IEC campaigns, stakeholder
consultations and community participation; and other activities in Component One
(Institutional Development) of the project;

69
 (d) ensuring compliance with the agreed procurement policies procedures; quality assurance
of physical infrastructure investments; and ensuring compliance with the project’s (same
as NGRBA program’s) safeguard policies;
(e) implementing Governance and Accountability Action Plan - see Annex 11;
(f) regular monitoring and evaluation of project performance, including regular review of the
NGRBA investments framework and implementation arrangements, and ensuring
requisite course corrections as needed; and
(g) liaising with the World Bank including sending quarterly progress reports to the MOEF
and the Bank.

9. PMG Structure and Staffing. The process of setting up the PMG as a registered society
is currently underway. The relevant details of its constitution (MoA/registration, bylaws,
mandate, composition, functions, powers and operational procedures) are being finalized.

(a) The PMG is headed by the NGRBA Mission Director, who will be a full-time senior
official vested with the financial and administrative powers equivalent to those of a Joint
Secretary (or higher) of the GoI. The Mission Director will have assured tenure.
(b) The PMG structure is presented in Figure 1. It will comprise 6 units and about 35 multi-
disciplinary staff, including specialists in basin planning, wastewater engineering and
management, ecology, environmental and social management, finance, operations,
procurement, knowledge management, IT, communications, human resources
management, economics, and monitoring and evaluation. The professional staff may be
assigned from within the central/state government agencies or recruited from private
sector on contract basis.
(c) The PMG will be supported by a Project Management Consultancy (PMC), which will
provide assistance in key areas of investment preparation quality review, portfolio
management, procurement, and financial management. In addition the PMG may from
time to time recruit consultants (individuals, institutions or firms) as necessary to
strengthen program planning and management.

10. State Level – SPMG. The SPMGs are being constituted in each of the five states 27, with
the objective of serving as the dedicated institution for effective implementation of the NGRBA
program activities at the state level, and as the permanent state-level entity responsible in the
long term for the conservation and health of the state’s stretch of the river Ganga.

27
Most states have set up their SPMGs as a registered society, under the Societies Act. In Jharkhand, the state
government may nominate an existing state agency to perform the functions of the SPMG.

70
 Figure 1: Indicative Organizational Structure of PMG

11. SPMG Role and Responsibilities. The SPMGs are the respective state level counterparts
of the PMG, with similar responsibilities at the state level. They have the exclusive mandate of
management of all NGRBA program activities in their respective states, including the activities
and investments under the World Bank funded National Ganga River Basin Project. The SPMGs
will be accountable to the SGRCA and the PMG for the achievement of the project/program
objectives. They will adopt the NGRBA program framework and implementation guidelines and
will regularly report to the PMG on project implementation. The main functions of the SPMGs
with regard to the National Ganga River Basin Project include:
(a) overall project planning and management at state level, ensuring satisfactory
implementation of the state-level investments and activities in accordance with the agreed
NGRBA program framework and implementation arrangements; direct implementation
of some of the state-level activities; providing guidance, support and approvals to the
state EAs where needed; and monitoring implementation performance of the EAs;
(b) ensuring compliance with agreed financial management policies and procedures
including management of project funds, timely release of advance project funds to the
EAs, conducting concurrent internal audits for all state level activities and ensuing
compliance with audit observations, and submitting reimbursement claims to the PMG;
(c) capacity building of EAs; managing state level IEC campaigns, stakeholder consultations
and community participation; and other state level activities in the Institutional
Development Component (Component One) of the project;

71
 (d) ensuring compliance with the agreed procurement policies procedures; quality assurance
of physical infrastructure investments; and ensuring compliance with the project’s
safeguard policies;
(e) implementing Governance and Accountability Action Plan (see Annex 11);
(f) regular monitoring and evaluation of project performance, including regular review of
strategies and implementation arrangements in the context of implementation experiences
and for ensuring requisite course corrections as needed; and
(g) liaising with the PMG and the World Bank, including sending quarterly progress reports
to the SGRCA and the PMG.

12. SPMG Structure and Staffing. The SPMGs are in the process of being set up by the
respective state governments. Relevant details of constitution (MoA/registration, bylaws,
mandate, composition, functions, powers and operational procedures) are being finalized.
(a) The SPMG will be headed by a senior officer of the State Government with an assured
tenure of 3 years, assisted by a full-time Assistant Project Director.
(b) The indicative SPMG structure for a typical state is presented in Figure 2. It will
comprise 4 units and 25-30 multi-disciplinary staff, including specialists in basin
planning, wastewater engineering and management, ecology, environmental and social
management, finance, operations, procurement, knowledge management, IT,
communications, human resources management, economics, and monitoring and
evaluation. The professional staff may be assigned from within the state government
agencies or recruited from private sector on contract basis.

Figure 2: Indicative Organizational Structure of Typical SPMG

Project Director

Asst Director

Technical Advisor Implementation Support Advisor

Planning & Knowledge Unit Technical Unit Communications & Outreach FM, Procurement & Admin Unit
Unit

• Sr. Env Planner/Water Resources • Technical Manager (Unit Head) • Communications Manager (Unit • Finance Director (Unit Head)
Management Specialist (Unit • Sr. Environmental Engineer Head) • Sr. Financial Management
Head) (wastewater management) • Community Participation/ Specialist/Accountant
• Environment Specialist (Ganga) • Sewerage Specialist Outreach Officer • Sr. Procurement Specialist
• DSS/Modeling Specialist • Solid Waste Mgmt. Specialist • RTI Officer • Procurement Specialist
• Asst. GIS Specialist • River Front Mgmt Specialist • Grievance Redressal Officer • M&E Officer
• Sr. Civil Engineer (Construction) • Enforcement Coordinator
• Economic/Financial Analysis • Facilities Coordinator
Specialist • IT Officer
• PPP Specialist • HR Officer
• Social Management Specialist • Asst. Systems Analyst
(ESMF)
• Environmental Specialist (ESMF)

72
13. Executing Agencies (EAs). Suitable EAs will be selected by the PMG and SPMGs for
implementation of various NGRBA program activities. The EAs are pre-designated for the
activities identified for support under the Institutional Development component (Component
One) of the National Ganga River Basin Project. The states have also provisionally designated
the EAs for implementing the early infrastructure investments under the Component Two of the
Project. As described earlier, the choice of EAs for early investments selected under the project
includes the existing state-level technical agencies which are in charge of the development of
urban infrastructure in their respective states. Therefore this initial set of EAs has significant
experience in preparation and management of infrastructure investments. The selection of
additional EAs for infrastructure investments under the NGRBA program will be on an on-going
basis, whereby the EA for each activity would be selected on the basis of its experience and the
capacity requirements for implementing the activity/sector for which it is being considered. The
role of the EA will be as follows:
(a) The main function of the EA would be to prepare and implement the specific
activity/investment and put in place institutional arrangements and other resources
needed for satisfactory and sustainable operation and maintenance of the assets created.
(b) This will include: (i) preparing Feasibility Reports and Detailed Project Reports (DPRs)
as per the requirements of the NGRBA framework and nationally accepted technical
standards and specifications; seeking appropriate technical and administrative approvals
from within their own departments and the SPMG; (ii) collaboration and coordination
with other relevant government departments/agencies, ULBs, civil society organizations
and affected communities; (iii) procurement of works and goods with support from the
SPMG; (iv) construction/installation of facilities including contract management and day
to day supervision; ensuring compliance with project’s safeguard policies; certifying
works, making payments and preparing completion reports; and (v) managing project
funds including compliance with agreed FM policies and procedures.
(c) The EA will report to the respective SPMG (or to the PMG in case of national-level
activities coordinated by the PMG) in regard to implementation progress and
performance of the investments, and will provide technical, administrative, accounting,
audit and other progress reports required by the SPMG. The division of roles and
responsibilities, including administrative and fiduciary arrangements, between the SPMG
and the EAs has been agreed and will be documented in the signed MoUs.

14. Project Management Support and Technical Support Consultancies. Two key
consultancies are planned to: (a) provide project management support to PMG for managing the
entire NGRBA program, including planning, technical support for investments review and
appraisals, portfolio management, procurement, financial management, monitoring and
evaluation, and reporting; and (b) technical support to SPMGs and EAs, for upgrading the
process and practice of investments preparation and execution to global standards, for the entire
NGRBA program.

15. Other Partner Agencies. The PMG and SPMGs will collaborate with and seek support
and partnership with a range of other agencies, to draw upon their specialized expertise and
supplement the capacity of main implementing agencies. These will include international,
national and local knowledge institutions, private sector business houses and industries, and civil
society groups.

73
Key Elements of the NGRBA Program Implementation Process

16. The detailed implementation process is presented in Annex 6B “Investment Frameworks

and Implementation Arrangements.” NGRBA and the state nodal departments have prepared and
agreed the NGRBA Program Framework, which includes detailed investment frameworks,
implementation process flow (including planning, preparation, appraisal, implementation and
monitoring and evaluation), Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF),
Governance and Accountability Action Plan, and Communication Strategy and Action Plan.
These collectively define and form the basis of program implementation and performance
monitoring. The main features of these are summarized below.

17. Investment Frameworks. Investment frameworks have been developed for selecting and
implementing infrastructure investments in the four key sectors of intervention under the
NGRBA program - municipal wastewater, industrial pollution, solid waste management and
river front management.
(a) The frameworks prescribe criteria and quality assurance standards covering various
aspects including eligibility, prioritization, planning, technical preparation, financial and
economic analyses, environmental and social management, long term O&M
sustainability, community participation, and local institutional capacity. The objective is
to ensure that the investments are well-prepared and amongst the most effective in
reducing the pollution loads, and implemented in a manner that makes them sustainable.
(b) Given the long-term nature of the NGRBA program and the fact that universe of potential
investments is large, the adoption of the framework approach effectively sets the “rules of
the game”, and will allow infrastructure investments to be selected on a dynamic and
ongoing basis.

18. Implementation Process Flow. The step-by-step process along with roles and
responsibilities of the entities involved in implementation of NGRBA program have been agreed
and documented. The implementation process covers the various aspects including annual
planning, investment prioritization, a two-stage (feasibility and detailed project report)
preparation and appraisal process, execution, O&M, eventual assets transfer to local bodies,
financial management, procurement, community engagement, social and environmental
management, governance and monitoring and evaluation. In addition to the infrastructure
investments (under Component Two of the project), the implementation process has also been
agreed for pre-identified activities related to NGRBA Institutional Development (Component
One of the project), innovative pilots, communications, and research and knowledge
management.

19. Guidelines for Infrastructure Investments Preparation. A two-step process has been
agreed for preparation and appraisal of investments, whereby investments would be appraised at
both concept and detailed project report stage. Guidelines have been prepared and disseminated
for preparation of feasibility stage and detailed project reports, including requisite contents,
methodologies, and standards to be followed.

20. Model Agreements/MoAs. These have been prepared to operationalize the agreed
institutional model and implementation arrangements, and include: (i) Memorandum of
Association and bylaws, including functions and powers of the PMG and the SPMGs and the

74
division of roles and responsibilities; and (ii) two tripartite Memoranda of Agreement (MoAs),
one at the Program-level between the PMG, the SPMG, and the ULB; and one at the investment-
level, between the SPMG, the ULB and the EA; for ensuring commitment and clarity on roles
and responsibilities of various parties regarding execution, O&M, and eventual transfer of assets
to local bodies.

21. Powers of Approvals. Powers and procedures for technical and administrative approvals
of investments, for award of contracts for works/goods and services, and for making payments
have all been well defined for each implementing agency and documented in the FM and
procurement manuals. To ensure efficiency in implementation most of the powers have been
delegated to the lowest appropriate levels, adopting the principle of subsidiarity. Thus, once the
annual action plan is cleared by the NGRBA, most implementation related powers are vested
with the PMG, SPMGs and EAs for their respective components. The only exceptions are the
award of the high cost consultancy and works/goods contracts, which have been defined in the
fiduciary manuals.

22. Other important documents guiding project implementation are:

(a) FM Manual: providing the details of funds flow, accounting, auditing and reporting,
and the related control and accountability mechanisms (details in Annex 7), and
(b) Procurement Manual: containing the procurement strategy, methods and procedures
to be adopted, along with draft documents to be used for bidding of typical works and
goods and procurement of consultant services, along with powers of actors to award
these works and consultancies (details in Annex 8).

23. The specific annexes provide the details on Environmental and Social Management
Assessment and Framework (Annex 10), Governance and Accountability Action Plan (Annex
11) and Communication Strategy and Action plan (Annex 12).

24. Institutional Development. Detailed and costed implementation plans have been
completed for the activities comprising the Institutional Development component of the project.

25. Post-Implementation Management of Assets Created. The frameworks and

implementation arrangements require that each DPR includes a detailed plan for operation and
maintenance of assets that will be created under the NGRBA program. These plans must identify
the institutional responsibilities as well as funding and other resources that would be required for
their long term sustainable operations.

75
 ANNEX 6B

Detailed Investment Frameworks and Implementation Process

A. NGRBA Investments Framework

1. General Criteria for All Sub-projects

1.1 Sub-projects should be from the five NGRBA states, namely: Uttarakhand, Uttar
Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal.
1.2 Sub-projects must serve the areas falling under ULBs on the banks of the main
stem of Ganga, or industrial areas on the banks of main branch of Ganga
(including both distributaries of Ganga after Farakka).
1.3 Sub-projects must directly result in water quality improvements in the main stem
of the Ganga, or on selected identified stretches of tributaries. In cases where
water quality in the main stem of the Ganga is significantly affected by poor water
quality of tributaries, then the sub-projects directly leading to improvements in the
water quality of these tributaries may be eligible (For this, the water quality
parameters may be considered for (i) the relevant tributary before joining the main
stem of Ganga, and (ii) the Ganga after the confluence with the tributary.
1.4 Sub-projects which may indirectly lead to improvements in water quality in
Ganga may be eligible if the linkages with improvement in the water quality are
convincingly demonstrated.
1.5 Sub-projects must follow all social, environment and financial management
requirements of the NGRBA Program.
1.6 Sub-projects must adhere to the Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports
under NGRBA / NRCP.

2. Criteria for Municipal Wastewater Sub-projects

2.1 Eligibility Criteria
2.1.1 Till such time as the Ganga Basin Master Plan (GBMP) is fully prepared, a
prioritization method will be adopted for selecting wastewater investments
according to their relative effectiveness in reducing the pollution loads entering
the Ganga. Such prioritization method is based on the quantum of wastewater
treated by the sub-project, and its impact on the water quality of Ganga during
lean flow conditions at the location of discharge. All the project in the pipeline
would be sorted in descending order depending on their impact. In order to be
considered for NGRBA funding, a wastewater sub-project would need to be in
the top half of sub-projects in the pipeline. In any given year, not more than
70% of the portfolio of wastewater sub-projects (by value) should consist of
these high priority investments. However, additional projects may also be

76
 considered (outside of these criteria) in order to accomplish the Mission Clean
Ganga.
2.1.2 Explicit and informed consent of ULB through general body’s resolution, as per
the municipal laws, is required at the time of submission of Feasibility Report as
well as of DPR. The consent should indicate recognition of the nature, scale,
and cost of the investment, especially the projected O&M costs; and the roles
and responsibilities of the ULB including an undertaking to operate the asset
after the contract period. FRs or DPRs without this consent would not be
considered eligible.
2.1.3 The proposed Executing Agency (EA) for the sub-project should be selected by
SPMG in consultation and coordination with the relevant ULB.
2.1.4 DPRs must be based on approved Feasibility Reports (FR) which include
appropriate macro-planning, and options scoping and analyses.
2.1.5 All sub-projects with significant O&M needs (such as solid waste management,
WWTPs, and pumping stations) would need to be implemented with contracts
that include long-term (15 years) O&M. Design-Build-Operate (DBO) or other
long-term PPP arrangements may be considered.
2.1.6 O&M costs must be estimated based on specific calculations for each sub-
project (as opposed to using thumb-rule percentages).
2.1.7 O&M of the complete sewerage system (including sewer networks and pumping
stations) should be combined in the DBO contract for the new facility, wherever
possible.
2.1.8 Performance Bank guarantees would need to be provided by the selected
operator for the specified period of O&M.
2.1.9 Technology selection for wastewater treatment must be on lowest lifecycle cost
basis, specified for the local conditions and required degree of treatment. The
15-years O&M cost would be used as the measure of lifecycle cost. The values
of the key parameters (e.g. characteristics of influent wastewater, if available;
required water quality parameters of effluent; energy price; land price;
manpower price, etc) for this calculation must be provided for the local
conditions by the EA in the bid documents.
2.1.10 For sewerage investments, house connections strategy must be developed and
included in the FR/DPR. The cost of providing house connections up to
property line will be eligible for funding under the NGRBA program, and the
DPR must include the costs and plans for the same.
2.1.11 As part of its consent/approval of the DPR submitted to NGRBA program for
funding, the relevant ULB will commit to undertaking awareness campaigns to
encourage house connections in the areas served by the funded sewerage
investments.
2.1.12 As part of their consent/approval of the DPR submitted to NGRBA program for
funding, the relevant ULBs may engage in the ULB capacity building program,
aimed at strengthening the technical, financial and management capacity of the

77
 ULB. ULB will undertake to provide requisite staff, office space, logistics
support, for successful implementation of the agreed capacity-building
activities.
2.1.13 The ULB should provide an undertaking to allow monitoring of the sub-project
facilities/performance by third party for quality assurance as required by the
NGRBA program.
2.1.14 The DPR preparation would include environmental and social assessment as per
the Environment & Social Management Framework.
2.1.15 Sub-projects during the construction and operation phases will be subject to
monitoring by State Pollution Control Boards, as part of consent mechanism.
2.1.16 Sub-projects comprising component of land acquisition will be accorded
sanction at two stages. “In Principle” approval will be obtained first, on the
basis of the FR, and will be followed by DPR approval once the required steps
in the land acquisition process are completed.
2.1.17 Immediately after FR approval and in parallel with DPR preparation, the EA
along with the ULB would initiate land acquisition process for the project. This
would facilitate identification of the land, its survey and preliminary cost
estimation so that the State Govt. is in readiness to issue the appropriate
notification under prevalent LA Act upon approval of DPR for speedy
acquisition of the land.
2.1.18 The FR should assess whether the sub-project has the potential for greenhouse
gas (GHG) reduction. The DPR should provide an estimate of this reduction and
its design implications.
2.2 Appraisal Criteria
2.2.1 Technical Standards of Preparation
2.2.1.1 Preparation should be based on a suitable design period for each kind of asset
(e.g.: civil works: 30 years, E&M equipment: 15 years; WWTPs: 10 years) based
on forecasts of: population, water use/supply, and wastewater quantity and
quality. These assumptions must be suitably validated.
2.2.1.2 Sub-project formulation must be based on detailed field surveys, including
comprehensive house connection survey; site investigations and data collection.
2.2.1.3 Field surveys and investigations must be conducted as per prescribed guidelines.
2.2.1.4 All sewer design and construction should be in accordance with the standard
literature, such as the CPHEEO Manual, Guidelines for Preparation of Project
Reports under NGRBA / NRCP, and international best practice. Standard
software should be used for design to optimize sewer size and slope. Existing
sewer networks should be examined for synchronization with proposed network.
Measures should be included for addressing the problem of solids deposited in
sewers, and for ensuring the effective separation of storm water and water supply
systems from wastewater systems.

78
2.2.1.5 For pumping stations, whether wet well only or combination of wet well and dry
well design is used must be based on techno-economic considerations.
Size/capacity of pumps and sumps should be worked out as per the Guidelines for
Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA / NRCP.
2.2.1.6 Technology selection for WWTPs must be based on lifecycle cost analysis, to
choose the lowest cost feasible option, given the local conditions and required
degree of treatment. The bids for long term contracts (including capital costs plus
15 years O&M cost) would be used as the measure of lifecycle cost. The values of
the key parameters (e.g. characteristics of influent wastewater, if available;
required water quality parameters of effluent; energy price; land price; manpower
price, etc) for this calculation must be provided for the local conditions by the EA
in the bid documents. Detailed analysis of sewage must be carried out to
determine influent design parameters for WWTP. Automation should be
encouraged in the operation of WWTPs in order to ensure efficiency to be
encouraged.
2.2.1.7 Sludge management strategy must be developed in conjunction with wastewater
treatment strategy.
2.2.1.8 Possibility of covering isolated residential pockets and slums through
decentralized conveyance and treatment systems must be explored.
2.2.1.9 Pumping stations and WWTP facilities must have the provision of diesel
generating sets as alternate source of power supply.

2.2.2 Sub-Project Planning

2.2.2.1 Planning and design must be consistent with the City Sanitation Plan/master
plan/wastewater master plan and any other investment plans.
2.2.2.2 Selection of locations for major facilities such as Pumping stations and WWTPs
must be done carefully to avoid likely litigation.
2.2.2.3 Wastewater system designs should be consistent with the water supply situation
(to ensure adequate flows in the sewers).
2.2.2.4 Status of existing assets (e.g. sewerage networks) must be accounted for in
planning and up-gradation, and must be included in the DPR if needed for proper
functioning of the system.
2.2.2.5 Realistic timelines for each stage of preparation and implementation must be
provided.
2.2.2.6 Linkages between different elements (house connections to sewers; sewers to
pump stations and WWTP) must be examined to ensure that the system will
function correctly and with adequate capacities at each stage.
2.2.2.7 A detailed Project Implementation Plan should be prepared for each DPR,
appropriately supported by GANTT/CPM and/or PERT charts.

79
 2.2.3 Sub-Project Costing
2.2.3.1 Updated and current Schedule of Rates should be used for rate analysis; market
rates may be used for the items not available in the SoR.
2.2.3.2 Price and Physical contingencies should be considered as appropriate.
2.2.3.3 Allocations by categories such as Civil Works, Goods and Equipment, Consulting
Services, Training, incremental operating costs etc. should be provided, in
conformity with procurement guidelines.
2.2.3.4 O&M cost for the first 5 years will be capitalized, and approved for funding by
the NGRBA Program as part of the project cost. The O&M cost of subsequent 10
years must be estimated and presented in the DPR, which is to be funded by the
State Govt. / ULB from its own resources.

2.2.4 Financial Analysis

2.2.4.1 Sub-project capital cost will be shared as per agreed ratio between GoI and States
including first 5 years O&M cost.
2.2.4.2 Adequate budget provisions from the State Government must be confirmed.
2.2.4.3 ULBs must present detailed O&M plan indicating likely revenue earning vis-à-vis
O&M costs of assets for perspective years.
2.2.4.4 The first 5 years O&M costs are included in the project cost. The State
Government will guarantee payment of the next 10 years O&M costs in case the
ULB fails to do so.
2.2.5 Economic Analysis
2.2.5.1 Economic analysis must be conducted for all subprojects proposed to NGRBA for
funding. The economic benefits must take into account benefits from both the
river and the improved urban environment.
2.2.6 Social Assessments and Communications
2.2.6.1 Social assessments must be undertaken integrally with planning, technical and
financial assessments.
2.2.6.2 Stakeholder engagement, outreach and communications must be undertaken in
conjunction with each sub-project and in relation to specific issues (e.g.
connecting to sewers, paying bills, reducing trash, etc.).

3 Criteria for Industrial Pollution Sub-projects

3.1 Eligibility Criteria
3.1.1 The sub-projects shall directly result in the reduction of industrial pollution load
on the main stem of Ganga or its main tributaries. The reduction in industrial
pollution load shall be measured in terms of reduction in BOD, COD and TDS
levels in the main stem of the Ganga, before and after the discharge of industrial
effluents in the river.

80
3.1.2 The sub-projects may consist of: (a) Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETP);
(b) Treatment, Storage and/or Disposal Facilities (TSDF) especially for common
hazardous waste; (c) Innovative pilot projects on industrial pollution control
technologies; and/or (d) Technical Assistance for the formation of Waste
Minimization Circles and/or Clean Technologies.
3.1.3 The sub-project, including all its associated facilities, shall be fully owned and
operated by member industries or private operators. The member industries or the
private operator shall form a company under the Company’s Act for
implementing and operating the sub-projects.
3.1.4 The sub-projects shall be prioritized based on the pollution load of industrial
effluents, number of participating industries, river flow, river water quality,
specific site conditions and financial sustainability.
3.1.5 The capital cost of the sub-project shall include the cost of the associated
facilities, including the cost of land, for setting up the facility. Financing pattern
for the sub-projects shall be as follows: 25% as a grant from NGRBA, 25% as a
grant from the State Government, and the remaining 50% to be borne by the
participating industries and / or the private operator (either through own
contribution or as loans through financial institutions). Financing is subject to
satisfactory assessment of the cost estimates during appraisal stage.
3.1.6 Sub-projects proposed by member industries shall be commissioned on a DBO
model with O&M costs capitalized for at least 5 years (or more) from the date of
commissioning. O&M cost is the responsibility of the member industries.
3.1.7 The member industries should provide an undertaking to allow monitoring of the
sub-project facilities/performance by third party for quality assurance as required
by the NGRBA program.
3.1.8 Sub-projects proposed by private operators shall ensure commitment by the
operator for the satisfactory operation of the facility.
3.1.9 To ensure good performance, the State Government shall provide its share of the
finance (25%) as a loan, which may be converted to a grant if the sub-project
performs satisfactorily for a period of 5 years.
3.1.10 The proposal should be based on informed consent of the member industries and
the same shall be substantiated through suitable affidavit as well as the members’
commitment to ensure satisfactory operation of the facility.
3.1.11 The sub-project should include a multi-party performance monitoring program
comprising the designated citizen / professional groups, SPCB, member industries
and CETP company representatives.
3.1.12 Sub-projects involving land acquisition will be sanctioned in two stages. “In
Principle” approval based on the FR, to be followed by DPR approval once the
required steps in land acquisition process are completed.
3.1.13 Immediately after FR approval and in parallel with DPR preparation, the
Industries Association would initiate land acquisition process for the project. This

81
 would facilitate identification of the land, its survey and preliminary cost
estimation so that the State Govt. is in readiness to issue the appropriate
notification under prevalent LA Act upon approval of DPR for speedy acquisition
of the land.
3.1.14 The sub-projects, wherever feasible, should explore the option of tapping carbon
credits with suitable mechanisms for minimizing green house gas emissions. The
DPRs must present (in the required format) the potential for carbon credits
generation.

3.2 Appraisal Criteria

3.2.1 Technical standards of preparation
3.2.1.1 The sub-projects shall be designed based on available guidelines/manuals/rules of
national and international agencies, including MoEF, CPCB, and USEPA, and the
treated effluent shall comply with the relevant disposal standards in India.
3.2.1.2 Sub-projects shall be designed for a period of 30 years for civil works and 15
years for E&M equipment. The designs shall also consider future scenarios
including expansion of existing industries.
3.2.1.3 All the designs shall be based on inventory of participating industries, detailed
engineering surveys (topographic surveys, etc.), site investigations (soil sampling,
etc.), and shall comply with the requirements of relevant codes / standards (BIS,
IRC, etc.).
3.2.1.4 The DPR should consider the overall industrial waste generated by the member
units and shall be based on individual industry specific waste quantification and
characterization studies and waste minimization studies / audits aimed at
implementing cleaner production practices.
3.2.1.5 The technology chosen for the sub-project shall be the one with lowest lifecycle
cost, that is proven to be suitable for local conditions and which provides required
degree of treatment. The DPR and the bid documents shall provide the key
parameters adopted for the arriving the life cycle cost.
3.2.1.6 The technologies to be adopted in the sub-projects shall have all regulatory and
environmental clearances.
3.2.1.7 The design should include adequate and reliable alternate power supply
arrangements to ensure satisfactory performance of the facility.
3.2.1.8 The sub-project should include a suitable sludge/residue management strategy
which ensures in situ treatment of sludge and subsequent safe disposal either at
the site or at an approved TSDF facility.
3.2.1.9 The CETPs shall be designed based on detailed studies on the quantity and
characteristics of the industrial effluents, as well as on waste minimization studies
and audits.

82
3.2.1.10 The technology proposed by the sub-project should consider the: (i) mixed
and variable characteristics of the industrial effluents of the respective member
industries, (ii) life cycle cost (capital and O&M), (iii) land requirements, (iv)
power requirements, (v) sludge / residue management, (vi) ease of operation, (vii)
flexibility for future expansion / upgradation, and (viii) Net GHG emissions, etc.
3.2.1.11 The CETP sub-projects should include facilities for common recovery
units (chrome recovery, etc) and/or treated effluent reuse and management of
sludge/residue management (including collection, transportation, treatment and
disposal of sludge generated from the pre-treatment facilities of the member
industries) from the facilities.

3.2.2 Sub-Project Planning

3.2.2.1 The sub-project planning and design shall be consistent with the industrial and
environmental policies/directives of GoI and the respective states.
3.2.2.2 The location of CETPs shall be based on environmental and social considerations
and shall comply with the site selection guide lines of CPCB or the State PCB.
3.2.2.3 The experience of similar projects (CETPs) in the region/country shall be
considered while designing the sub-project.
3.2.2.4 The sub-project preparation and implementation time lines shall be realistic and
shall consider all the aspects of mobilization of participating industries, initial
assessment studies, and technological limitations during construction, etc. and
shall provide clear implementation plan through suitable CPM / PERT Charts.
3.2.2.5 The sub-projects shall include the provisions for future expansion and also
developments on a modular basis.
3.2.2.6 The sub-projects should include detailed costs for the collection and
transportation of waste from the participating industries to the CETP.
3.2.2.7 Proposals should provide details on critical aspects, such as: (i) details of member
industries, (ii) pre-treatment requirements for member industries (not to be
included in the capital cost of the sub-project, but borne by member industries),
(iii) commitment by the member industries for setting up pre-treatment facilities,
(iv) proposed facilities for the conveyance of effluent to the CETP, (v) details of
user charges, etc.
3.2.3 Sub-Project Costing
3.2.3.1 Updated and current Schedule of Rates (SoR) to be used for rate analysis and
market rates may be used for the items not available in the SoR.
3.2.3.2 Inflation and contingencies shall be considered as normally followed by the
respective state governments, in similar projects.
3.2.3.3 Various items of the sub-projects shall be categorized as Civil works, Good and
Equipment, Consulting Services, Training, incremental operating costs etc, as per
the NGRBA Procurement Manual.

83
 3.2.3.4 Proposals should provide the details of cost apportionment among the
participating industries, for contribution, recurring and O&M costs of the
proposed facilities. The mechanism for this cost apportionment along with
provisions for cost escalation shall also be provided.
3.2.3.5 The sub-project contract document shall be structured suitably to ensure that the
O&M costs are capitalized into the cost and a minimum of 5 years O&M is
ensured by the contractor.

3.2.4 Financial Analysis

3.2.4.1 The sub-project capital cost shall be shared as per the ratios indicated in section
3.1.5 of this frame work.
3.2.4.2 Adequate budget provisions by GoI, State Government and the agency developing
the sub-project shall be ensured and confirmed, prior to approval of the sub-
project.
3.2.4.3 The project development agency shall provide a detailed O&M plan indicating
likely revenue earning vis-à-vis O&M costs of assets for lifetime operation (or at
least 15 years).
3.2.4.4 The sub-project should also present the agreed strategy to ensure financial
sustainability of the facility.

3.2.5 Economic Analysis

3.2.5.1 The sub-project should include a detailed economic analysis that provides
information of the benefits of the project to the community at large and the river
in particular. The analysis shall consider factors such as positive health impacts
as a result of environmental improvement of the city/town, economic benefit in
terms of employment generation, higher productivity, etc.

3.2.6 Social Assessments and Communications

3.2.6.1 This aspect shall be integrated with planning, technical and financial assessments
of the sub-project.
3.2.6.2 The sub-project shall include an assessment of ‘willingness to pay’ by the
participating industries for developing the CETP and its regular operation.
4 Criteria for Solid Waste Management Sub-projects
4.1 Eligibility Criteria
4.1.1 Sub projects would be selected and prioritized on the basis of the following
factors: (i) unorganized waste disposal sites on the river banks; (ii) religious,
historical and archeological sites of importance with poor solid waste
management; (iii) slums and small settlements along the river without formal
waste collection and transportation; (iv) small towns along the river without

84
 adequate solid waste management systems; and (v) rehabilitation and remediation
of existing disposal sites along the river.
4.1.2 Any new facility/sub-project should be fully integrated with the existing
components of the city-level solid waste management system (including primary
collection, secondary collection points, segregation at source and pre-processing
stage, transfer stations, landfills, recycling and reuse, treatment and processing,
rehabilitation and remediation of existing landfill sites).
4.1.3 All sub-projects addressing the above issues and with significant O&M needs,
such as collection & transportation, landfill, and waste processing, should be
commissioned with long-term (at least 15 years) O&M contracts (DBO or other
models).
4.1.4 Performance Bank guarantees should be provided by the selected operator for the
specified period of O&M. Or else, a suitable Terms of Payment for the overall
package should be worked out covering payments during the entire O&M period.
4.1.5 Technology selection will be on lowest lifecycle cost basis, calculated for local
conditions and required degree of recycling, treatment and processing. The bid
documents will provide the key parameters for this calculation, including specific
details, such as physico-chemical characteristics of waste, equipment and energy
prices, and land and manpower prices.
4.1.6 Informed consent of the ULB will be required, in the form of council resolution
for providing O&M for sub-project as well as its eventual ownership, if
applicable.
4.1.7 DPRs should be based on existing city solid waste management plans or a City
Sanitation Plan.
4.1.8 The ULB should provide an undertaking to allow monitoring of the sub-project
facilities/performance by third party for quality assurance as required by the
NGRBA program.
4.1.9 As part of their consent/approval of the DPR submitted to NGRBA program for
funding, the relevant ULBs may engage in the ULB capacity building program,
aimed at strengthening the technical, financial and management capacity of the
ULB. ULB will undertake to provide requisite staff, office space, logistics
support, for successful implementation of the agreed capacity-building activities.
4.1.10 Community participation and consultations should be ensured in the process of
FR/DPR preparation.
4.1.11 Sub-projects comprising component of land acquisition will be accorded sanction
at two stages. “In Principle” approval will be obtained first, on the basis of the
FR, and will be followed by DPR approval once the required steps in the land
acquisition process are completed.
4.1.12 Immediately after FR approval and in parallel with DPR preparation, the EA
along with the ULB would initiate land acquisition process for the project. This
would facilitate identification of the land, its survey and preliminary cost

85
 estimation so that the State Govt. is in readiness to issue the appropriate
notification under prevalent LA Act upon approval of DPR for speedy acquisition
of the land.
4.1.13 The FR should assess whether the sub-project has the potential for greenhouse gas
(GHG) reduction. The DPR should provide an estimate of this reduction and its
design implications.

4.2 Appraisal Criteria

4.2.1 Technical Standards of Preparation
4.2.1.1 Preparation should be based on a suitable design period for each kind of asset
based on forecasts of: population, water use/supply, and wastewater quantity and
quality. These assumptions must be suitably validated.
4.2.1.2 Project formulation should be based on detailed field surveys as appropriate,
including comprehensive waste quantification surveys, site investigations, and
proximity analysis.
4.2.1.3 Sub-projects should be in conformity with the Municipal Solid Waste
Management (Rules) 2000, and the SWM Manual published by CPHEEO,
MoUD.
4.2.1.4 Technology selection for waste treatment should be on lowest lifecycle cost basis,
calculated for local conditions and required degree and type of treatment. The bid
documents should provide the key parameters for this calculation, including site
specific details, e.g. waste physico-chemical characteristics, equipment and
energy prices, and land and manpower prices. Detailed analysis of type of waste
and its physico-chemical characterization should be carried out in order to
identify the choice of processing technology (such as composting, waste-to-
energy).
4.2.1.5 Integrated waste management strategy should be developed for small towns and
for augmentation in cities, if required.
4.2.1.6 The possibility of covering isolated residential pockets and slums through
decentralized transportation system should be explored based on techno-economic
considerations.
4.2.1.7 Sub-projects should include suitable provisions for improving the working
conditions and/or rehabilitation of local community workers (e.g. scavengers, rag
pickers, and recyclers).

4.2.2 Sub-Project Planning

4.2.2.1 Sub-project planning and design should be consistent with the City Sanitation
Plan or other master/investment plan being provided.
4.2.2.2 A detailed Project Implementation Plan supported by GANNT/CPM and/or PERT
Charts should be included.

86
 4.2.3 Sub-Project Costing
4.2.3.1 Updated and current Schedule of Rates should be used for rate analysis and
market rates may be used for the items not available in the SoR.
4.2.3.2 Price inflation and physical contingencies should be considered as applicable.

4.2.4 Financial Analysis

4.2.4.1 The ULB will need to draw up detailed O&M plan indicating likely revenue
earning vis-à-vis O&M costs of assets for lifetime operation (or at least 15 years).
4.2.4.2 The sub-project should also present a strategy to ensure financial sustainability of
the facility.

4.2.5 Economic Analysis

4.2.5.1 The sub-project should include a detailed economic analysis that provides
information of the benefits of the project to the community at large and the river
in particular. The analysis shall consider factors such as positive health impacts
as a result of environmental improvement of the city/town, economic benefit in
terms of employment generation, higher productivity, etc.

4.2.6 Social Assessments and Communications

4.2.6.1 Social assessments should be undertaken integrally with planning, technical and
financial assessments. Stakeholder engagement, outreach and communications
should be undertaken in conjunction with each sub-project and in relation to
specific issues (e.g. paying bills, reducing waste, total sanitation, etc.).
4.2.6.2 Contingent Valuation Method (CVM) may be adopted for beneficiary
assessments.
5 Criteria for River Front Management Sub-projects

5.1 Eligibility Criteria

5.1.1 Three types of sub-projects will be considered eligible for funding under the
riverfront management (RFM) sector: (i) comprehensive and integrated Area
Development Plans (ADPs); (ii) the construction or improvement of crematoria;
and (iii) the conservation and preservation of ecologically sensitive areas. ADP
sub-projects are expected to be in the majority under the NGRBA Program.
5.1.2 ADP sub-projects should be taken up in reasonably long stretch of ghats.
However, the ghats portion may be limited in length to the optimal and historical
use of the river. in case of smaller ghats, the sub-project may still be eligible if a
justifiable case is made for its cultural, historical, religious, economic or
recreational importance.

87
5.1.3 ADP sub-projects should be reasonably comprehensive and integrated, and should
consider all facets of area development, including urban planning, architecture
and the built environment, culture and heritage, religious practices, historical and
archeological sites, social and environmental improvements like properly
managed public toilets and solid waste management, development of ghats for
bathing and religious rites, recreational uses, and local economic development,
including the impact of proposed activities on the livelihoods of local
residents/users of the river.
5.1.4 Crematoria sub-projects should propose either the construction of one or more
new facilities, or the improvement of existing ones. Proposals should clearly
justify the local need and demand for these facilities and include a plan for their
sustainability.
5.1.5 Conservation and preservation sub-projects should: (i) focus solely on
ecologically sensitive stretches of the river prone to resource degradation; (ii)
demonstrate how conservation and preservation of the stretch’s ecology and
biodiversity will be achieved; and (iii) include specific knowledge generation,
communications, and public awareness activities.
5.1.6 All sub-projects should: (i) show adequate demand for the proposed
improvements; (ii) explain the social, environmental and economic impacts of the
works and activities proposed; and (iii) demonstrate sustainability, including for
operations and maintenance.
5.1.7 Sustainable revenue generating activities are encouraged, including activities
which can generate revenue from sustainable tourism. Revenue generation can be
through ring-fenced activities in the sub-project (e.g. user charges for a walkway
or park, or rent from kiosks) or through other schemes in the city (e.g. local
tourism charges or city luxury tax). Public Private Partnership (PPP) models for
design, construction, and operation of facilities are to be encouraged.
5.1.8 Sub-projects with engineering works - such as embankment development for river
channeling - that affect the hydraulics of the river are not eligible. Engineering
works are eligible provided the proposal demonstrates they will not interfere with
the hydraulics of the river.
5.1.9 Sub-projects should be prepared in consultation with local stakeholders, including
elected members of the ULB, citizens groups, businesses, religious leaders,
temple trusts, CBOs and NGOs. Stakeholders should be encouraged to participate
in the design and planning process, and their views should be reflected in the FR
and DPR.
5.1.10 Priority will be given to ADP sub-projects, and to those located in areas of
greatest need, defined as: (i) places of mass congregation; (ii) places of point
source pollution, including solid waste dumping; (iii) places of cultural, historical,
religious, economic or recreational importance; (iv) places that have become
derelict and where their enhancement would improve the quality of life and
economic activity in the area; and (v) places of high environmental and ecological
value.

88
 5.1.11 Proposals should avoid areas of disputed land tenure, although such areas will be
considered with clear proposals for early resolution. Priority will be given to sub-
projects that avoid land acquisition altogether and/or can obtain land through
donation. In case land acquisition is unavoidable, immediately after FR approval
and in parallel with DPR preparation, the EA along with the ULB would initiate
land acquisition process for the project. This would facilitate identification of the
land, its survey and preliminary cost estimation so that the State Govt. is in
readiness to issue the appropriate notification under prevalent LA Act upon
approval of DPR for speedy acquisition of the land.
5.1.12 Explicit and informed consent of ULB, as per the municipal laws, is required at
the time of submission of FR as well as of DPR. The consent should indicate
recognition of the nature, scale, and cost of the investment, especially the
projected O&M costs; and the roles and responsibilities of the ULB including an
undertaking to own and manage the facilities and assets. FRs or DPRs without
this consent will not be considered eligible.
5.1.13 The ULB should provide an undertaking to allow monitoring of the sub-project
facilities/performance by third party for quality assurance as required by the
NGRBA program.
5.1.14 As part of their consent/approval of the DPR submitted to NGRBA program for
funding, the relevant ULBs may engage in the ULB capacity building program,
aimed at strengthening the technical, financial and management capacity of the
ULB. ULB will undertake to provide requisite staff, office space, logistics
support, for successful implementation of the agreed capacity-building activities.
5.1.15 All legal and statutory approvals needed should be obtained and submitted with
the DPR, including from Port Authorities, Waterways Departments, and Irrigation
Departments as may be required.

5.2 Appraisal Criteria

5.2.1 The DPR should examine and consider all existing plans that have a bearing on
the sub-project, such as City Sanitation Plans, master plans, development plans,
cultural site development plans, and regional development plans. Plans previously
prepared by local citizens groups should also be consulted.
5.2.2 The DPR should be prepared in accordance with the NGRBA Program
framework, and include explicit assessments of the social, economic,
environmental, cultural, historical and religious aspects of the project. The DPR
should also carefully assess the particular physical and safety issues associated
with RFM sub-projects, such as river flow, flooding risks, drowning risks, and
crowd management.
5.2.3 The DPR should include a detailed economic analysis that provides information
on the benefits of the sub-project to the community at large and to the river in
particular.

89
5.2.4 The DPR should demonstrate that the design does not disturb the natural ecology,
habitats, forests, mud-flats, river hydraulics and flows due to any construction or
sub-project activity. In sub-projects where the river front includes undisturbed
environmentally sensitive habitats, forests, or natural landscapes, these should be
preserved or conserved appropriately.
5.2.5 The O&M costs for the first 5 years may be included in the project cost. The
O&M costs for the subsequent 10 years should also be estimated and presented in
the DPR. The O&M costs should include basic cleaning and waste management
for the proposed area.
5.2.6 The DPR should present an O&M plan, including the institutional and financial
arrangements to manage and finance sub-project activities. The DPR should also
include details of any proposed revenue generation, where applicable, and of the
post-implementation management of the sub-project, including the roles and
responsibilities of the State Government, the ULB, the Executing Agency,
religious trusts, the private sector, and/or any other government or non-
government stakeholder as appropriate.

90
B. Detailed Implementation Process for NGRBA Infrastructure Investments

Stage 1: Annual Planning

1. A state level annual planning meeting would be organized by the SPMG in early
September every year, with all relevant ULBs and EAs participating, to prepare the draft annual
activities plan for the state and approved by the State Executive Committee (SEC) of SRCA. The
SPMGs would submit to PMG the annual action plans by the end of September for the next
Financial Year.
2. For finalization of the state annual action plans, the PMG would organize an annual
planning meeting in October every year, with the 5 basin states participating. These interactions
between the SPMGs and the PMG would inform the preparation of the state annual action plans
to ensure that the planning meets the overall program objectives as well as the states’ needs and
priorities. The World Bank would provide relevant inputs in the consultations at both the SPMG
and PMG levels.
3. The PMG would prepare the NGRBA Annual Action Plan including a list of proposed
sub-projects, by November every year, for the next financial year incorporating the World
Bank’s considerations. This would be based on the annual action plan and supported Concept
Notes, prioritized according to the broad agreed prioritization and selection criteria, and
submitted by SPMGs, together with proposed centrally managed activities to be implemented
directly by the PMG or through national level EAs.
4. The Annual Plan would be submitted to the World Bank for comments, review and no
objection by December each year. The Plan would be finalized after incorporating World Bank
comments and receipt of an NOL from the World Bank to PMG. The Annual Plan would be
submitted to the Empowered Steering Committee (ESC) of NGRBA for concurrence by end
January.
5. The Action Plan would be submitted to the Empowered Steering Committee (ESC) of
NGRBA for concurrence by end January every year. Revision of the annual Action Plan during
the year would follow GoI’s normal budget revision timetable (this is to ensure revised budget
estimates are available for the remainder of the financial year).

Stage 2: Feasibility Report (FR) Preparation and Evaluation

6. The SPMG will coordinate the preparation of FRs for the sub-projects included in the
annual plan, by the respective EAs. The FR should include inter alia macro-planning, and
options scoping and analysis.
7. The ULB would enter into a Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) with the SPMG and the
EA to proceed with and accept the sub-project as well as related O&M obligations, subject to the
eventual implementation of the proposed investment.
8. The ULB and the EA with support of the SPMG, conduct consultations with the local
community on all aspects of the proposed sub-project, while making available all relevant
information to the public.
9. The SPMG may also take up for consideration concepts proposed by entities other than
the EAs; if a concept is approved the SPMG along with the concerned ULB would need to
identify an EA.
10. Investments for which the DPRs already exist but for which feasibility-stage analysis has
not been carried out would also require FRs.

91
11. The cost of preparation of the FR would be borne by the EA, and will be reimbursed at
the stage of final DPR approval.
12. For all infrastructure investments which would become ULB assets, the consent of the
relevant ULB (from appropriate ULB authority) should be attached in the FR. Without this
consent, the FR will not be accepted. It is intended that all infrastructure and assets created
and/or supported by the project would become ULB assets, hereby consolidating the
commitment to ownership, and sustained operations and maintenance, and emphasizing
community involvement. In no case the SPMG should forward an FR to the PMG without a
general body resolution of the ULB.
13. The SPMG would consider the FRs only for those investments which are included in the
approved long-list of investments in the annual plan.
14. The SPMG would not clear any FR which does not have identification of estimated land
parcels required for implementing the activity, along with tenure details of the land parcels.
15. The SPMG would evaluate the FR to ensure that it meets the requirements of the
NGRBA investments framework and the Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under
NGRBA / NRCP. The evaluation process should be carried out in coordination with the relevant
ULB. The SPMG would make a decision in maximum one month. It can either (i) forward the
approved FR to the PMG, or (ii) send it back to the sub-project Executing agency for
modification.
16. The PMG would evaluate the FR to ensure that it meets the requirements of the NGRBA
investments framework and the Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA /
NRCP. The PMG would convey its decision on the FR within a maximum of one month. It can
either (i) approve the FR, or (ii) send it back to the SPMG for modification. The FRs does not
require approval from the Empowered Steering Committee (ESC) of the NGRBA.
17. Approval of FR means that DPR preparation can be commenced. Approval of FR in no
case indicates commitment or approval to finance the proposed investment.
18. For FRs with pre-existing DPRs: if the DPR is in-line with the findings of the FR, then
that DPR may be accepted for review after suitable modifications; if the DPR is not in line with
the findings of the FR, that DPR may need to be reinvestigated, designs to be readjusted, and
cost estimates to be prepared using current rates, or a new DPR may be prepared.

Stage 3: DPR Preparation and Evaluation

19. The SPMG would communicate FR approvals (by the PMG) to the relevant EA. The
SPMG has the right to designate a different EA for DPR preparation, if found expedient.
20. DPR preparation would include environment and social assessment as per the
Environment & Social Management Framework.
21. The cost of preparation of the DPR would be borne by the EA, and will be reimbursed at
the stage of final DPR approval.
22. Immediately after FR approval and in parallel with DPR preparation, the EA along with
the ULB would initiate land acquisition process for the project. This would facilitate
identification of the land, its survey and preliminary cost estimation so that the State Govt. is in
readiness to issue the appropriate notification under prevalent LA Act upon approval of DPR for
speedy acquisition of the land.
23. The DPR would be approved by the SPMG in consultation and coordination with ULB.
The evaluations would include site visits as required. The SPMG would communicate its

92
decision, with appropriate state-level consent as needed, in a maximum of 30 days. It can either
(i) forward the approved DPR to the PMG, or (ii) send it back for modification.
24. The Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) previously entered into amongst the ULB, the
EA and the SPMG will be updated. The respective ULB (or prospective long term sub-project
owner) would undertake, based on the updated DPR proposals and cost implications, to proceed
with and accept the sub-project investments and all related operational and maintenance
obligations, subject to the eventual implementation of the proposed investment.

Stage 4: Appraisal and Approval of Sub-projects

25. PMG would evaluate the DPR to ensure that it meets the requirements of the NGRBA
investments framework and the Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA /
NRCP within maximum of 60 days. The evaluations would include third party appraisal site
visits and public consultations as required. The possible decisions are either (i) recommend
approval of DPR, (ii) send back to the SPMG for modifications.
26. In either case the appropriate DPR appraisal note would be prepared by the third party
appraisal agency in line with the “Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA /
NRCP”.

Stage 5: Confirmation of Appraisal of Sub-projects and Approval to Finance

27. The sub-projects (together with supporting documentation, including the recommended
DPRs) would be placed, following clearance by the PMG, to the Empowered Steering
Committee (ESC) of the NGRBA or to the Secretary (MOEF) for consideration. Formal
approvals would be based on the respective levels of authorization and estimated sub-project
costs. Sub-projects with estimated costs up to about Rs 25 crores ($US 5.5 million) could be
approved for implementation by the Secretary (MOEF) based on recommendations of the PMG.
Sub-projects costing more than this amount would be submitted for ESC for its consideration.

Stage 6: Execution - Bid Documents and Bidding

28. Wherever land acquisition is involved, after DPR approval, the State Govt. would move
immediately to disburse the award amount and assistance as per the Environment and Social
Management Framework so as to expedite the possession of the land prior to bids issuance.
29. The EA would be responsible for the preparation of bidding documents and
implementation of procurement.
30. The EA committee for evaluation and award of bids would have at least one member of
SPMG and one representative of the local ULB.

Stage 7: Construction Supervision, Quality Assurance, Monitoring and Evaluation

31. The EA would be responsible for putting in place arrangements for supervision of all
contracts. All civil and mechanical works investments would require comprehensive on-site
construction supervision, in accordance with international best practice. If required, the EAs may
procure and manage supervision consultants to address any capacity gap in the EA for effective
construction supervision.

93
32. The “Engineer to the Contract” would in each case be clearly set out in the Contract
documents, and would generally be a representative of the supervision consultants wherever
employed.
33. The SPMG would appoint independent/third-party inspection (TPI) consultants, to
supervise the execution of infrastructure investments under the NGRBA program, including
timely progress, quality of works and proper documentation and reporting as delineated in the
Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA / NRCP.
34. M&E / Result Framework Document (RFD) would be the responsibility of SPMG/PMG
and 6-monthly M&E / RFD reports will be prepared.
35. A city level Monitoring Committee in each ULB would also help monitor the
implementation of investments
36. Works would be handed over to the sub-project owner (generally the ULB) on
completion of the designated period of maintenance (generally 6 months to 1 year, depending on
sub-project complexity) and following final acceptance of completion of works arising during
the defects liability period, if required.
37. Contracts would include provision for 15 years O&M of the sub-project, including all
subsystems. The sub-project contractor would therefore operate and maintain for a fee the
completed works constructed under the sub-project for a 15 year period.

IV. Detailed Implementation Process for Non-Infrastructure Investments

38. For the World Bank-supported project, the pre-agreed non-infrastructure related activities
defined in Component One would be implemented as follows:

Activities under Component One Implementing EA

(Institutional Development) Institution
Institutional Support to the PMG and
PMG and SPMGs Self
the SPMGs
Sub-Component A:
Enhancing Ganga Knowledge
NGRBA PMG Self
Resources
Operationalization
Communications and Public Self or EA to be
and Program PMG
Participation (central level) selected
Management
Communications and Public Self or EA to be
SPMG
Participation (state level) selected
Sub-Component B:
Capacity-building of ULB Service
Technical Assistance SPMG ULB
Providers
for ULBs
Upgradation of Water Quality
PMG CPCB
Monitoring System
Sub-Component C: Capacity-building of Environmental
PMG CPCB
Technical Assistance Regulators (central level)
for Environmental Capacity-building of Environmental
SPMG SPCB
Regulators Regulators (state level)
Comprehensive Inventorying of
PMG CPCB
Pollution Sources

94
39. Proposals for innovative pilots and for communications and social outreach would
include funding windows managed by the PMG, which would evaluate the proposals submitted
in these areas twice a year (October and April) and make awards.
40. The process and format for infrastructure pilot proposals would be same as that for
infrastructure investments under the framework (i.e. FRs and DPRs would be needed); however
the pilots need not comply with all requirements of the investment framework and the Guidelines
for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA / NRCP.
41. The proposals for research and communication initiatives can be provided in a general
concept note format.

95
 Annex 7: Financial Management and Disbursement Arrangements
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. This Annex describes the financial management (FM) and disbursement arrangements for
the project. These arrangements are designed to account for and report the sources and uses of
project funds and to meet the Bank’s fiduciary requirements. The FM risk rating of the project is
‘Substantial’ 28.

2. Financial Assessments of Project Executing Agencies. FM Assessments have been

carried out for provisional EAs identified at this stage. Assessment of these EAs was done only
from a contract management perspective as the fund flow and accounting functions are
centralized at the PMG (for central level) and SPMGs (for state level). To facilitate efficient
management of funds, accounting, reporting and oversight, the fund flow arrangements have
been designed to keep the number of accounting units to a minimum (i.e. the PMG, four SPMGs
in the states of Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, West Bengal and Bihar, and the State-level
Implementing Unit in Jharkhand). See Figure 1.

3. Project Accounts. Project accounts will be maintained by these units using an off-the
shelf accounting package. Accounting for all NGRBA program activities will be done using a
double-entry accrual based accounting system.

4. Criteria for new EAs. Based on the assessments conducted for the potential EAs, certain
minimum criteria have been developed on FM aspects relating to contract management. Since
more EAs will be selected during project implementation, it will need to be ensured that these
specific minimum criteria are complied with, prior to confirmation of any new EA. These criteria
are listed in this Annex, under the section “Internal Controls and Audit Framework”.

5. Internal and External Audits. Quarterly internal audits will be conducted at the PMG and
the SPMGs, which will assist the management in identifying and addressing internal control
weaknesses. An Annual External audit will be conducted at the PMG and each SPMG by a
Private Firm of Chartered Accountants appointed by the PMG, under Terms of Reference and
selection criteria agreed with the Bank. A consolidation of the audited financial statements of the
PMG and SPMGs, together with the individual audited project financial statements, will be
submitted to the Bank annually.

6. Financial Reporting. PMG will submit consolidated interim unaudited financial reports
(IUFRs) to the Bank on a quarterly basis. The Bank will disburse funds to the GoI based on
expenditures documented by the IUFRs.

7. FM Manual. Details on the financial management processes of the project – including

budgeting, fund flow, internal control framework, accounting, financial reporting and audit
arrangements –are described in the Financial Management Manual.

28
A detailed risk matrix is provided at the end of the Annex.

96
Fund Flow Design

8. The PMG will receive NGRBA funds from the MoEF budget in an earmarked project
bank account. The PMG will have its own NGRBA budget line, and a separate budget
classification for the specific Bank financed project. The PMG will transfer funds to the SPMGs
on half-yearly basis, for implementation of the agreed annual action plan. These transfers will be
made in May and November. The PMG will release the November installment to each SPMG (i)
after the SPMG has submitted its project Audit Report of the previous financial year to the PMG;
and (ii) on reasonable utilization of the first installment of the reporting year. The State
Government will release its share of funds to the SPMG within two months of the receipt of the
installment from the PMG.

9. In order to streamline the arrangements, funds will flow only up to the level of the
SPMG, which will have a project bank account (the “mother account”) where project funds
received from the PMG, and from the states 29, will be held (see Figure 1). Each EA will have a
sub-project specific zero balance bank account (the “child account”) in the same bank. The EA
will have the authority to issue payment instructions to pay contractors/ suppliers/service
providers for undertaking project activities within the scope of the approved annual action plan.
Through a sub-project specific payment system, the SPMG Banker will ensure that the payments
from an EA bank account do not exceed the annual amount sanctioned for that EA for the
particular sub-project. As soon as a payment instruction is issued by the EA to its banker, the
banker will check compliance with the ceiling as mentioned above and then draw the required
funds from the SPMG mother account and transfer the same to the suppliers’/contractors’
account on the same date. This transfer of funds from the mother account to the
supplier/contractor/service provider account will happen through Real Time Gross Settlement
(RTGS) 30. Thus at the end of any given day, the EA child account will always have a zero
balance. Similar arrangements will also be made for fund flows between the PMG and the EAs at
the central level.

Accounting and Financial Reporting

10. The above-mentioned fund flow arrangements will significantly mitigate the risks of
inadequate financial management capacities of EAs, which were likely to cause delays in
accounting, financial reporting and auditing. The fund flow design will also make possible
accounting of all central and state level expenditures by the PMG and SPMGs. Project accounts
will be maintained by using an off-the shelf accounting package. All NGRBA program activities
will use double-entry accrual based accounting system.
11. Each SPMG will submit quarterly Interim Unaudited Financial Reports (IUFRs) to the
PMG. The PMG will consolidate the IUFRs received from the five accounting units along with

29
State Government’s contribution
30
RTGS is a funds transfer system where money is moved from one bank to another in ‘real-time’, and on gross basis. When
using the banking method, RTGS is the fastest possible way to transfer money. ‘Real-time’ means that the payment transaction
isn’t subject to any waiting period. The transaction will be completed as soon as the processing is done, and gross settlement
means that the money transfer is completed on a one to one basis without clustering with another transaction.

97
its own, and submit a quarterly consolidated IUFR to the World Bank within 60 days from the
end of each quarter. The IUFR formats and detailed instructions for preparation of IUFRs are
provided in the FM Manual.
Figure 1: Fund Flow Diagram
World Bank GOI MOEF

NGRBA PMG Central EAs

GOWB GOB GOJ

GoUP GOU
K

SPMG, SPMG, SPMG, SMPG, DOUD,

GoUP GoUK GoWB GoB GoJ

State level State level State level State level State level
EAs EAs EAs EAs EAs

Fund Flow from Transfer of funds by RTGS from

NGRBA PMG/SPMG Mother Account
to bank account of service
Fund flow from providers via EA’s zero balance
the State child account
Government

Disbursements and Eligible Expenditures

12. The total project cost is USD 1,556 million. The Bank will finance 89% of the central
share of the project costs excuding land costs. The Bank will not finance the cost of purchase or
acquisition of any land under the project.
13. The World Bank will provide an initial advance up to a fixed ceiling 31 of US$ 80 million
in a Designated Account (DA) with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). Thereafter further
advances of funds will be disbursed by the Bank to the DA every quarter based on amounts spent
out of this advance as documented by the consolidated quarterly IUFRs subject to the DA fixed
ceiling. The PMG will submit consolidated withdrawal application requests for advances and
reimbursement to the Bank through CAAA for the entire project based on expenditures incurred

31
This is usually equivalent to the estimated expenditure for the first six months. A fixed ceiling would mean that
the PMG can draw up to that amount initially, but can also draw less if required. This fixed ceiling may be increased
later during project implementation based on the requirements of the project. This is more flexible and saves the
Government service charges.

98
during the quarter and documented in the consolidated IUFRs as well as the project's future
financing needs.The disbursement methods that may be used are (i) Advance (ii) Reimbursement
and (iii) Direct Payment. Funds will be disbursed by the Bank under the following disbursement
categories:
Category Amount of the Financing Allocated Percentage of
Expenditures to be
(US$) Financed
(Inclusive of Taxes)

IDA IBRD Total

Institutional 154,806,536 0 154,806,536 89% of central share

Development
Priority 41,249,390 798,997,500 840,246,890 89% of central share
Infrastructure of eligible
Investments expenditures
Project 2,944,074 0 2,944,074
Preparation
Advance
Refinancing
Front-End 0 2,002,500 2,002,500
Fee
Total 199,000,000 801,000,000 1,000,000,000
Amount

14. Under Component One, the sharing of costs between the central and state governments
will be as follows:
Components Central % State %
A. Institutional Development
A. NGRBA Operationalization and Program Management
Ganga Knowledge Center 100% 0%
NGRBA PMG 100% 0%
Uttarakhand SPMG 70% 30%
Uttar Pradesh SPMG 70% 30%
Bihar SPMG 70% 30%
Jharkhand SPMG 70% 30%
West Bengal SPMG 70% 30%
B. Technical Assistance for ULB Service Providers 70% 30%
C. Technical Assistance for Environmental Regulators
CPCB (incl. Water Quality Monitoring System) 100% 0%
Uttarakhand SPCB 70% 30%
Uttar Pradesh SPCB 70% 30%
Bihar SPCB 70% 30%
Jharkhand SPCB 70% 30%
West Bengal SPCB 70% 30%
Research studies and training 100% 0%

99
The Bank will finance 89% of the central share of the project costs paid and reported in the
consolidated Quarterly IUFR.

15. Under Component Two, the central and state governments will be financing all
investments in the 70:30 ratio except for those in industrial pollution control, where the center
and state governments will each contribute 25% of the cost and the remainder 50% will be borne
by the industry. The Bank will finance 89% of the central government’s share of eligible
expenditure.
16. Eligible expenditure for each investment under Component Two is the actual paid
expenditures excluding land costs incurred for a particular investment and reported to the Bank
in the quarterly consolidated IUFRs, subject to an overall ceiling of the amount sanctioned by the
PMG for that particular investment based on the DPR excluding land costs. This sanctioned
amount will include the estimated costs of works, goods and services required for that
investment including costs for preparing FR, DPR, RAP, and other estimated incremental
operating costs of the EA for executing that particular investment and contingencies.
17. In other words, if the amount sanctioned by the PMG for investment Y based on the
DPR is INR 10 million,which includes estimated cost of land, works, goods, services, prep costs
of FR, DPR, RAP, and other estimated incremental operating costs of the PEA for executing the
specific investment and contingencies, then the eligible expenditure for that particular
investment will be actual paid expenditures excluding land costs for the above-mentioned items
reported in the IUFRs subject to a ceiling of INR 10 million excluding land costs. So, the Bank
will finance (lesser of actual costs excluding land costs or sanctioned amount excluding land
costs) x 70% x 89%. However, if the investment pertains to the industrial pollution management
sector, then the Bank will finance (lesser of actual costs excluding land costs or sanctioned
amount excluding land costs) x 25% x 89%.

Internal Controls & Audit Framework

18. The Consolidated Annual Action Plan of the Project approved by the PMG will form the
basis of implementation. The World Bank will also review this Plan before finalisation. The
Memoranda of Association of the PMG and the SPMGs lay down the framework for delegation
of the administrative and financial powers mandated for the Project. Under Component Two, no
subproject can be undertaken unless sanctioned by the PMG. All variations in contracts awarded
by EAs under the Project will have to be approved by the SPMGs and beyond a certain threshold
these will have to be approved by the PMG as provided in the MOAs of the PMG and SPMGs.
In case of prior review contracts variation orders are also required to be approved by the World
Bank as per the Bank’s Procurement guidelines. These controls will ensure transparency in
contract management.

19. The fund flow arrangements are designed to simplify procedures and mitigate risks,
including the diversion of funds, use of funds for unintended purposes, and delays in accounting,
financial reporting and auditing.

20. Potential EAs identified at this stage were assessed from the perspective of contract
management. The contract management processes and record keeping systems were reviewed

100
and found adequate. The audit reports of the EAs were also reviewed to see if there are any
significant issues relating to contract management.

21. Since additional EAs may be selected during project implementation, the selection
process will ensure that specific minimum criteria on fiduciary aspects relating to contract
management are complied with before an EA selection is finalized. Compliance with these
criteria will be ensured by the SPMG. A responsible official from the SPMG will check these
criteria, record the status against each criteria and sign off. The Bank will do a prior review of
the selection process followed for the first one or two EAs in each state to ensure that the
minimum criteria are adhered to.These criteria are:

(a) Updated and current Schedule of Rates (SOR) should be used by the EAs for sub-project
costing; market rates may be used for the items not available in the SORs.
(b) Last three external and internal audit reports (if the EA has an Internal audit system)
should be shared with the SPMG. If there are any significant unresolved internal control
weaknesses reported in these audit reports with regard to contract management processes,
a time-bound action plan to resolve these will need to be agreed with SPMG before the
EA is approved.
(c) The EAs should have adequate autonomy and financial powers to implement the
subprojects including the ability to sign contracts and take liability for
failure/underperformance of contracts. The EAs delegation of financial powers should be
clearly documented and made available to the SPMG.
(d) The EA should have an adequate system of checks and measurement/inspections of
works, which should be clearly documented and made available to the SPMG.

22. Payments should be made to contractors/consultants/suppliers within the time limit

stipulated in the contract documents. The standard contract documents lay down such timelines
for payment of acceptable invoices. If the invoice is not acceptable, the reasons of non-
acceptance should normally be communicated to the contractor/supplier/consultant within two
weeks of the receipt of the invoice. The standard contract documents also lay down norms for
penalties for non-payment within the prescribed timeline as well as penalties for failure of
delivery of goods/ works of agreed standards within prescribed timeline.
23. All implementing agencies, including the PMG, SPMGs and the EAs, should have an
information system for tracking and monitoring timeliness of payments to suppliers/contractors.
The system will be able to generate exception reports for the management for monitoring and
taking necessary actions.

24. The PMG and each SPMG will also hire private firms of chartered accountants as internal
auditors to assess effectiveness of internal controls and to provide independent assurance on the
adequacy of internal controls to mitigate financial risks. The internal auditors will be appointed
no later than 6 months of the date of effectiveness under Trems of reference 32 and selection
criteria agreed with the Bank. However, the PMG plans to set up its own internal audit unit
within two years of the project start. Once the internal audit unit of the PMG has been

32
The agreed terms of references of the Internal and External Auditors are provided in the FM Manual

101
established with adequate numbers of appropriately qualified staff to conduct quarterly internal
audits in the PMG and SPMGs, the project's internal audit function will be entrusted to this unit.
The internal auditors will work in close coordination with the technical supervision consultants
to obtain assurance that contract payments are made as per the terms of the contracts. The PMG
will ensure that the work of internal auditors is duly considered by the external auditors when
planning the scope of their audit examination. The PMG will share with the Bank a report on
actions taken in response to the internal audit.

External Audit

25. Each SPMG and the PMG will prepare annual financial statements and have them
audited by an independent external auditor appointed by the PMG under terms of reference and
selection criteria agreed with the Bank. Each SPMG will submit its annual audited financial
statements together with the audit report to the PMG. The PMG will prepare a consolidation of
the annual audited financial statements of the five SPMGs together with its own, and submit the
same along with the individual audit reports and audited financial statements to the Bank by
September 30 every year. The PMG will ensure that the auditors follow the agreed terms of
engagement and the audit observations are satisfactorily dealt with in a timely manner. If the
annual audited financial statements together with the audit report of the PMG or any SPMG is
not submitted to the Bank within four months of the due date of submission (i.e. January 31 of
the following calendar year), remedies will be applied to the defaulting entity as per the Bank’s
Operational / Business Policy (10.02) – namely that project disbursements to the defaulting
entity based on IUFRs will be discontinued.

26. The annual entity report of the PMG will also be provided to the Bank.

27. Pursuant to the World Bank Policy on Access to Information, Bank will require that the
PMG disclose the audited financial statements on the project website. Following the Bank’s
formal receipt of these statements from the borrower, the Bank will make them available to the
public in accordance with the World Bank Policy on Access to Information. The Bank normally
makes these statements available to the public through its external website.

Staffing
28. The PMG at the central level and SPMGs at the state level are being set up as registered
societies, with agreed structure and staffing plans. A chartered accountant has been appointed for
the PMG. The staffing structure of the finance unit of each SPMG has been agreed. A chartered
Accountant will support the finance function in each SPMG. Both PMG and SPMG will be
supported by Project Management Consultants who will also cover financial management
functions.

Retroactive Financing
29. Expenditures incurred with the Bank’s concurrence on or after January 1, 2011 and
according to the Bank’s procurement guidelines are eligible for retroactive financing up to an
overall ceiling of US$ 10 million.

102
Risk Assessment
30. Based on a risk assessment summarized in the matrix below, the FM risk rating of the
project is ‘Substantial’ (see Table 1).
FM Supervision Strategy
31. The project will need very close supervision by the Bank in the initial years of
implemention. Considering the size and the geographical spread of the project, two Senior
Financial Management Specialists have been allocated to this project. FM supervision will be
done through field visits every six months, review of the Annual External Audit Reports together
with review of the the actions taken by the mangement on the audit findings. The Bank will also
receive quarterly Interim Unaudited Financial Reports which will inform the Bank of the
financial progress. In addition to the financial reports and external audit results, the Bank will
also use the relevant findings emanating from the clients' M&E systems and internal controls
such as technical audits and internal audits, for FM supervision and assurance. The fiduciary
obligation of the Bank will be restricted to the Bank financed operation only and will not extend
to the entire NGRBA Program.
Table 1: Risk Matrix
Risk Risk Rating Mitigation Measures Expected Rating
before after mitigation
mitigation
1. Inherent Risk
Country Level M M

Entity Level: S Various technical assistance S

NGRBA is a newly formed activities have been initiated
entity. The PMG and SPMGs including capacity building of
are being established. all associated agencies so that
they have sufficient knowledge
and resources to prepare and
implement the Project/NGRBA
Program. However these
mitigation measures are not yet
fully implemented
Project Level: S S
The project involves multiple Stream-lined fund flow design
EAs in different sectors having through zero balance child
varying FM capacities. This accounts and consequent
together with the geographical centralization of the accounting
scatter may result in poor function will simplify the FM
financial management design of the project. However
these are new arrangements to
be implemented by newly
formed entities.
Overall Inherent Risk S S
2. Control Risks
Budget: S S
Variations between budget and Budget to be based on proper [Based on track

103
actuals for government sector work plan and procurement record of donor
projects are usually high. plan. Training in preparation of funded projects,
budgets. risk may continue
to be substantial,
especially in initial
years.]
Funds Flow S M
The Fund flow arrangements Similar fund flow arrangements
designed for the Project is are being implemented
different compared to the successfully by scheduled
existing fund flow arrangements Banks in the public and private
in place in MOEF and NRCD. sectors.

Fund releases by the Centre are

predicated on timely release of
funds by the State Government.

Accounting and Financial S M

Reporting At the Central and State levels,
the accounting and financial
Multiple agencies with varying reporting functions have been
capacities. Newly formed centralized at PMG and SPMGs
implementing entities. Delay in respectively. Off the shelf
submission of claims based on accounting software will be
quarterly IUFRs. used. Professional accountants
to support finance functions at
PMG and SPMGs.

Internal control:

New EAs may be selected H Prior to confirmation of any S.

during the course of the Project. new EA, specific minimum
EAs where actual execution of criteria on FM aspects must be
work will be done will be large complied with. These criteria
in number spread across five are laid down in the
states. Approval of payments for implementation arrangements
expenses incurred and contract section of the NGRBA Program
management will be done at Framework.
multiple levels.
Each State will have an Internal
audit system to ensure that
adequate internal controls are in
place and working effectively.
ToRs will be agreed with the
Bank.

The framework approach will

ensure that there are adequate
financial controls.

104
Audit
(i) Submission of audit Report (i)There will be a single
by September 30 every year may S external auditor for the Project. M
be a challenge PMG will plan and coordinate
the annual external audit.
(ii)Quality of audit
(ii) Auditors satisfactory to the
Bank will conduct audit based
on agreed TORs.
Overall Control Risk S S
Overall Risk Rating S S

105
 Annex 8: Procurement Arrangements
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. Procurement for the proposed project would be carried out in accordance with the World
Bank’s “Guidelines: Procurement under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits” dated January 2011, and
“Guidelines: Selection and Employment of Consultants by World Bank Borrowers” dated
January 2011; and the provisions stipulated in the Legal Agreement. Following the World Bank
guidelines for procurement, a Procurement Manual has been developed, detailing the
procurement process, procedures to be followed, methods, roles and responsibilities of NPMG,
SPMG and PEAs, prior and post review arrangements etc. This Manual is reviewed and found in
accordance with the Bank Guidelines and in the event of any conflict in interpretation of various
provisions for procurement in case of items procured using the proceeds from the World Bank,
interpretations of provisions of World Bank Procurement and Consultancy Guidelines will
prevail.

2. Prior-Review Thresholds. Prior-review and procurement method thresholds agreed

with NGRBA for the project based on the risk assessed at the appraisal stage are detailed in
Tables 1, 2 and 3 below. These thresholds shall be reviewed periodically during the life of the
project to bring in any changes as demanded by further risk assessments.

Table 1: Procurement Thresholds/Methods and Value thresholds for Civil Works are:

Expenditure Value* (Threshold per Procurement Contracts subjected to Prior

Category contract) Method Review/Post Review#
(a) Civil Works estimated to
National Shopping Post review only
cost equivalent to US$ 100,000
Civil Works or less per contract.
Force Account Post review only
including
First two works contract by each
Works that
(b) Civil Works estimated to institution under the project NCB
involve National
cost more than the equivalent regardless of value and all contracts above
supply and Competitive
to US$ 100,000 per contract US$ 5 Million equivalent each will be
installation Bidding (NCB)
and less than USS 20 Million@. prior reviewed by the Bank
components
All other contracts by the post review.
for STPs.
International
(b) Civil Works estimated to
Competitive All ICB contracts will be subject to
cost more than US$ 20 Million
Bidding (ICB)

* If a transaction comprises several packages, lots or slices, the aggregate estimated value of contracts determines the applicable
threshold amount.
# Irrespective of the prior review thresholds, first NCB contract for goods and works from all procurement entities will be
subjected to prior review by Bank.
@ Under Works category, NCB method limit of up to $20 Million to be used for STPs under Component 2 of the project, for
items/packages identified in prior approved procurement plans. Irrespective of this upper limit, the decision to proceed on NCB
or ICB terms above the value of $10 Million will be based on: (i) a capacity assessment of the local contracting industry and
ability of potential bidders to respond to the tender requirements; and (ii) the scope for reduction of the geographical dispersion
of the contracts (whenever possible) through a careful packaging strategy to be applied during the feasibility DPR stage and
while finalizing the annual plans and procurement plans.

106
 Table 2: Methods and Value thresholds for Goods

Goods Value Threshold* Methods Review Arrangements

National Shopping

Framework Contracts as per the

provisions of Procurement Guidelines

(i) US$ 50,000 equivalent DGS&D rate contracts (State Rate Post review only
or less per contract Contracts cannot be used at par with
Shopping. If state rate contract exists
for an item, the same can be
considered as one of the 3 quotations
Equipment, to be sought under shopping
Machinery, procedures)
Vehicles, (ii) Proprietary equipment;
Furniture, software; print, audio or Prior review with
Learning visual educational justifications as per
Direct Contracting
Materials publications; and other Guidelines
etc. learning resources
irrespective of value
National Competitive Bidding (NCB)
First bidding document and
(iii) Contracts of more than
first contract of all PEAs,
US$ 50,000 equivalent but Framework Contracts as per the
SPMGs and NPMG will be
less than US$ 1 Million provisions of Procurement Guidelines
subject by Prior review by
equivalent.
the Bank
all ICB contracts are subject
(iv) Contracts of more than
International Competitive Bidding to Prior review by the Bank
US$ I Million equivalent

* If a transaction comprises several packages, lots or slices, the aggregate estimated value of contracts determines the applicable
threshold amount.

107
 Table 3: Methods and Value thresholds for Consultancy Services

Goods Value Threshold* Methods Review Arrangements

Quality and Cost Based
Selection (QCBS)
(a) More than
US$200,000 equivalent
Would comprise entirely of
per contract.
national consultants for all
contracts below US$500,000
Quality and Cost Based
Selection (QCBS)

Or

(b) More than Selection based on a Fixed

US$100,000 and up to Budget (FBS)
US$200,000 equivalent Prior Review.
Or
Consultancy
First two Contracts irrespective of
Services
Selection Based on Least Cost value and all subsequent contracts
(Firms)
Basis (LBS) valued above $ 200,000.

Selection Based on Least Cost

Basis (LBS)

Or

(c) US$100,000 Selection based on Consultant’s

equivalent or less per Qualification (CQ)
contract.
Or

Selection based on a Fixed

Budget (SFB)

Prior Review of all contracts valued

Competitive Selection based on
Individual above $50,000.All others post
review of 3 shortlisted
Consultants review
Consultants

* If a transaction comprises several packages, lots or slices, the aggregate estimated value of contracts determines
the applicable threshold amount.

3. National Competitive Bidding (NCB) method for procurement and goods and works as
per the above value thresholds will be conducted in accordance with paragraph 3.3 and 3.4 of the
World Bank Procurement Guidelines and the following provisions:
(i) Only the model bidding documents for NCB agreed with the GOI Task Force (and as
amended for time to time), shall be used for bidding;
(ii) Invitations to bid shall be advertised in at least one widely circulated national daily
newspaper or in the official gazette, or on a widely used website or electronic portal
with free national and international access, in English, at least 30 days prior to the
deadline for the submission of bids;

108
 (iii) No special preferences will be accorded to any bidder either for price or for other
terms and conditions when competing with foreign bidders, state owned enterprises,
small scale enterprises or enterprises from any given state;
(iv) Extension of validity shall not be allowed without the prior concurrence of the World
Bank (i) for the first request for extension if it is longer than four weeks; and (ii) for all
subsequent requests for extension irrespective of the period (such concurrence will be
considered by the Bank only in case of Force Majeure and circumstances beyond the
control of the Purchaser/Employer).
(v) Re-bidding shall not be carried out without the prior concurrence of the World Bank.
The system of rejecting bids outside a pre-determined margin or “bracket” of prices
shall not be used in the project;
(vi) Rate contracts entered into by Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals will not
be acceptable as a substitute for NCB procedures;
(vii) Two or three envelope system will not be used;
(viii) No negotiations are conducted even with the lowest evaluated responsive bidders.

4. Procurement Plan and Procurement Arrangements. Given the long-term nature of the
NGRBA program and the fact that universe of potential investments is large, the project
implementation process has adopted an investment framework approach setting the “rules of the
game” for criteria and quality assurance standards covering various aspects including eligibility,
prioritization, planning, technical preparation, financial and economic analyses, environmental
and social management, long term O&M sustainability, etc. This approach allows infrastructure
investments under Component 2 of the project to be selected on a dynamic and ongoing basis.
The PMG and SPMG of each state shall prepare procurement plan and procurement activity
schedule for the project life as part of the Annual Planning process agreed for the project. The
Consolidated Annual Action Plan to be submitted by PMG to the Bank for prior review and
agreement would include the Procurement Plan for these investments falling under Component
2. Under this component, procurement actions by EAs will be initiated only after Bank’s no-
objection to Procurement Plan and Procurement Activity Schedule. The procurement plan shall
be disclosed in the PMG/SPMG website, notice boards and Bank’s website.
5. Thus, procurement planning during the preparatory phase of the project is limited to the
first component on Institutional Development. The Procurement Plan for this Component 1 has
been prepared by NGRBA, reviewed by the Bank, and agreed. This plan will be updated
annually to reflect any changes.
6. Use of Agreed Bidding Documents: It is agreed with NGRBA that only Model Bidding
documents agreed with the Bank will be used for procurement of goods, works and services
under the project and accordingly for ICB contracts for goods and works, World Bank Standard
Bidding Documents will be used. For NCB contracts, Standard Bidding Documents (SBDs) will
be used as agreed between the Task Force of GoI and the World Bank and incorporating any
amendments and/or special conditions as applicable. NGRBA Procurement Manual Part II has
included the various documents required for procurement management, including model bidding
documents to be used for NCB, Shopping, various types of consultancy contracts, bid evaluation
forms, etc.
7. For selection of institutional and individual Consultants for providing services, the
project will use QCBS, QBS, Selection based on Consultants’ Qualification, Fixed Budget

109
Selection, Least Cost Selection, Single Source Selection, and Selection of Individual Consultants
as appropriate, subject to approval by the Bank. For service contracts, Bank SBDs will be used.
8. For Procurement under PPP Concessions and Similar Private Sector Arrangements, the
selection will be carried out under the provisions of paragraph 13 (a) of Bank Procurement
Guidelines for Goods and Works. Draft RFQ/RFP and Concession documents to be used for PPP
selection shall be subjected to prior review and No Objection by the Bank.
9. Eligibility conditions as detailed in the World Bank Procurement Guidelines shall be
followed by the PMG, SPMG and EAs. Goods and services procured from any Government
department or undertaking in a manner that does not fulfill provisions of paragraph 1.10 (b) of
Bank’s Guidelines for Goods and Works will not be eligible for Bank financing. This includes,
but is not limited to, centage charges paid to EAs from the project costs financed by the
Bank.Such costs and charges, if any, will be met by the Government from its own resources.
10. Pursuant to the provisions of Consultancy Guidelines 1.13 (c) service for providing
satellite imagery for project activities by Government entities like Survey of India (SoI) and
National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) are considered unique and exceptional nature
including because of the regulatory framework for this purpose existing in the country and
absence of a suitable private sector alternative, and their participation is critical to project
implementation. Hence reimbursement of claims for their services, for the project purposes, as
proposed in the Procurement Plan will be eligible.

Risks and Mitigation Measures

11. Given the framework approach adopted for all infrastructure investments proposed under
the project, this project has certain high inherent risks: (i) additional Executing agencies may be
selected during implementation- based on agreed criteria, (ii) there is no procurement plan as the
infrastructure sub projects will also be only identified during implementation, (iii) bidding
documents for the initial period have not been prepared (given the design of the project). Hence
there will be no procurement plan or preparation and issue of bids for early investments under
this component during the preparation stage. This is unlike other infrastructure projects, where
the readiness filter includes issuing bids for the first lot of investments during the preparations.
So, there is the inherent risk with possible delays in start-up.
12. As an assessment of all EAs are not feasible during the preparation phase, procurement
capacity of three provisional EAs identified in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and West Bengal was
carried out for arriving at the procurement risks as part of preparation. Summaries of risks
identified for each of these EAs is given below:
a. Uttar Pradesh Jal Nigam (UPJN): Lack of clarity or accountability on decisions as
procurement decision makers not empowered. Incorrect or ad hoc application of
procurement process results in delays. Poor record keeping. Work environment
does not promote openness. Inadequate demand estimation and planning of
procurement results in overstocking or insufficient quantities of supplies. Non
standardized SBDs used for NCB, known to only to local bidders. Disincentive to
competition due to lack of system to resolve complaints.
b. Kolkata Metropolitan Development Authority (KMDA): There is no procurement

110
 manual. West Bengal State Financial Rules and Treasury Rules are followed. At
present significant procurement is being carried out by Kolkata Metropolitan
Development Authority (KMDA). It is expected that the investments will be
executed by the many Executing Agencies (EAs), to be selected by the SPMG.
These EAs are yet to be decided. Tender documents used at present do not include
any qualification criteria. There is no disclosure policy in the department. There is
no formal system of monitoring the completion date of civil works or delivery
date of goods ordered.
c. Bihar Urban Infrastructure Development Corporation (BUIDCO): A Procurement
Manual has been developed, but it does not have a section on procurement
planning. Procurement procedures allow two-envelope system that is not
practiced by Bank on account of safe keeping of 2nd bid and frivolous reasons for
rejection of technical offers. No goods bid document was ready, hence quality of
bidding document including that of technical specifications could not be judged.
There is no system in place to allow the complaints to be disposed off
administratively than judicial review. Physical inspection and compliance checks
are not part of internal/external audit.
13. Based on the above and given that a number of new EAs will be joining the project
during implementation and that the overall procurement capacity and risk cannot therefore be
assessed in advance, the procurement risk for the project is rated as “High”. Subsequent to the
nomination of EAs and their procurement assessment, revision of risk rating if required will be
carried out within the first year of the project.
14. The following measures were agreed to mitigate the risks:
(a) A Procurement Manual following Bank Procurement Guidelines is developed with
formats to guide procurement and thresholds based methods for goods, works and
services. The manual details the proposed systems, delegated authorities along with
capacity development needs and Bidding Documents, various protocols and formats to be
used.
(b) A Procurement Unit is being established in the national PMG headed by a Procurement
Specialist, and dedicated Procurement Officers will be hired at each SPMG with overall
responsibility for procurement planning, implementation monitoring, and oversight.
(c) Selecting a Procurement Support Consultant for hand holding and building capacity of
newer PAs as they enter the project. This is also intended to manage possible delays in
procurement and project management due to procurement capacity constraints in new
EAs.
(d) Prior and post review arrangements, as mentioned above, are put in place with enhanced
monitoring arrangements. About 20% of all contracts below the prior review threshold
will be post reviewed by the Bank, or Bank appointed Consultants, on an annual basis.
(e) A Grievance Redressal and Dispute Resolution Mechanism will be implemented as part
of the GAAP.
(f) As part of the technical assistance for procurement management, the project will also

111
support NGRBA in the migration to e-procurement solutions that meet all requirements
and conditions of funding support.

112
 Annex 9: Economic and Financial Analysis
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

A. Overview and Methodology

1. The economic analysis directly relates to the second project development objective:
“That the NGRBA reduces point source pollution loads through sustainable interventions at
selected locations on the Ganga.” Consequently, the economic analysis quantifies neither the
health benefits (other than those that follow from better ambient river quality) nor the capacity
building of the NGRBA. While the economic analysis for NGRBA cannot do justice to the full
range of benefits and the dynamic interactions between social development and policy that will
result from the project, and therefore is likely to underestimate the benefits of the NGRB project;
the choice of an economic analysis in a stricter sense is consistent with analyses of similar
projects.

2. The financial and economic analysis for the project has been carried out in three parts: (i)
a program level analysis of the economic benefits; (ii) a representative cost-effectiveness
analysis (CEA) and cost benefit analysis (CBA) of typical investments; and (iii) an economic
analysis to be required for each of the sub-projects to be submitted under the framework
approach. In turn, the economic analysis required for each sub-project to be implemented under
the NGRBA Program will consist of three parts: (i) an analysis of cost-effectiveness to assist in
selection of best process design; (ii) a CBA to ensure overall economic efficiency and identify
sensitive parameters requiring greater attention during sub-project implementation; and, (iii) a
financial sustainability analysis of the investments (e.g. for O&M) and of the financial viability
of the local service providers.

3. The program level analysis takes the ex-post analysis of the Ganga Action Plan
(Markandya 2000) as its starting point. It maintains the methodology and updates this assessment
to reflect the new NGRBA program and to reflect changes in incomes, river quality, and
population levels that have occurred during the last decade of rapid growth. The methodology
used reflects the requirements of the World Bank O.P. 10.04. Benefits have been partly based on
a willingness to pay survey, which elicits the subjective assessments of respondents (users as
well as non-users of the river) of their willingness to pay for improved water quality and partly
based on quantified assessments of economic use benefits such as health benefits accruing to
river users, fishing benefits, and benefits for farmers from replacing commercial fertilizer with
sludge inter alia. The ex-post study found that the major benefit of river cleanup accrues to non-
consumptive users of the river (e.g. ritual bathers) and to non-users who benefit from the
knowledge that the river is cleaner as a result of program. In comparison, use benefits of the
river, such as health, agriculture and fisheries, were found to be lower.

4. While a comprehensive framework has been developed to facilitate undertaking CBA of

each selected intervention in NGRBA, specific analyses of a few typical investments (in
municipal wastewater management, industrial pollution management, and solid waste
management) have been carried out to assess the contributions of such interventions to the
overall goal. These specific analyses are based on sub-project DPRs within the basin or on
projects that have been recently completed. The analyses use standard methods of CEA and CBA

113
adapted to local conditions through a partial equilibrium analysis that captures local quantifiable
benefits and impacts but necessarily neglects more complex basin wide cumulative and non-
linear impacts. Sensitivity analyses rely on a range of unit values for benefits derived from the
program level analysis. The sub-project analyses are intended as a model for CEA and CBA to
be carried out throughout project implementation in accordance with the NGRBA investment
framework.

5. This Annex summarizes the key results of these analyses, and then elaborates on these
through further discussions of assumptions, methods and findings.

B. Summary and Implication of Key Results

6. The program analysis finds that basin wide interventions to improve water quality in the
Ganges generally show benefits which exceed costs by a wide margin (net benefits at 10%
discount rate). In particular there is a strong economic logic for a 60% to 80% reduction of BOD
levels in the river, depending on whether current river quality is in the high or low range of
current estimates. This “optimal reduction” arises because of non-linearities in the benefit
function: in effect users and non-users are WTP the maximum amount for a given improvement
once a certain quality threshold is reached, and see diminishing marginal benefits thereafter. This
threshold will vary from one individual to the next (and may have to do with what they regard as
adequate bathing quality or some subjective assessment), but is reflected in any aggregated
analysis as a benefit function that shows increasing marginal benefits only up to a certain
threshold. Depending on current river quality and the assessed unit costs of BOD removal, it is
possible to achieve benefit cost ratios of up to 6.2 (high estimate for current quality, low estimate
for unit cost) or up to 2.1 (low estimate for current quality and high estimate for unit cost). This
illustrates that it may be important to have a program of a sufficiently large magnitude to reap
the benefits and it will be important to secure low unit costs of the interventions to be
implemented.

7. The individual sub-project analyses focused on case studies of: (i) wastewater treatment
in Kanpur; (ii) industrial effluent treatment at the tannery complex in Jajmau (Kanpur); and,
(iii) an integrated solid waste management complex based on that recently commissioned in
Okhla (New Delhi). The findings generally show that all of these activities are economically
justifiable at a 10% discount rate, and that EIRRs in excess of 20% are not unusual especially if
the sub-projects can take advantage of existing underutilized capacity or existing sites. Even
greenfield investments can generate benefits adequate to cover anticipated costs plus those
necessary for a pro-rata share of government institutional costs and mitigation of any project-
specific negative environmental and social impacts. A pervasive concern for most sub-project
investments, however, is that FIRRs are at times negative and routinely less than 10% based on
tariff structures proposed in preliminary DPRs. This is largely because tariff design focuses on
recovery of O&M costs only, and suggests that sustainability of investments should also address
cost recovery issues for new facilities or expansions to existing facilities.

114
C. Elaboration of Assumptions and Results of Program Level Benefits and Costs
8. Valuation of Benefits. A decade ago a major study of the economic value of the Ganga
Action Plan (GAP) was carried out and published by Anil Markandya and M.N Murty 33. The
study was based on analysis of the economic values of use and non-use values of reducing
pollution to the river. The use values include impacts on health, agricultural production,
fisheries, ecosystems services as well as aesthetic benefits from recreational activities, while the
non-use values include stewardship values such as preserving remote wetlands, preserving the
river for future generations, and protecting the intrinsic religious value of the river as clean. The
sum of benefits accruing to urban households was estimated through a contingent valuation
survey. This provided an indicative value of the quantifiable benefit of a range of river water
qualities. The Markandya and Murty (2000) study found that the combined benefits by far
exceed the cost incurred in GAP I and GAP II. The study found that the major benefits accrued
to persons reflected the general user benefits or the non-consumptive use of the river (for ritual
bathing etc.) as well as the benefits to persons who did not use the river, but valued the
knowledge that the river was cleaner due to the project because it held significant religious
sentiments for Hindus. In addition, the values of specific uses for health, agriculture, fisheries
and eco-system services were calculated. However, the benefits from improvements in health,
agriculture, fisheries and eco-systems were found to be smaller than the general user and non-use
benefits. This is in accordance with findings of river cleanup projects in other parts of the world.

9. For the present project, the former study has been updated as follows 34: The non-use
benefits and the general user benefits, other than those related to health, agriculture and fisheries
have been updated compared to the year 2000 study. The benefits related to health, agriculture,
fisheries and eco-system services have not been updated as such an update would have been
complex and these were previously found to be much smaller relative to the other benefits 35. The
update reflects the following changes: (a) the change in river quality, which provides a different
starting point today than for the former study; (b) the change in population; (c) the change in the
average household income from 1995 to 2009 36; and (d) the resulting change in willingness to
pay.

10. Table 1 provides a range of benefit values that can be used for the purposes of this
analysis. Valuations are most sensitive to the income elasticity, hence lower and upper bounds
are presented on the basis of an elasticity range of 0.28 to 1.00 both of which seem probable
based on various studies. Table 1 reflects an extension of the benefits to all Hindu households
(taken as 80.5% of all households) on the grounds that other religions would not have a special
value attached to the non-use value of Ganga. Allowing for the fact that the average income of

33
A. Markandya, M.N. Murty (2000): Cleaning up the Ganges. A Cost-Benefit Analysis of the Ganga Action Plan.
Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2000.
34
The update was carried out by Prof. Anil Markandya. The report as well as the spreadsheet, which documents the
methodology and findings, is available on file.
35
A recent study by the World Bank “The Economics of Sanitation Improvements in India” show very substantial
benefits due to improvements in basic sanitation and hygiene. These data are not directly comparable with the
improvements in water quality considered here. It is possible that certain components of basic sanitation and hygiene
in wastewater projects will show very high benefit/cost ratios.
36
The study was published in the year 2000, but the contingent valuation survey – which was the basis of non-use
and general use values – was carried out in 1995. Therefore, incomes have been updated to 2009, which is the
baseline year for the present cost benefit analysis.

115
all households is lower than that of the urban literate households, non-user benefits increase by
between 32 and 50 percent. User benefits also increase by a similar factor. Pilgrims have the
same estimate as before, as the original survey did not separate them out on the grounds of urban
or rural or literate or illiterate.

11. The range of figures given in Table 1 has been used to construct the benefit cost analyses
presented in subsequent sections: the basin-wide improvements and project-specific CBA. We
note that the unit estimates of the value of a cleaner Ganga taken in this update are broadly
supported by other studies on other rivers in India. For example Basu and Rao (2008) found a
WTP of 759 Rs/hh/yr from survey work in 2005 for a quality improvement on the Yamuna River
in Delhi. Nallathiga and Paravastu (2010) found a WTP of 84.90 Rs/cap/yr for improved water
quality from survey work done in 1995, again on the Yamuna River.

Table 1: Range of Benefit Estimate for All Indian Households for 2009

Non-Use Use Benefits Use Benefits Total

Benefits (Pilgrims)

Households (hh) or 191.2 hh 0.5708 hh 5.0 p

Persons (p)
(Mn)

Mean WTP 431/hh – 449/hh – 5,015/p –

(Rs/y) 890/hh 907/hh 16,174/p

Total WTP 82.40 – 0.26 – 25.10 – 107.74 –

(Rs 103 Mn/y) 170.17 0.52 80.87 251.56

Total WTP $2,208 –

(USD Mn/y) $5,155

Source: Markandya (2011); conversion taken at INR48.8/USD.

Note: The range is bounded by differences in the estimate of income elasticity (from 0.28 to 1.0) used to
transfer the original benefit estimates for 1995 urban literate population to 2009 all hindu households in
basin. Since the incomes for the 1995 urban literate population were higher than the 2009 incomes for all, a
higher elasticity leads to a higher reduction in benefits thus to lower benefits.

12. Assessment of Basin-Wide Benefit-Cost Ratios. The NGRB project is a multi-sectoral

effort with a large and very important capacity building component. A wide range of health
benefits, improved living conditions for the poor, and economic use benefits will accrue as a
result of the project. Many of these are linked to second order effects of the project such as the
improved understanding of hygiene that follows from the social components of sewer extension
programs, or the dynamic regional development effects along the banks of the Ganga that follow
from a cleaner river with more biodiversity and productive activities. In addition, successful
improvements of the river quality will require a multi-sectoral, long and sustained effort
addressing point source and non-point source pollution as well as issues such as solid waste
management, which impacts effectiveness of sewers and point source pollution. While all of

116
these effects are very important, the economic analysis at this stage restricts itself to first order
effects for which data are available.

13. The costs of avoided discharges of untreated municipal sewerage into the Ganga basin
(both the main stem and the tributaries) are based on assessments of (average) unit capital costs
and operational costs reflected in recent data from India. In addition, the assessments use average
assumptions for water use and return flows for population served with sewer networks. In India,
capital costs range from US$1,038,000 to US$3,541,000 per Ml/d, with an average estimated
cost of US$1,873,000 per Ml/d. Treatment and network costs are taken as Rs 1.6/M3 and
Rs 1/M3 respectively. The analysis evaluates the benefit cost ratios for the period 2013-2033, and
is summarized in Tables 2 and 3 (at a 10% discount rate). The main findings are:

a. The ratios are greater than unity with the low cost variant for both elasticities and
levels of treatment which reduce ambient BOD by more than 20%. With the average
cost variant the ratios exceed unity for levels of treatment which reduce ambient BOD
by more than 40%. With the high cost variant they exceed unity for reductions of
ambient BOD in excess of 60%.
b. The ratios peak at between 70 and 80 percent reductions in ambient BOD. With the
CPCB data they peak at an 80% reduction of ambient BOD, indicating that further
treatment incurs costs greater than the benefits. With the MOEF data they peak at
70%.

Table 2: Benefit Cost Ratios at alternative levels of reduction of ambient BOD in Ganga.
Lower Income Elasticity

Income Elasticity =
0.28 Low Cost Average Cost High Cost
Level of reduction in Higher Lower Higher Lower Higher Lower
ambient BOD in the initial initial initial initial initial initial
Ganga BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level
10% 1.06 2.16 0.64 1.29 0.35 0.72
20% 1.24 2.51 0.74 1.50 0.41 0.83
30% 1.47 2.98 0.88 1.78 0.49 0.99
40% 1.79 3.64 1.07 2.17 0.59 1.20
50% 2.27 4.62 1.36 2.76 0.75 1.53
60% 3.05 6.21 1.83 3.71 1.01 2.06
70% 4.51 5.34 2.69 3.19 1.49 1.77
80% 5.47 4.67 3.27 2.79 1.81 1.55
90% 4.87 4.15 2.91 2.48 1.61 1.38
100% 4.38 3.74 2.62 2.23 1.45 1.24

117
 Table 3: Benefit Cost Ratios at alternative levels of reduction of ambient BOD in Ganga.
Higher Income Elasticity
Income Elasticity =
1.00 Low Cost Average Cost High Cost
Level of reduction in Higher Lower Higher Lower Higher Lower
ambient BOD in the initial initial initial initial initial initial
Ganga BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level BOD level
10% 0.84 1.77 0.50 1.06 0.28 0.59
20% 0.99 2.08 0.59 1.24 0.33 0.69
30% 1.18 2.48 0.71 1.48 0.39 0.82
40% 1.45 3.04 0.87 1.82 0.48 1.01
50% 1.86 3.89 1.11 2.32 0.61 1.29
60% 2.52 5.29 1.51 3.16 0.84 1.75
70% 3.77 4.54 2.25 2.71 1.25 1.50
80% 4.62 3.97 2.76 2.37 1.53 1.32
90% 4.11 3.53 2.46 2.11 1.36 1.17
100% 3.70 3.18 2.21 1.90 1.23 1.05
Note: *There are two estimates of the BOD levels at the monitoring stations: one provided by CPCB and the other
by MOEF. The two give quite different results in terms of initial water quality, with CPCB generally showing much
lower values for the ambient water quality index both before and after operations from the sewerage plants. As a
result there is a major difference in benefits (those for improvements from a higher base being higher) and thus the
Benefit/cost ratios depending on whether we take the CPCB data or the MOEF data. For reductions in ambient
BOD levels of up to 60% the MOEF data gives ratios twice as high as those obtained with the CPCB data.
**Yellow cells indicate that the B/C ratio is less than 1 and thus that economic analysis cannot on its own justify
these (low) levels of reduction of pollution. Green cells indicate that the B/C ratio is higher than 1 and thus that
economic analysis can justify these levels of reduction of pollution. Finally, red cells indicate B/C ratios that are
falling as a result of increased reduction of pollution. This level of pollution reduction is not economically
justifiable. This reflects that pollution reduction above 60%/80% is equivalent to reduction beyond bathing water
quality and we are not able to assign benefits to this additional pollution reduction (due to the survey methodology).

14. Tables 2 and 3 reflect reductions in ambient BOD in the river Ganga rather than
treatment efficiencies at individual wastewater treatment plants for different assumptions. They
therefore do not provide information about whether a large number of treatment plants with a
smaller treatment efficiency or a smaller number with a larger treatment efficiency is most cost-
effective; and also do not provide information about location. To assess such issues it is
necessary to assess the impact of a specific plant on the ambient BOD. This is the rationale
behind the framework approach which gives priority to plants which reduce ambient BOD
relatively more and thus to plants with large BOD reductions in stretches with low flows.

15. The data illustrate that there are levels of pollution reduction that are economically
justified for all assumptions. They further illustrate that higher costs require larger cleanup
efforts. While this may be somewhat counterintuitive, it reflects that the benefits are non-linear
and there is a higher willingness to pay for the last improvements towards bathing water quality
than to pay for the first small reduction in pollution. Similarly, the data illustrate that higher
initial levels of pollution will require a larger cleaning effort to be worthwhile (and for the same
reason). Finally, the data show some, but not very large, variation according to the assumed level
of income elasticity.

118
16. The program level analysis illustrates that results are sensitive to the current river quality
and that our knowledge of the current river quality is limited. Similarly, our knowledge of point
and non-point pollution sources is also limited. A consortium of leading Indian engineering
institutions is developing the Ganga Basin Master Plan, which is intended to enhance
information with regard to current river quality and pollution sources. It is planned to
complement the Ganga Basin Master Plan with a survey on the value of river quality
characteristics in the Ganga Basin. A Ganga Knowledge Center will take on this work more
systematically during project implementation.

17. Previous work has highlighted the need to update information about economic use
benefits to reflect the current situation and latest results on sanitation etc. While the economic
analysis has quantified the importance of non-use benefits of a clean Ganga, we do not (at the
moment) have a very good understanding of which precise characteristics of a clean Ganga are
important to stakeholders. For example, what is the relative importance of visual contamination
vs. fecal coliform pollution vs. BOD and impacts on fishery, biodiversity, or other
characteristics. The project includes a survey intended to contribute a better understanding
hereof, which will then be combined with the communications strategy and the master plan to
improve both the quality and the public perception of the NGRBA program.

D. Elaboration of Assumptions and Results of Investment Level Economic Analysis

18. Methodology and Assumptions. The CBA of individual sub-projects raises

methodological issues at both the aggregate and individual sub-project levels. At the aggregate
level (for the entire River Basin or even a major stretch of the Ganga), a series of individual sub-
project CBAs is generally inadequate to arrive at an optimal solution that captures key
biophysical attributes of the receiving medium. Issues such as non-linear thresholds, assimilative
capacity of the river, differential and cumulative impacts of different pollutants, general
equilibrium impacts associated with scale, and impacts on downstream users all potentially
invalidate the assumptions under which a CBA can be meaningfully applied. The work presented
in the previous section (Markandya 2011) moreover shows that individual preferences can also
introduce non-linearities into the overall optimization process; the very timing of a project in
relation to other activities in the basin can affect its economic desirability, even with no changes
in its technical specifications or costs.

19. The nature of the benefit function showed that the first adopters of pollution reduction
faced a rather flat benefit function (because it had little impact on overall water quality that was
of interest to users and non-users) and that, similarly, the last adopters of pollution reduction
contributed little to the marginal benefits of users and non-users (because water quality was by
then more than adequate for all derived benefits). Adopters in the “middle” – through making
noticeable gains in water quality that approach or cross selected preference thresholds –
generally have the greatest impact on benefits. The net benefit of a single project is thus
dependent on the timing and scale of other available projects in the basin. CBA assumptions
normally require ceteris paribus – or “all other things equal” – and in a planning context of this
nature such an assumption is not necessarily valid.

20. While this makes aggregated analyses problematic, CBAs at an individual sub-project
level can provide important insights into the overall desirability of these investments in a local

119
context. As part of the project preparation, the approach taken here is to identify, for any given
investment, both the cost-effectiveness of a project in terms of cost of pollution reduction (to
permit comparison of alternative configurations) and its net benefits using conventional CBA.

21. The analyses rely on preliminary DPRs or recently commissioned projects in the Ganga
basin. Cost streams include capital and operating costs and an allowance for “institutional
overheads” and safeguard mitigation measures to reflect additional burdens associated with state
responsibilities. Shadow wage rates for unskilled labor are imputed at the minimum agricultural
wage by State that is site specific and reflects revealed social value of the labor from a policy
perspective. A time horizon of 30 years has been selected to reflect the long economic life of
many of the typically large structures. Benefit streams capture financial returns: these include
applicable tariff revenue, cost savings from recycling of outputs, or – in the case of solid waste
composting – benefits associated with avoidance of greenhouse gas emissions using
methodologies consistent with the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) of the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC). In addition, to show the expected
contribution of a single small project to overall River basin water quality, we rely on the basin
wide benefit range and derive an average value range of $790/million liters to $1,845/million
liters of wastewater treated. 37 Results for a generic sewage treatment plant show EIRRs between
13% and 32% for this value range in the Reference Case; this generic plant and three specific
case studies are summarized in Table 4 and Table 5 and are elaborated below.

22. Sewage Treatment Plant – Kanpur. 38 The first specific case study evaluated is in
Sewerage District 1 of the city of Kanpur. Adequate treatment capacity already exists in the
region hence the project focuses on connecting various neighborhoods and enterprises to the
plants through an extended complex of sewers and related facilities. The final investment of
Rs 205 crore will serve a current population of approximately 300,000 thousand, which is
expected to more than double the next 30 years. A key feature of this project is that the
investment is incremental to existing treatment capacity, which was installed during GAP-1. As a
result the economics is better than a green-field reference case. In the reference case for a green-
field facility (i.e. with an appropriately designed WWTP for these volumes) using the minimum /
maximum benefit unit value respectively the resultant economic internal rate of return (EIRR)
would only be 6% (min benefit) / 16% (max benefit). However, because the WWTP costs are
sunk the incremental EIRR for this activity is 82% (min benefit) / >100 % (max benefit) for this

37
The benefit to users and non-users relies on the benefit function for the overall Ganga Basin (Table 1 shows user
groups), which shows a valuation of an improvement in water quality of $2,208 to $5,155 million annually
(depending on elasticity assumptions) if, in effect, the maximum water is treated. The maximum to be treated is
taken from World Bank estimates (2009) to be 6,579 million litres/d from towns and 1,076 million litres/d from
villages, equating to 7,655 million litres/d for the basin as a whole. The contribution of Kanpur is about 5.3% of this.
Note this assumes that the benefit function is linear, which it is not: first adopters and last adopters will have lower
benefits while those pushing water quality beyond certain critical thresholds will enjoy the largest benefit.
Nonetheless, the average value range of $790/million liters to $1,845/million liters is valid for a generic case where
we evaluate the “mean” expected value for one project among many that will be conducted during the same period.
38
The values in the case studies relating to STPs rely inter alia on: (i) “Laying of Branch Sewers and Allied Works
in Sewerage District - I of Kanpur City” (Volume I). Est Cost Rs409.32 Crores (Year 2009-10); Construction Unit
II; U.P. Jal Nigam, Kanpur; and, (ii) “Revised DPRs Framed for Implementation of Priority Projects Identified in
JICA Sponsored Feasibility Study Report in Allahabad City” (Revised Summary Report). Est Cost Rs323.01 Crores
(Year 2009-10); Ganga Pollution Control Unit; Allahabad.

120
activity. This leaves ample room for institutional overheads, safeguards, cost overruns and
implementation delays while still retaining an EIRR larger than the discount rate.

Table 4: Summary of Investment Level Economic Analyses

Investment Type Case/Sensitivity Levelized Cost EIRR @ Min EIRR @ Max
($/million WTP WTP
liters)
Sewage Treatment Unadjusted Greenfield Reference Case 602.12 14.0% 34.8%
Plant (RG)
Generic Greenfield RG + Shadow Pricing (SP) 578.04 14.7% 36.3%
RG + SP + Institutional 656.43 12.6% 31.6%
400 MLD Overheads/Safeguards (IOS)
RG+ SP + IOS + 10% Cost Over-run 716.52 11.3% 28.7%
RG+ SP + IOS + “High Design Cost Case” 1,191.61 5.5% 16.5%
RG+ SP + IOS + 2 year implementation 804.54 9.8% 21.1%
delay
RG+ SP + IOS + 10% Cost Over-run + 2 878.20 8.9% 19.7%
year delay
Sewage Treatment Reference (RG-Greenfield) 1,145.58 6.4% 16.0%
Plant Reference (RI-Incremental) 132.82 82.4% >100%
Incremental Kanpur RI + Shadow Pricing (SP) 127.50 85.9% >100%
RI + SP + Institutional 138.31 75.1% >100%
300,000 population Overheads/Safeguards (IOS)
service area RI+ SP + IOS + 10% Cost Over-run 146.59 68.6% >100%
RI+ SP + IOS + 2 year implementation 161.41 39.7% 66.7%
delay
Industrial Tannery Reference excluding recycling credit (R) 682.42 13.2% 42.3%
Waste Treatment Reference including recycling values (R’) 656.04 14.0% 43.0%
Kanpur R’ + Shadow Pricing (SP) 629.80 14.9% 45.1%
R’ + SP + Institutional 685.87 12.8% 39.2%
64 MLD wastes Overheads/Safeguards (IOS)
serving R’+ SP + IOS + 10% Cost Over-run 728.86 11.5% 35.6%
410 tanneries R’+ SP + IOS + 2 year implementation 840.64 9.1% 23.5%
delay
Investment Case/Sensitivity Levelized Cost EIRR @ Min EIRR @ Max
($/tMSW) WTP WTP
(MSW tariff)* (incl CO2e
credit)
Municipal Solid Reference design: no compost sales (R) 13.76 <0% <0%
Waste Management Reference design: with compost sales (R’) 13.76 15.7% 31.0%
R’ + Shadow Pricing (SP) 13.38 17.0% 32.4%
Generic 200 TPD R’ + SP + Institutional 13.78 15.2% 29.5%
Overheads/Safeguards (IOS)
R’+ SP + IOS + 10% Cost Over-run 14.09 14.0% 27.7%
R’+ SP + IOS + 2 year implementation 16.89 7.9% 16.7%
delay
Note: Reference Case for discussion purposes includes shadow pricing and costs associated with
institutional overheads and safeguards.
These cases are highlighted in italics.
* EIRR sensitivity analyses show two benefit scenarios: the minimum includes only revenues from the MSW
tariff and the maximum also includes imputed value of greenhouse gas emission reduction credits.

121
23. Industrial Treatment Plant – Kanpur. 39 The second case study relates to the treatment of
industrial effluents from an existing tannery complex at Jajmau, Kanpur. Jajmau currently hosts
some 400 tanneries and is among the fastest growing complex in India. The proposed design of
this activity includes adequate infrastructure to address effluent from 410 tanneries within this
complex, including piping, sewerage networks, pumping stations, and upgrading or new
construction of CETP capacity capable of eventually addressing 64 MLD of waste water.
Chromium separation, recovery and recycling is integral to the activity, both because it is a toxic
pollutant that can interfere with normal sewage treatment process, and because it is a potentially
valuable byproduct that can be reused in some applications. Technical designs suggest a total
investment of about Rs 2,000 million. Significant cost efficiencies are already achieved as it will
be constructed on an existing CETP site. In the reference case using the minimum benefit unit
value / maximum benefit unit value, the resultant EIRR when recycling values are included
would be about 13% (min benefit) / 39% (max benefit). This leaves some, but not ample room
for institutional overheads, safeguards and cost overruns (up to 24% with no delay) while still
maintaining an EIRR higher than the 10% discount rate.

24. Municipal Solid Waste Management (Generic based on Okhla). In the absence of a
formal DPR, a generic case study is evaluated that includes best practices currently being
followed in India, at a scale appropriate for many of the towns and areas within the Ganga Basin.
The best practice focuses on MSW (i.e., it excludes toxic and hazardous wastes that might be
generated by selected industries or hospitals) and captures some basic waste separation,
transport, and composting of organic components for generation of saleable compost (and
ultimately the capture of carbon credits). Such facilities have been designed and commissioned
in the past five years; 40 the facility in Okhla commenced earning carbon credits under the
UNFCCC in 2009. The UN’s CDM seeks to decrease greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and this
case study incorporates composting to demonstrate the role of values derived from GHG
emission reduction.

25. This generic case is modeled after the design and waste attributes at Okhla (Delhi) waste
management project that involves composting at a scale of up to 200 TPD of MSW, as described
in 2007 with the base design reducing GHG emissions by 33,461 metric tonnes CO2 equivalent
(tCO2e) per annum. The scale reflects a serviced population of close to half a million people, and
has facility and equipment costs of Rs85 million in today’s terms. The case study also reflects
monitoring of the facility through about one year of activities commencing in 2009. 41 The
“generic” case modeled here thus assumes a 200 TPD plant with a 2 year investment phase.
Yields of compost are assumed to be 25% per MT of MSW, with market values of compost

39
IL&FS Clusters (October 2010). “DPR: Upgradation of Tanneries CETP at Jajmau to 32 MLD Combined
Wastewater (Effluent and Sewage) including Effluence Conveyance System, Common Chrome Recovery System,
Secured Land Fill Facility.” Report Submitted to MOEF, Government of India by Kanpur Tanneries Environmental
Protection Association.
40
The existing projects of this variety in India are typically capable of generating internal rates of return of 15% to
20%. This is based on UNFCCC calculations for the India Wide MSW bundle registered with CDM in June 2010
for Jalandhar (Punjab) is 15.65%; for Mysore (Karnataka) is 18.22%; and for Kozhikode (Kerala) is 20.79%. The
composting activity at Okhla has an IRR of 14.48% according to CDM documentation.
41
The reference project is “Upgradation, Operation and Maintenance of 200 TPD Composting Facility at Okhla,
Delhi – UNFCCC Reference No 2470”. Project Description Documents and Monitoring Reports are available at:
http://cdm.unfccc.int/Projects/DB/RWTUV1238763879.05/view .

122
being Rs2,000/MT and all compost sold. A tariff of Rs250 per MT is attributed as an illustrative
potentially recoverable tariff, acknowledging that it may in fact be recovered through other
administrative instruments within the scope of any given ULB 42. This level can also be regarded
as a benchmark for a minimum WTP that would be recoverable under the NGBR principle of
applying an “affordable cost recovery” tariff – it translates to about Rs45 annually per capita.
The other economic value stream of relevance is that associated with GHG reduction: the case
study values this at US$15/tCO2e and shows it within the “maximum WTP” scenarios reported
below as it reflects potentially captured revenues from a global service (that reduces GHG
emissions).

26. In the reference case using the minimum benefit values, the resultant EIRR when
compost sales are included would be about 15% before adjusting for shadow prices of inputs,
and before taking into account institutional overheads; at the higher benefit level reflecting
capture of carbon credits this increases to 29%.

27. Break-even Analyses. While sensitivity analyses are reflected in Table 4, selected break-
even analyses were also undertaken of the above projects to demonstrate their robustness to
changes in capital costs. As summarized in Table 5, the analyses demonstrate that the economics
of such projects are relatively robust to any such over-runs.

Table 5: Break-even Analysis

Case and Scenario @ Min WTP @ Max WTP
Sewage Treatment Greenfield
Reference Case* EIRR = 12.6% EIRR = 31.6%
Maximum Cost Over-run for EIRR=10.0% 22% 197%
Sewage Treatment Incremental Kanpur
Reference Case* EIRR = 75.1% EIRR = >100%
Maximum Cost Over-run for EIRR=10.0% 790% 2050%
Tannery Waste Treatment - Kanpur
Reference Case* EIRR = 12.8% EIRR = 39.2%
Maximum Cost Over-run for EIRR=10.0% 24.0% 270.0%
Solid Waste Management
Reference Case* EIRR = 15.2% EIRR = 29.5%
Maximum Cost Over-run for EIRR=10.0% 59% 287%
Minimum Compost Value as proportion of 82% 12%
Reference Case for EIRR=10.0% (18% drop) (88% drop)
* Reference Case includes adjustments for shadow prices, institutional overheads and safeguards

42
See for example, Appasamy P, Nelliyat P (2007). Financing solid waste management: Issues and options.
Proceedings of the International Conference for Sustainable Waste Management, Chennai: 537-542. The authors
note that typical full cost recovery would require tariffs of the order of Rs1,000-1,200 per MT of MSW excluding
land costs, but that such tariffs have not taken hold.

123
 Annex 10: Safeguard Policy Issues
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Background
1. The River Ganga in India has significant economic and environmental values, and is one of
India’s holiest rivers and has a cultural and spiritual significance that far transcends the
boundaries of the basin. With a population of nearly 400 million people in India, the basin is the
most populated river basin in the world. Although the basin and all its tributaries cover 11 states,
the mainstem runs through only 5 of these states: Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand,
and West Bengal. Addressing pollution in the Ganga became a issue of national importance in
the mid-1980s, and is continued to seen as the test case that will determine the success of the
national program for reducing pollution loading and conservation of the surface freshwater
systems in India.
2. Managing river water quality is in focus of national policies. The National Water Policy
(2003) and the National Environment Policy (2006) focus on the importance of water security for
India. Given the relative shortage of water, which could further be aggravated by climate change
induced impacts; the ever increasing demand for domestic, irrigation and industrial water
requirements poses a major challenge to the governments. Pollution is clearly seen to be a major
threat to the water security in India. Almost 70% of the 314,400 km2 of surface freshwater in
India suffers from degraded water quality. The major sources of such pollution include: sewage
(92 billion l/day); toxic industrial effluent (13.5 billion l/day); agricultural run-off containing
nutrients and pesticides; and leaching from urban, industrial and mining waste dumps. The
National Policies, therefore, prescribed abatement and treatment of water pollution, and reuse
and recycling of wastewater in addition to undertaking actions to improve efficiencies and
minimize losses; and to recharge groundwater aquifers.
3. The policies also suggested a review the relevant pricing policy regimes and regulatory
mechanisms linked to tariff policies for irrigation, municipal and industrial use, and inefficient
use of agricultural chemicals which influence degradation of water quality. However, this review
will follow substantial implementation of the enhanced national river conservation program.
4. The National River Conservation Program (NRCP). This program, starting in 1995, grew
from the Ganga Action Plan to cover 39 major rivers across the country, and aimed to reduce
pollution loads in all these 39 rivers by means of a variety of interventions including location
specific interventions as well as area based treatment. In parallel, during the 10th Five Year Plan
period, the National Lake Conservation Program (NLCP) started with an aim to restore water
quality and ecology of major lakes in different parts of the country. Given that these programs
substantially complement each other, both are implemented by the National River Conservation
Directorate (NRCD) in MoEF.
5. Under the NRCP financing has been made available to 172 towns in 20 states in which the
targeted 38 rivers are located. The total number of schemes sanctioned was 1105 (with a total
sewage treatment capacity of 4,339 MLD), and among these 842 schemes (with capacity of
3,196 MLD) had been completed. Even if these numbers are not startling, it is noteworthy that
the total sewage treatment capacity in the country was only about 7,650 MLD in 2008, and about
50 per cent of this capacity had been created by the NRCP. It is also notable that the NRCP

124
(which included GAP Phase II) is already 5 times larger than the sewage treatment capacity
created by GAP Phase I (869 MLD).
6. The GoI outlay for the NRCP was approximately US$878 million (US$353 million during
the 10th Five Year Plan period, 2002-2007; and US$525 million during the 11th Five Year Plan
period, 2007-12). Of this, a total of US$653 million (US$ 298 million during the 10th Plan, and
US$355 million during the first 4 years of the 11th Plan period) has been spent by the GoI
contribution of 70 per cent of the cost of interventions. The states have financed the remaining
30 per cent of the costs, and are responsible for operation and maintenance of the assets created.
7. A mid-term appraisal of the 11th Five Year Plan implementation noted that (i) the
achievements under NRCP were small compared to the target set by the Plan, (ii)
implementation of NRCP had been piecemeal, focused more on municipal sewage, and neglected
industrial waste, and (iii) the issue of inadequate flows had not been addressed. The mid-term
appraisal recommended that (a) a comprehensive response is necessary covering water quality
and flow, sustainable access, prevention and control of pollution; (b) a systematic revision to the
NRCP is required, (c) additional efforts should be made to enhance the capacity of urban local
bodies to operate and maintain facilities already built; and (d) the NRCP monitoring process
should be strengthened by upfront identification of quantified deliverables and regular reporting
on performance. Given that conservation of the Ganga is a major part of the national river
conservation program, and lessons learnt from the Project may greatly influence the larger
longer-term national river conservation program, these recommendations apply to the design of
the Project.

Environmental Context of the Project

8. The Ganga Basin. The Ganga rises as Bhagirathi, in the Garhwal Himalaya from the ice-
cave of Gaumukh at the snout of the Gangotri glacier. The river cuts through the Himalayas until
another head stream, the Alaknanda, joins at Devaprayag. It is below this confluence that the
united stream of Bhagirathi and Alaknanda is known as the River Ganga. The Ganga does not
receive any major tributary until the Ramganga joins at Kannauj in Uttar Pradesh. At Allahabad
(1020 km from the source), the Ganga is joined on the right by the River Yamuna and several
major tributaries after that, such as Tons, Son, Gomati, Ghaghara, Gandak, Burhi Gandak and
Kosi. These tributaries are major rivers in their own right. The Ganga eventually reaches the
head of its delta at Farakka, beyond Rajmahal. Within India, the Ganga basin includes ten states
(Uttar Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Bihar, Jharkhand, Delhi, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh, Rajasthan and West Bengal), and 1949 urban areas with a total urban population of 125
million. Population density in the Ganga basin is 520 persons per square km as compared to 312
for India. The major cities of Delhi, Kolkata, Kanpur, Lucknow, Patna, Agra, Meerut, Varanasi
and Allahabad are situated in the basin. Among these states, Uttar Pradesh accounts for a
population of 80 million (64% if the basin population) spread over 17 districts within the state.

9. The Ganga basin is divided into the eight physiographic divisions, and is characterized by a
wide variety of soils. The soils of the high Himalayas in the north are subject to continued
erosion and the Gangetic trough provides a huge receptacle into which thousands of meters of
thick sediment layers are deposited to form a wide valley plain. The plateau on the south has a
mantle of residual soils of varying thickness arising due to the weathering of the ancient rocks of

125
the peninsular shield. The Ganga basin is extensively cultivated over an estimated 509,994
square km (62.4 per cent of the total area of the basin). About 14.3 per cent of the basin area
(189,646 square km) is under forest cover, and another 14.3 per cent is under various non-
agricultural uses. The basin experiences land degradation problems such as erosion, chemical
deterioration due to salinization, and physical deterioration due to water logging. While soil
erosion is dominant in Madhya Pradesh, water logging is dominant in Bihar, Jharkhand and West
Bengal. The salinity problems are dominant in intensely cultivated areas of Uttar Pradesh.

10. Forests in the Ganga Basin are characterized by the tropical and subtropical temperature
zones, and consist of five following vegetation categories: (i) tropical moist deciduous vegetation
comprising saal, teak, sandal wood, arjun, jarul, ebony mulberry, kusum siris, palas, mahua,
simul and dhup; (ii) tropical dry deciduous vegetation bijasal, laurel, palas, khair and kendu; (iii)
sub-tropical coniferous vegetation associations of chir pine without underwood and with a few
shrubs; (iv) Himalayan dry temperature vegetation comprising chilgoza, deodar, oak, maple, ash,
celtis, parrotia, olive, etc.; and (v) Himalayan moist temperate vegetation comprising deodar,
spruce, maple, walnut, poplar, cedar, chestnut, birch, oak etc. Overall, most of the forests in the
basin are located on the periphery of the basin; with very little sizable forests in Uttar Pradesh
and the plains of Bihar and West Bengal. A number of environmentally sensitive areas such as
Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks and Tiger Reserves are located in the
Basin. These include (i) two Biosphere reserves (Nanda Devi Biosphere Reserve in Uttarakhand,
and the Sundarban National Park in West Bengal); (ii) 27 National Parks in the basin of which
12 (5 of these include tiger reserves) are in the five states where the project will be implemented;
(iii) 75 wildlife sanctuaries in the basin of which 18 are in the five Project states; and (iv) the
mangroves of the Sundarban in West Bengal.

11. Water of the Ganga is widely used for a variety of domestic, industrial and irrigation on its
course; but irrigation use dominates. The irrigation water is channeled through Upper Ganga
Canal network, located near Hardwar for irrigating a major portion of the Ganga-Yamuna plains
in Uttar Pradesh, and the Lower Ganga Canal, located near Narora, also in Uttar Pradesh.

12. Pollution load in the Ganga. Despite the status and heritage as India’s iconic river, the
Ganga is facing extreme pollution pressures and associated threats to its biodiversity and
environmental sustainability. Due to increasing population in the basin and poor management of
urbanization and industrial growth, river water quality has significantly deteriorated in recent
decades, particularly in the dry season when low flows result in very poor water quality in the
critical middle stretch of the river. The challenge of pollution in the Ganga is predominantly
linked to three key sectors: wastewater management; pollution monitoring and regulation; and
water resources management in the river basin. The primary sources of pollution are untreated
sewage and industrial wastewater. At present, only one-third of the approximately 12,000 MLD
of sewage generated in the main-stem towns and cities is treated before being discharged into the
river. Even if the large industries are reported to be compliant with effluent discharge norms,
estimates from CPCB indicate that significant volumes of industrial effluent are discharged into
the Ganga, with about 50% of the load attributed to industries in UP alone, mostly from small
and medium scale industries. Non-point sources from agriculture and livestock as well as poor
solid waste management also contribute to pollution (see Annex 1 for a fuller description
pollution issues in the Ganga basin).

126
13. The Past Projects – Ganga Action Plan Phase I & Phase II. The Ganga Action Plan
(GAP) was launched in 1985 and extended to two phases over more than two decades, with the
objective of cleaning up the Ganga. GAP focused primarily on municipal wastewater, and
funded a large number of Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTPs) and related infrastructure. In
addition, two 2 CETPs were funded. The program cost was approximately $250 million over 25
years. As evaluated by the Planning Commission (2008), the Ganga Action Plan (GAP) Phase-I
created sewage treatment capacity of 869 MLD in 25 towns in Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and West
Bengal, equal to about 35 per cent of the total sewage treatment capacity that was needed. As
targeted in GAP Phase II (included under the National River Conservation Program), an
additional 20 per cent of the pollution load would be taken care of; leaving a gap of nearly 45 per
cent of the pollution load to be addressed (see Annex 1 and Annex 2 for a fuller description of
GAP).
14. The GAP has been evaluated in depth, but remains an important precedent for the NGRBA
Program. As a result of the implementation of GAP I, the length of the critically polluted stretch
of the river was reduced from 740km to 437km. Impact Data show that water quality (in terms of
BOD) improved over baseline in many locations, and water quality decline was arrested in most
locations. Overall, GAP interventions were able to maintain or even improve water quality in
spite of significant increases in pollution loadings due to urban and industrial growth. Economic
Evaluation GAP’s benefits (based on its impacts on health, agricultural production, fisheries,
ecosystems services, plus non-use benefits) exceeded by far the costs, with the largest benefits
accruing from non-consumptive uses.
15. A number of reviews and evaluations have highlighted the main weaknesses of GAP: (i)
inadequate attention to institutional dimensions, including absence of a long-term river-basin
planning and implementation framework; (ii) little effort made to address systemic weaknesses
in the critical sectors of urban wastewater and solid waste management, environmental
monitoring and regulation, and water resources management; (iii) inadequate scale, coordination,
and prioritization of investments, with little emphasis on ensuring their sustainability; and (iv)
insufficient attention to the social dimensions of river clean-up, including the importance of
consultation, public participation, and awareness-raising around individual investments and a
well-funded, serious campaign of strategic communications for the program as a whole. The
GAP suffered from inadequacy of investments and weak public participation: (a) the cumulative
spending was very small compared to the needs, as judged by comparable efforts around the
world; and (b) the challenges and achievements of river clean-up were not effectively
communicated. As a result, notwithstanding the moderate gains made in arresting the declines in
water quality, GAP remains widely perceived as a failure.
16. The Renewed Effort to Clean the Ganga. Given the results of implementation of the earlier
projects, and in particular the need to address the increasing public demand for a cleaner Ganga,
the GOI in 2009 declared that concerted actions would be undertaken to reduce the pollution in
the Ganga, to be led by The National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) headed by the
Prime Minister of India. The NGRBA was constituted in 2009, under the Environment
Protection Act. It was given a multi-sector mandate to ensure pollution abatement in the Ganga,
by addressing both water quantity and quality aspects, and by adopting a river basin approach. Its
powers are significant and combine regulatory and developmental functions. The NGRBA has
resolved that by year 2020 no untreated municipal sewage or industrial effluents will be

127
discharged into the mainstem of the river. The central Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoEF) has been designated as the nodal agency for the program (see Annex 1 for a fuller
description of the NGRBA).
17. The NGRBA initiative marks a concerted shift towards a long-term and multi-sectoral
approach to river clean-up, focusing on sustainability of institutions and investments. Some key
lessons from the past, especially from the experience of implementation of the GAP are reflected
in the design of the NGRBA program. These include: (i) a strong mandate to NGRBA, including
regulatory and enforcement powers; (ii) dedicated operational agencies at central and state levels
to implement the program; (iii) GOI recognition of the large scale of investments needed to
deliver on the stated objectives, with current commitment of $4 billion for the program till 2020;
(iv) mandate and aim to ensure sustainability of investments and ownership of the assets and
processes created by state governments and urban local governments; (v) recognition of a
comprehensive approach to river clean-up and conservation including investments in municipal
and industrial wastewater, solid waste and river front management, as well as non-point source
pollution and ecological flows; and (vi) full recognition of the importance of and the need for
substantial investment public awareness and communications.
18. Lessons reflected in the design of the current project. The project design is based on the
lessons from important experiences that have been examined in detail, including: (i) previous
efforts to clean the Ganga, and associated projects; (ii) the Bank’s global experience in relevant
sectors, and with river clean-up and conservation in particular; (iii) the Bank’s experience with
urban projects in India, including in the water, wastewater, and solid waste sectors; (iv) previous
international efforts to clean large international rivers, such as the Danube and the Rhine, and
smaller national rivers, like the Singapore and Thames; and (v) previous local river clean-up
efforts in India, such as the Sabarmati and the Kali Bein. Some of the key lessons incorporated in
the project design include: (a) moving away from the previous city/town based approach, and
adopting a basin-level and multi-sectoral framework in order to develop the optimal plan of
interventions; (b) crossing the threshold level of investments, including recognizing and
committing the long-term funding support needed to make the project successful; (c) dedicated
institutions empowered with single-point accountability for delivering on the multi-sectoral and
multi-tier agenda of river management, and dedicated financing to continually enhance long-term
program management capabilities; (d) dedicated financing and activities aimed at collection,
analysis and use of information to support knowledge-based decision-making; (e) including
measures to ensure long-term sustainability of investments, and to mitigate the risk from the poor
technical, financial and management capacity of local institutions; (f) incorporating strategic and
broad-based communications and community participation components, aimed at building
support and also managing expectations to ensure consistency with achievable targets; and (g)
the careful selection of early NGRBA investments with potential for early credible wins and
capturing the imagination of stakeholders.
19. The Project area is the Ganga River Basin in India in the five states of Uttarakhand, Uttar
Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal. Other states in the basin are currently not included
in the NGRBA program and are therefore not included in the Project area. Given the proposed
framework approach, exact locations of infrastructure investments are not yet known. However,
given the emphasis on investment prioritization according to greatest pollution reduction impact,
it is expected that a significant portion will be in the critical stretch from Kannauj to Varanasi in
Uttar Pradesh. All project investments will be along the mainstem of the river and along the

128
tributaries that have significant pollution impacts on the mainstem (e.g. the Ramganga River in
Uttarakhand and UP). Institutional strengthening and capacity building aspects of the proposed
Project will be basin-wide across the five specified states.
20. Interventions proposed in the Project. Other than the institutional capacity building
activities proposed in Component 1 of the project, which are not expected to give rise to any
substantial environmental and social issues, interventions in the Project will target the primary
sources of pollution and will comprise specific investments in the following areas: (i) wastewater
management – collection, treatment and disposal facilities; (b) industrial pollution control –
common effluent and hazardous waste management facilities; (c) solid waste management –
integrated waste management and waste disposal facilities; and (d) riverfront management –
conservation, restoration and improvement of the riverfront in select locations. Investments in
each of the above areas will be prioritized based on the specific frameworks agreed; and detailed
plans and designs for each of the interventions will be prepared in compliance with the detailed
guidance notes for the respective thematic areas (see Annex 4 and 6 for a detailed description of
the proposed interventions in the Project, and the relevant guidelines).
21. Applicable regulatory framework. The country regulatory framework for managing the
environmental and social issues is comprehensive. It is however important to note that the
wastewater subprojects will be subjected to environmental assessment even if such assessments
are not mandated as per applicable country regulations. In addition to the country laws and
regulations, the World Bank safeguards Policies will apply to the project.
Environmental and Social Assessment Process in the Project
22. A comprehensive environmental and social assessment was conducted by MoEF through a
specific consultancy, supported by a wide spectrum of stakeholder consultations, and additional
case specific reviews (of earlier investments and currently proposed investments). The ESA
followed a robust methodology and identified the potential environmental and social risks arising
out of the proposed interventions of the NGRBA Program (including this project), recommended
the management measures and incorporated these measures in the design of the Program/project,
especially in the program guidelines prepared for the thematic areas. The environmental and
social assessment also appraised the a sample of site specific investments, and a sample of past
projects to identify potential gaps in implementation of the site interventions which could
potential give rise to environmental and social issues and stakeholder concerns, and ensured that
specific management measures are incorporated in the design of these sample investments,
which will additionally help incorporation of similar measures in all the investments that would
be financed by the project. Based on the above, an Environmental and Social Management
Framework (ESMF) was developed for the NGRBA Program, which will guide preparation and
implementation of all interventions in the project, by describing the environmental and social due
diligence processes required in each of these interventions, including incorporation of relevant
management measures in feasibility studies, detailed project reports and bid documents. Further,
the ESMF prescribes the staffing and capacity building plans in the PMG, SPMGs and EAs to
manage social and environmental issues.
23. The assessments included specific stakeholder consultation during the design and finalization
of the ESMF. It had also benefitted from (a) the various other stakeholder consultation at
national and state levels organized to inform the project design as a whole, and the consultation
undertaken as part of the social analysis and the communication needs assessment; (b) the

129
several evaluation reports of the GAP undertaken since 2000; (c) the brief reviews of the past
and proposed interventions undertaken during preparation of this project; and (d) the preliminary
and/or intermediate results and stakeholder opinions from various other studies which were taken
up in parallel and continuing, such as the Ganga Basin Plan; the study on ecological flows; and
the study on cumulative impact analyses for the upper reaches of the Ganga.
Stakeholder Communications and Consultations
24. The project in general, and the ESMF befitted from inputs derived from a wide spectrum of
stakeholder consultations and opinions, some of which were carried out during preparation of the
project, and some others which in the last several years opined on the evaluation of the GAP and
the national river conservation program, as well as which were conducted by the GoI to finalize
the program and the notification for the NGRBA.
25. Specific consultations undertaken as part of environmental and social assessment. The
ESMF was developed based on a consultation process that sought feedback from key
stakeholders. Disclosure of and consultation on the ESMF, including the Resettlement and Land
Acquisition Policy Framework, the Tribal Management Framework, and Gender Assessment and
Development, was done at national, state and local/city levels.
26. To initiate the process of preparation of ESMF, a first round of consultations were held with
the state level stakeholders in April, September and October, 2010. The objective was to obtain
consent from the states on ESMF in general and specifically on the land acquisition processes
and the resettlement framework. The next round of consultations at local levels were held during
the months of December 2010 and January 2011 in all the five participating states to get
feedback and suggestions from the stakeholders included the potentially affected communities on
the ESMF, the resettlement policy framework and the gender framework. Separate and specific
consultations were held in Jharkhand to discuss the tribal management framework. The dates of
local level consultations were published in local newspapers enabling all interested stakeholders
to participate and provide suggestions.
27. The local consultations focused on specific issues related to the potential subprojects and
environmental and social issues associated with such subprojects. About 50 officials from across
11 agencies of NGRBP states/cities and 226 participants from potential project cities participated
in these consultations and provided inputs to the preparation of ESMF. The draft ESMF and a
summary of ESMF was translated in local language and disclosed on the websites of the PMG
and the SPMGs for public review and comments, prior to the local consultations. The draft
ESMF received substantial review by wider public, had been commented positively in the media
at national and state levels, and overall received positive feedback. The ESMF has also been
disclosed in the Bank’s Info shop.
28. The ESMF and its specific instruments provide guidelines and procedures for further
consultations during project implementation, in particular in defining and designing subprojects
and specific works. It provides systematic guidance to address potential risks and to enhance
quality, targeting, and benefits to the communities. Dialogue and disclosure actions during the
assessment and execution process of a subproject are designed to ensure that those stakeholders,
irrespective of whether they benefit from or are adversely affected by the project interventions,
are well informed and are able to participate in the decision-making process. The ESMF
procedures consider the level of environmental and social risk of each type of investments in
allocating time and resources to be dedicated for stakeholder consultation.

130
29. Consultation being a continuous process, the ESMF’s disclosure on the websites of the
SPMGs and PMG will continue during project implementation. The Environmental Management
Plan (EMPs) and Resettlement Action Plans (RAPs) for individual investments will also be
disclosed as per the principles and procedures of described in the ESMF. The draft EMPs and
RAPs will be disclosed, followed by discussion with the affected community (including any
individual adversely impacted by such intervention); and final EMP and RAP will be prepared
and disclosed only after incorporating reasonable and relevant suggestions from the communities
in the design of the investments. The copies of the EMPs and RAPs will be placed at the offices
of executing agencies, district magistrate and contractors’ offices, enabling easy access of any
community or individual. The executive summary of EIAs and RAPs for all particular
investments will be translated in local language and will be placed in the office of local self-
government body (village Panchayat or municipality) of the town/village where the investment
is located. The list of affected persons, if any, will be pasted on the conspicuous place in all the
affected towns/villages, usually at the prominent roadside entry to the investment site.
Potential Impacts, Avoidance and Mitigation
30. The environment and social Assessment process adopted for the project took a holistic
approach, assessed environmental and social issues at a macro and micro level, identified
associated risks, potential impacts and recommended management measures. All interventions
proposed under the project share the long term objective of improving the water quality of
Ganga. By virtue of this very objective, the environmental impacts of the project are expected to
be positive, beneficial, and aimed towards long term sustainability. Analysis of the past projects,
such as the GAP or the various schemes under the NRCP clearly indicated that, at an overall
level, there had not been any substantial adverse affects from these programs, and there had not
been any adverse commentary or stakeholder opinion about negative social or environmental
impacts. In fact the majority of the stakeholder opinion around these programs had been about
the need to scale up these, and about the potential negative environmental and public health
impacts due to (i) the delay or partial completion of the activities under the scheme, (ii) the lack
of additional capacity and resources hampering operation of the assets created by the programs,
and (iii) the lack of expansion of these programs. Clearly in the eye of the experts and the wide
variety of the stakeholders, negative impacts will arise only if the proposed interventions are not
taken up.
31. Basin level issues: During stakeholder consultations during April-December, 2010, a
number of suggestions came to the fore. These mainly pointed out the ways the proposed
program can be augmented; but also pointed out a few issues that may arise at specific locations
of subproject interventions. The stakeholders pointed out the need for (i) involvement of local
communities and agencies in planning and monitoring the activities of the Project; (ii) ensuring
the construction stage safeguards to avoid impacts on neighboring communities and the
construction workers; (iii) safeguarding and minimizing impacts on social and cultural practices;
(iv) promotion of awareness of pollution load in the Ganga among the local religious institutions
and their involvement in various stages; (v) ensuring minimum ecological flows in the river for
various critical activities including for the sustenance of the aquatic life; (vi) inclusion of solid
waste management activities in addition to wastewater treatment facilities as possible
subprojects; (vii) ensuring selection of suitable selection sites for the subproject to minimize
impacts on communities and local environmental impacts; and (viii) creation of ‘Ganga Heritage
Zone’ and preparation of specialized master plan for Ganga Basin Area. Most of these were

131
suggestions that were expected, and the project design was already in the process of
incorporating most of these ideas.
32. Site level potential environmental issues. A further analysis of a sample of past
interventions suggests that environmental impacts may arise if the subproject interventions are
not designed, executed or operated appropriately. These impacts could be due to a variety of
reasons, such as (a) potential siting of subprojects such as sewage treatment facilities, common
effluent treatment plants, solid waste disposal facilities in environmentally sensitive locations
such as flood plains, drainage paths, natural water bodies or close to wildlife sanctuaries or other
natural habitats, leading to long-term impacts; to be addressed through careful screening and
analysis of alternatives sites early during the feasibility study; (b) potential absence of
sludge/waste disposal and management and leachate facilities in the proposed subprojects,
particularly in the industrial pollution control and solid waste management subprojects wherein
the treatment methods use various chemicals and polyelectrolytes, and consequent disposal of
untreated sludge and other organic waste into the Ganga and other nearby sensitive habitats in
the basin; to be carefully considered during selection of appropriate treatment technologies and
design of these various facilities; (c) inadequate management of environmental issues such as
disposal of construction wastes during the construction of the subprojects, including inadequate
precautions to avoid contamination of the Ganga and all nearby water bodies; air pollution,
excessive noise and other nuisance to the nearby communities; vibration and pollution impacts
on nearby physical cultural resources; inadequate attention to the occupational health and
workers’ safety issues; all of such issues to be addressed by specific provision of generic
environmental, health and safety provisions in all work contracts; (d) inadequate maintenance of
the facilities created by subprojects, depending on their locations, leading to continuation and or
further deterioration of river water quality, deterioration of ambient environmental quality,
negative impacts on the aquatic and other habitats, and possible degradation soil or
contamination of groundwater, and associated health impacts on the communities in the
subproject surrounding; all of which would need to be addressed in subproject level
environmental and social assessments and mitigation measures to be included in the operation
and maintenance management plans of the subprojects. In most cases direct environmental
impacts will be negligible, but preparation and implementation of the subprojects may overlook
the indirect impacts on-site and at the periphery of the construction sites. In cases where the
possibilities of indirect impacts cannot be fully discounted (e.g., as related to sourcing of
construction materials), management actions are proposed in the ESMF and as part of the
preparation and implementation requirements of the subprojects which include specific
environmental and social examination of options and due diligence.
33. Site level potential social issues: While the Project is expected to benefit the Ganga basin
communities, the inadequate or inappropriate implementation of the proposed subprojects might
lead to adverse impacts on people and local land resources. Such potential social impacts during
the construction phase of subprojects include loss of land or structures, loss of access to areas for
livelihood support, deteriorated public safety, noise and other disruptions at sensitive receptors
such as schools and health facilities. Site selection for major facilities such as the wastewater
treatment plant could become locally controversial among people if land acquisition process is
unacceptable, or if neighboring communities are adversely affected by stench from
inappropriately maintained sewage treatment plans. Based on examination of a sample of
possible subproject areas and discussion with the potential executing agencies, the typical
adverse impacts associated with the project would include: (i) potential loss of land due to

132
acquisition of private holdings; (ii) full or partial loss of residential/commercial/mixed use
buildings associated with potential land acquisition; (iii) possible displacement of non-
titleholders living on the road edges and on sewer alignment areas; (iv) potential loss of
livelihood or distancing from sources of livelihood if displacement takes place; and (v)
temporary loss of access to private and common properties or public infrastructure during
construction. Avoidance and minimization of each of these potential direct and indirect impacts
is the basis on which the ESMF and the program guidelines had been prepared.
34. At a cumulative level, the impacts are beneficial, and the NGRBA program guidelines and
the regular monitoring processes will ensure that these beneficial impacts are enhanced.
Environmental and Social Management Framework
35. Given the distributed nature of the proposed interventions and the overall frame work
approach being followed for the NGRBA Program (of which the project is a part), an
Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) has been developed to ensure
management of environmental and social issues. The purpose of the ESMF is: (a) to ensure the
social and environmental sustainability of the subprojects, and (b) to comply with the national
environmental and social legislation. The ESMF developed for the NGRBA Program and
included in the NGRBA Program Framework is consistent with and meets the requirements of
the World Bank Environmental and Social Safeguards Policies. The ESMF details out the
policies, procedures and institutional responsibilities for assessing and managing the potential
environmental and social risks and impacts that may come up throughout the project cycle of
NGRBA sub-projects, and is intended for use and application by the agencies responsible for the
execution of the investment subprojects under each component.
36. The ESMF has been prepared based on: (a) an assessment of the existing environmental and
social features of Ganga Basin in all the five project states and potential subproject cities; (b)
careful examination of a sample of interventions previously executed under the Ganga Action
Plan; (c) review of possible subprojects; and (c) detailed consultations with key stakeholders in
what are expected to be the key cities.
37. The objective of the ESMF is to provide a management instrument that provides technical
guidance on applicable legal and regulatory requirements, institutional responsibilities,
methodologies, instruments, and procedures in order to ensure adequate analysis, mitigation, and
management of social and environmental risks and impacts during the entire project cycle. The
ESMF provides for (i) description of project, subprojects and variations possible in subprojects;
(ii) a description of an easy and efficient process to categorize subprojects according to the level
of social and environmental risks and commensurate assessments required to comply with
national environmental legislation, and with the Bank Safeguard Policies.
38. Categorization and environmental/social due diligence of potential subprojects. The
potential subprojects will have varying impacts on environment depending on its location, size
and nature of interventions. The extent of environmental and social assessment required to
identify and mitigate the impacts, largely depends upon the complexities of subproject activities.
To facilitate this, the portfolio of projects to be implemented under NGRBP, ESMF categorizes
the subprojects into the two categories, based on the severity of its potential impacts, assessed
through a screening exercise. Overall, the two categories are: (i) projects requiring detailed
Environmental and Social Assessment (ESA) and (ii) projects requiring implementation of
generic safeguard management plans.

133
39. High Impact category subprojects requiring detailed Environmental and Social
Assessment, including preparation of a RAP. A proposed subproject will be classified as High
Impact category if it is likely to impact (adversely or moderately) the environmental and social
aspects of the project influence area, as determined by the screening criteria provided in the
ESMF. These will also include all those projects which require the mandatory environmental
clearance as per the EIA notification published by MoEF. The subprojects categorized as High
Impact will require preparation a detailed Environmental and Social Assessment (Detailed
Subproject ESA) by an independent consultant (other than the consultants involved in
preparation of either feasibility study or detailed project reports for the subproject). Scope of the
assessment will be decided based on the nature of the project and the environmental sensitivity
of the project area. This ESA shall examine all the potential negative and positive environmental
and social impacts of the project, compare them with those of feasible alternatives (including the
"without project" scenario), and recommend all measures needed to prevent, minimize, mitigate,
or compensate for adverse impacts and improve environmental performance. The ESA shall
include all the suggested mitigation measures in the form of a project specific environmental
management plan (EMP), Rehabilitation Action Plan (RAP) and Social Management Plan (SMP)
along with bill of quantities and cost estimates. The bill of quantities of shall be included in the
bid/contract document, as relevant, and shall be implemented accordingly.
40. Low Impact category subprojects requiring implementation of generic environmental and
social management measures, identified and described in the stand-alone DPRs of these
subprojects. Low Impact category subprojects are those, which are likely to cause minimal or no
adverse environmental and social impacts on human populations. The impacts, if at all, are likely
to be localized and temporary in nature. In most of these cases mitigation measures are readily
available from the ESMF and the program guidelines. These subprojects will require preparation
of an environmental and social analysis as part of the Detailed Project Report, and
implementation of the relevant Safeguards Management Plan. The recommended safeguard
management measures will be included in the bid/contract documents, and the executing agency
will ensure that these measures are duly implemented.
41. Based on examination of a sample of past interventions in similar projects and programs, an
indicative categorization of the expected types of subprojects has been prepared, and will be
provided by the PMG as guidance to the SPMGs and the EAs. The categorization is indicative
and not binding, and the final determination of the impact category for each sub-project will be
made after the screening of the specific environmental and social issues at the feasibility report
preparation stage.
42. For each subproject identified as High Impact Category, detailed ESA by independent
consultants will be undertaken. In extreme cases, where investing in a detailed ESA is obviously
unnecessary, such detailed ESA can be avoided only in agreement with NGRBA and the World
Bank.

43. The ESMF includes (i) a sample terms of reference for carrying out detailed ESA for High
Impact Category subprojects, which could be customized specific to the subproject requirements;
and (ii) the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Low Impact Category subprojects.

134
44. The ESMF complements the Project Guidelines, and includes the following specific
frameworks and processes. The ESMF, including the following specific frameworks and
processes will be applicable to the NGRBA program.
• Resettlement Policy and Land Acquisition Framework (RPLAF);
• Tribal Management Framework (TMF);
• Gender Analysis;
• Integrated Grievance Redressal System (IGRS);
• Specific procedures on public consultation and disclosure;
• Environmental and Social Monitoring Arrangements covering selection, appraisal and
implementation of subprojects;
• A plan to augment institutional capacity to manage environmental and social issues in
the project.
45. Integration of environmental and social issues into project design: Based on the specific
recommendations from the detailed ESA for the High Impact category sub-projects, and the
relevant portions of social and environmental management plans for the Low Impact category
sub-projects, the SPMGs and the executing agencies will ensure that all required measures are
included clearly and distinctly in the detailed project reports and the bid documents of the
subprojects. Further, the SPMGs and the executing agencies will, as part of the annual action
plans, will endeavor to select and design subprojects with an aim to maximize the long-term
benefits and promote environmentally sustainable actions for the basin. All investments will be
expressly designed to preserve the natural and cultural heritage of the riverfront communities.
46. Natural Habitats, National Parks, Wildlife and Bird Sanctuaries. Nothing included or
potentially included in the project involves degradation or conversion of natural habitats. No
project activity will involve any (significant or insignificant) conversion or degradation of
natural habitats (whether legally protected or not). No activity in the project will include
anything to affect (i) the integrity of the natural habitats (by land use or water use), (ii) land
clearing or replacement of natural vegetation, (iv) permanent or temporary flooding of natural
habitats or any (v) drainage, dredging, filling or channelization of wetlands. The project
interventions by way of reducing the pollution load in the river will protect and enhance
sustenance of these sensitive habitats. This is best illustrated by the NGRBA’s vision to revive
Gangetic Dolphins in the river as an indicator of success in the Project. Activities in Component
1 of the Project are also designed to enhance capacities required to manage long-term
conservation needs.
47. However, it is important to note that there are number of environmentally sensitive areas in
the Project States including 2 biosphere reserves, 27 national parks (5 of which are tiger reserves
also) and 75 wild life sanctuaries. Almost all of the sensitive areas are away from the mainstem
of the river or from the key cities where most of the subprojects are expected to be implemented,
and all of these protected areas are intricately dependent on the tributaries of the Ganga for
sustenance of the quality of the habitats. However, a part if the riverfront in Varanasi (from Ghat
No. 1 to Road Over Bridge) is notified as a Turtle Sanctuary. The environmental
assessment/analysis of each sub-project will, therefore ensure that the sub-projects do not (i)
involve any construction activities, or (ii) cause any direct or indirect impacts on wildlife and

135
associated vegetations during construction or operation phase. The project will monitor chances
of any accidental impacts on ecological resources adjacent to the mainstem of the river through
third party audits, and in the event of any such impacts, will implement necessary actions,
including mobilizing resources, to avoid or mitigate such impacts.
48. Riparian issues. The Ganga is an international waterway, and sustenance and conservation
of this river is of interest to all riparian countries. The Bank, on behalf of India, notified the
riparian countries - China, Nepal and Bangladesh on August 20, 2010. All countries responded -
Nepal (November 28, 2010); China (September 21, 2010); Bangladesh (November 08, 2010),
and no objection was raised about the Project. An examination of the possible interventions in
the Project also indicate that there will be no adverse impact on any riparian community, and it is
possible that most riparian communities will be benefitted by the expected improvement in the
river water quality.
49. Forests, flora and fauna. The project will not (i) include any logging, (ii) impact the health
or quality of any forest, (iii) either increase or decrease access or rights of communities to forests
or minor forest produce; or (iv) propose to bring about any changes in management, protection
and utilization of forests in the basin. Overall impact of the project on forests, flora and fauna of
the basin will be beneficial from the reduced pollution load and the potential for improved
ecological flows in the medium and longer term. As far as possible, trees if any present in the in
the sites for subproject investments, such as for sewage treatment plants will be saved by careful
site planning.
50. The project will not use, or directly/indirectly promote use of any chemical or synthetic
pesticides or herbicides, including in site clearance for subprojects.
51. Involuntary resettlement and land acquisition. According to an examination of the
preliminary list of potential subproject investment works, there will be need for private land
acquisition both in urban areas and urban fringes, which might result in involuntary resettlement
and potential loss of livelihood. Nonetheless, such land acquisition and resultant involuntary
resettlement is likely be small scale, and unlikely to trigger any need for a full-scale resettlement
action plan. The program guidelines, including processes and review of the subproject feasibility
studies will ensure that acquisition of private landholding is absolutely minimized. Since there is
a possibility that the land parcels earmarked for public use are already encroached in some of the
urban areas where sub-projects will be taken up, provisions have been made for non-titleholders
in the Resettlement Policy and Land Acquisition Framework (RPLAF), included in the ESMF.
52. The social and environmental categorization of the subprojects and the subsequent
procedures for scoping of the social issues described in the ESMF will identify the nature of
examination and analyses to be included during the feasibility studies and the preparation of the
detailed project reports for the subprojects. Wherever possibilities of land acquisition and
chances of displacement of any individual or group of individuals are found, the RPLAF will be
fully applied.
53. The RPLAF specifies procedures to be followed in the event that resettlement or land
acquisition is required for any subproject, including procedures for identification of persons
entitled, their entitlement for compensation and/or resettlement assistance, and the consultation
and grievance redress mechanisms. Once the sites of the sub-project works are known during the
project implementation period, individual resettlement and/or land acquisition plans will be
prepared, in the event that any person is displaced or is likely to suffer adverse livelihood

136
impacts after a detailed site level assessment. These resettlement action plans will be reviewed
and accepted by the SPMG, the PMG and the Bank in advance of the commencement of
subproject works in each specific site. The RPLAF will apply to parallel activities undertaken by
the executing agencies if these activities are found to be (a) directly and significantly related to
the Bank-assisted project or subprojects, (b) necessary to achieve its objectives as set forth in the
project documents; and (c) carried out, or planned to be carried out, contemporaneously with the
project.
54. The subprojects will have two stages of clearances – first for the feasibility study and
thereafter for the detailed project report. The candidate sites for any subproject will be identified,
and an analysis of alternatives will be carried out in the feasibility study to avoid or minimize
involuntary resettlement, as far as possible without impacting the subproject objectives. This will
be supported by ESA for the High Impact category sub-projects. Once the best suitable site is
finalized (incorporating the need to avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement), and all
requirements of land acquisition are identified, a detailed plan and schedule for land acquisition
will be prepared. The process of land acquisition will be initiated as soon as the feasibility report
is cleared by SPMG and PMG, so that the initial processes for land acquisition (under the
applicable country land acquisition laws) could be initiated before finalization and clearance of
the detailed project report or financial closure wherever DBO contracts are used.
55. Once the feasibility report is cleared, each EA will initiate the land acquisition process
(“notifications under 6, 9 and 11” will be issued) so that so that entire land required for the sub-
project is acquired before the mobilization of contractors. In parallel a subproject resettlement
action plan will be prepared, and will be reviewed and cleared as part of the process of clearance
of the detailed project report and sanction for the work to commence. The resettlement action
plan will include detailed description of the compensation if any and resettlement assistance to
be paid to each entitled person, family or community, with special additional provision for
persons and families belonging to vulnerable communities. In Jharkhand private land acquisition
owned by a tribal family will additionally comply with the Santhal Pargana Tenancy Act of
1949.
56. Tribal Peoples. In India the indigenous peoples are defined as tribal people, per Article
432(1) of the Constitution. The scheduled tribes are recognized as a vulnerable community,
accepted to have endured disadvantages in terms of social indicators of quality of life, economic
status and sometimes as subject of social exclusion. In the five states through which the
mainstem of the Ganga flows, Jharkhand (26.4 per cent) has a significant proportion of
scheduled tribe population followed by West Bengal (5.5 per cent) and Uttarakhand (3 per cent),
whereas in Uttar Pradesh and in Bihar, the scheduled tribes are less than 1 per cent of the total
population. Scheduled tribes are present in all districts along the mainstem of the Ganga, except
in two districts of Uttar Pradesh (Jyotiba Phule Nagar and Kannauj). The only district where the
scheduled tribe population is substantial (31 per cent of total population) is Sahebganj in
Jharkhand. Otherwise, the scheduled tribe population is small in the districts along the Ganga –
varying from 0.1 per cent in Tehri Garhwal to 0.9 per cent in Uttarkashi within Uttarakhand;
from 0.1 per cent in Ghazipur, Bullandshahr and Ballia to 0.9 per cent in Allahabad within Uttar
Pradesh; from 0.03 per cent in Khagaria to 5.9 per cent in Katihar within Bihar; and from 0.2
per cent in Kolkata to 8.3 per cent in Paschim Medinipur district within West Bengal. Given that
all subproject interventions will be in urban areas and urban fringes, it is unlikely that any tribal

137
habitat will be found on or adjacent to any of the subproject sites. The project will avoid, to the
extent possible, acquisition of any land owned by a tribal family.
57. As part of the ESMF a Tribal Management Framework (TMF) has been prepared by the
Project. Implementation of the TMF will ensure that (a) participation of the scheduled tribes will
be effectively promoted in preparation and construction and operation of the subprojects; (b)
inclusion of the neighboring scheduled tribe communities in the design process, as and when
they are located in close proximity of the subprojects to achieve the maximum possible positive
impact of such communities; (c) the design, execution and operation of the subprojects, such as
the riverfront management activities are culturally appropriate; (d) the subprojects including the
works and services associated with these do not inadvertently induce inequality by limiting
subproject benefits to the elites of the community; (e) that all executing agencies engage with
communities through a consultation process appropriate to the local cultural context and local
decision-making processes; and (f) the subproject activities including the resettlement action
plans, wherever relevant, establish appropriate information, communication, and inclusion
measures targeted at the scheduled tribe and other vulnerable sections of the communities.
58. Mainstreaming gender equity and empowerment. This is a focus area in the project. In
sub-projects, the activities included in resettlement action plans and related to livelihood
restoration will address women’s needs. Gender analysis will be an integral part of the initial
social assessment at the screening stage. The identified issues can be assessed during the
feasibility stage, and detailed analysis can be carried out during the DPR stage. The specific
processes and guidance are described in Gender Assessment and Development section of the
ESMF. The sub-project gender analysis will based on primary data collection and available
secondary data, and will identify issues related to gender disparity, needs, constraints, priorities,
and an understanding as to whether these sub-projects would have any scope to address
inequitable risks, benefits and opportunities for women. Based on this analysis, specific
interventions will be designed and incorporated in the design of sub-projects. The overall social
impact monitoring plan for the Project will relevant indicators for measuring impacts on and
participation of women in the Project.
59. Mainstreaming strategies for poorer and vulnerable section of the population. As part
of the project preparation an analysis of the poverty situation in the five Project states and in the
districts along the mainstem of the Ganga was undertaken based mainly on available secondary
information and current literature. The project states have had a disproportionately high
incidence of income poverty for decades. Their efforts to increase the income their residents
have shown mixed results. In most cases, they have lagged the average for the country as a
whole. The lowest average Monthly Per Capita Expenditure (MPCE) in the rural areas is for
Bihar while the highest is in Uttarakhand. Uttarakhand is also the most unequal and Bihar has the
lowest Lorenz ratio highlighting a more equitable society (or more uniformly poor), at least in
terms of expenses incurred. In urban areas, West Bengal has the highest MPCE and highest
inequality as measured by the Lorenz Ratio (LR). Improved provision of drainage from houses
and uniform urban sanitation can have beneficial impacts for the households and also help to
achieving the project goal of reduction/elimination of untreated waste going into the river. This
analysis points to the relative advantage the districts directly abutting the main Ganga river have
compared to others in the respective states. For the project, three distinct situations (and many in
the continuum that connects these), each requiring a different approach to handle the potential
impacts can be: (a) where the objectives of project activity yield direct benefits to the poor and/or

138
vulnerable communities, such as enhancing farm produce and farmers’ benefits in urban fringes;
(b) some adjustment in the design of the project activity would lead to direct benefit/ positive
impact for the vulnerable section, for instance engaging marginalized fisherpersons in
conservation of flagship species such as the Gangetic Dolphin; and (c) where the project
activities, if implemented without any regard for the local and current vulnerabilities could result
in negative impacts and would therefore require planning for specific mitigation measures in
advance; these situations might include cases of reduction/elimination of open burning of human
bodies, which is the source of livelihood of ‘Doms’ one of the most vulnerable and
disadvantaged social groups along the mainstem of the Ganga.
60. As part of the Strategic Environmental, Economic, and Social Assessment (SEESA), a basin
wide social assessment will be carried out. The objectives of this assessment will be to (a)
optimize benefits of the Project, as far as practicable, for the poor and the other socially
disadvantaged groups, such as migrant workers; and (b) enhance the contribution of the project
to poverty reduction efforts of the state governments in general.
61. Social accountability and the grievance redress mechanism in the Project. The social
accountability mechanism for the Project will cover all subprojects. The key process for ensuring
social accountability would be social audits, in order to acquire feedback on performance of the
sub-projects and of the agencies involved in planning, execution and operation of the sub-
projects. Summaries of these will be prepared at the SPMG and PMG levels, and the correction
or improvement measures will be incorporated as part of the succeeding annual action plans.
These accountability mechanisms will be further strengthened by implementation of a strong and
uniform grievance redressal system.
62. The project will abide by the Right to Information Act of 2005 and under provisions of
Section 4 of this Act it will commit itself for proactive disclosure and sharing of information
with the key stakeholders, including the communities/beneficiaries. The project will have a
communication strategy focusing on efficient and effective usage of print and electronic media,
bill boards, posters, wall writing, and adoption of any other method suiting local contexts
63. As part of the Integrated Grievance Redressal System (IGRS), Grievance Redress Cells
(GRCs) will be set up at the local EA, ULB, SPMG and PMG levels.Grievances may be
submitted through various media (including in person, in writing, by phone, and online), and all
local contact information and options for complaints submission will be displayed on local
information boards. The function of the GRCs will be to adress grievances of project affected
persons (PAPs), including rehabilitation and resettlement assistance and related activities.
64. Monitoring and reporting on implementation of the ESMF. The PMG and the SPMGs
will monitor all the approved subprojects to ensure conformity to the requirements of the ESMF.
The monitoring will cover all stages of construction, operation and maintenance. Regular
monitoring will be through the environmental and social compliance reports that will form a part
of quarterly progress reports submitted by the executing agencies and consolidated at the state
level by the SPMGs, and at overall level by the PMG. These reports will be based on regular site
visits and investigations by environmental officers and social development officers of the
executing agencies and the SPMGs. In addition, the PMG will undertake an annual
environmental and social audit of all subprojects through third party inspection agencies, to
measure compliance to the ESMF. The terms of reference for this annual environmental and
social audit are already included in the ESMF. Based on these audit reports, the PMG will

139
identify all technical, managerial, policy or procedural improvements that would be required to
be incorporated in the annual action plans, and subprojects included in these plans. The SPMGs
and the executing agencies, on the other hand will implement all required corrective measures, if
any in the subprojects audited and similar other subprojects.
65. Augmenting capacities of the implementing agencies for management of
environmental and social issues in the Project. The project will be implemented by the
Ministry of Environment & Forests (through the PMG) and will prominently include the Central
Pollution Control Board, and the State Pollution Control Boards. The mandate and primary
function of these agencies is to protect and conserve the environment, through a mix of
regulatory, institutional and financial tools. These agencies employ the best environmental
professionals in the country, and have invested for a long time in specialized institutes, such as
the Botanical Survey of India and the Zoological Survey of India and the Wildlife Institute of
India for research and development of application tools on environmental conservation and
pollution management. There is no obvious skill gap, particularly with respect to institutional
arrangements for addressing environmental safeguard issues that may arise in relation to the
project in general; even if these institutions admittedly face considerable resource gaps to fulfil
the needs of a rapidly emerging economy. On social safeguard issues though (which are the
domain of separate ministries in GoI and separate departments in state governments) the PMG
and the SPMGs and their associated organizations do not have adequate capacity, and will
depend on the relevant state departments, particularly those that address issues of land
acquisition and consequent resettlement and rehabilitation. The PMG and the SPMGs will also
be able to draw on other institutions, such as the National Environmental Engineering Research
Institute or the National productivity Council for resolving issues related to environmental and
social safeguards. The Project includes sufficient resources for involving expert institutions to
advise on the adaptive management of both known and unforeseen issues.
66. The Project has identified areas and opportunities for augmenting the capacity to manage
the social and environmental issues; specifically as the PMG and SPMGs are expected to be full-
fledged implementation entities with clear mandates and accountabilities. Staffing plan for the
PMG and the SPMGs include adequate number of specialists in the area of environmental
management and social development. These staffing, training and continuing skill development
programs, other resources that will be required for effective management of the environmental
issues, and the required budget had been recommended and described in the ESMF; and have
already been included in the design of the implementation arrangements and institutional design
for the Project. Several staff with expertise in managing the environmental and social assessment
processes had been recruited, and they were involved in reviewing and finalizing the ESMF.
67. Disclosure: National and state level in-country disclosure of the draft ESMF Report,
including its executive summary in English and Hindi was completed in November 2010, ahead
of the district and city level consultations. Over and above the stakeholder opinions received at
the consultation workshops, the MoEF have received public comments on the ESMF. None of
these comments pointed out any gap in the ESMF Report (while pointing out possible
interventions to be added in future to expand the project), and as such the revised draft final
version of ESMF is no different in content from the draft disclosed. The ESMF Report has been
finalized and will be duly disclosed on the website of the MoEF (www.moef.nic.in) and on the
websites of the nodal agencies of the project states by May 16, 2011.

140
 Annex 11: Governance and Accountability Action Plan
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. The need for a Governance and Accountability Action Plan (GAAP) is based on the
recognition by the Government of India, the State Governments of Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh,
Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal, and the World Bank that there are governance and
accountability risks to the NGRBA Program, and that specific arrangements must be made to
mitigate these risks and to ensure that funds are used effectively and efficiently. The main aim of
the GAAP, therefore, is to ensure that the project development objectives are achieved.

2. This GAAP summarizes the main identified risks to the project, and the mitigation
measures being taken as a part of project design. The mitigation measures are grouped into four
categories: (i) implementation arrangements; (ii) transparency and citizen voice; (iii) grievance
redressal; and (iv) procurement, contract management, and financial management.

Main Identified Risks

3. Institutional capacity. The NGRBA is a new apex authority which was constituted in
February 2009. It derives its powers from the Environment Protection Act (1986), has a multi-
sectoral mandate to address water quantity and quality aspects, and has significant regulatory and
development powers. However, it faces several challenges. It is a new entity which must be fully
operationalized as it assumes a very large task. It has to work in a complex environment in which
water is a state subject under the Constitution, and in which multiple ministries and agencies
operate. Basin-level management across three key sectors – water resources, environment, and
urban development – will be challenging. This institutional challenge is compounded by the fact
that equally new authorities (the State Ganga River Conservation Authorities) have been created
at the state level.

4. A weak regulatory environment. The fact that many of the Ganga basin states are
relatively less developed compounds the challenge. This risk manifests itself primarily in two
areas: (1) weak regulation of the environment by state pollution control boards (SPCBs), and (2)
financially weak urban local bodies (ULBs) with serious capacity constraints. The SPCBs are
responsible for the enforcement and compliance of the Water Act through licensing of discharge
permits, monitoring of wastewater discharges and water quality, and enforcement. However, the
SPCBs are under-resourced and do not have adequate staff or equipment to carry out their
assigned functions. Also, their focus remains primarily on industrial pollution and not on
municipal wastewater sources. Local ULB service providers have the primary responsibility for
wastewater, solid waste and river front management. However, despite the passing of the 74th
Constitutional Amendment (1993), devolution of functions and responsibilities from states to
ULBs has been limited, and ULBs remain the weakest tier in India’s governance structure. The
ULBs suffer from a range of constraints, including lack of buoyant revenue streams and weak
asset management. Although national programs, like JNNURM, are working to reduce these
risks and injecting funds and reforms, and the system of fiscal transfers from states to ULBs is
being strengthened under the recommendations of the 13th Finance Commission and counterpart
state finance commissions, these governance risks remain significant for NGRBA.

141
5. Potential weaknesses in sub-project level design. This larger set of risks includes
problems that might arise during implementation as a result of loose arrangements or weak sub-
project design. These potential risks include, for example: lack of clarity in roles (particularly
between the PMG and the SPMGs, and between the SPMG and the EAs); poor operations and
maintenance of assets created under the NGRBA Program; problems with procurement and
contract management; lack of citizen voice in project selection and monitoring; and poorly
managed grievance redressal systems.

6. Mitigation measures for potential weaknesses. Although these sets of governance and
accountability risks are substantial, and the overall risk is rated as high, mitigation measures have
been taken as a part of project design with regards to: (i) implementation arrangements; (ii)
transparency and citizen voice; (iii) grievance redressal; and (iv) procurement, contract
management, and financial management.

Mitigation Measures: Implementation Arrangements

7. Mitigating institutional ineffectiveness through strong apex and operational entities.
The challenge of institutional effectiveness has been addressed at both the apex and operational
levels. At the apex level, cross-sectoral coordination has been built into the NGRBA through the
composition of the Authority. The NGRBA has been established as a collaborative institution of
Central and state governments. It is chaired by the Prime Minister, and members include key GoI
ministers and the Chief Ministers of the five basin states. NGRBA also has representation of nine
non-official members from civil society and academia, and from a range of expertise. The
NGRBA has been created under the Environment Protection Act, with a strong legal mandate
and powers for effective abatement of pollution and conservation of the Ganga.

8. Strong and empowered operational entities at the Central and State level. At the
operational level, the NGRBA “may evolve an appropriate mechanism for implementation of its
decisions” (as per the NGRBA Notification), and to that effect the PMG and SPMGs are being
created as dedicated institutions for operationalization and implementation of the NGRBA
Program. They will have the requisite powers, functions, capacity, and staff needed to coordinate
effectively across a large basin area, improve the quality of investment preparation, and deliver
the program. They are currently being established as registered societies with the structures,
staffing plans, financial autonomy, and single-point accountability required.

9. Clear delineation of roles, relationships, functions, and powers. Details and

clarifications on the roles and responsibilities of the PMG and SPMGs –and the relationships
between them – are provided in the registration documents of the new societies and in the
NGRBA Program Framework.

10. Strengthening the ULBs and the environmental regulators. The risk of weak ULBs and
environmental regulators hampering project effectiveness is being mitigated through a
combination of capacity building measures and protection of assets created. With regards to
ULBs, measures include: (i) ULB involvement from the beginning in individual investment
selection and implementation, including a commitment to own and maintain assets in the long
run; (ii) a capacity building sub-component to provide training, planning systems, and equipment
to local-level water and wastewater service providers; (iii) technical assistance, for example, for

142
a close examination of urban finances to assist specific ULBs in boosting revenue streams for
long-term asset maintenance; and (iv) the use of PPP contracts to protect new assets, including
15 year Design Build Operate (DBO) contracts for all appropriate investments in wastewater
treatment plants, and options for the use of PPP contracts elsewhere, such as in upstream sewage
networks or in riverfront management. Environmental regulators are also being specifically
targeted through customized capacity building packages to improve: (i) infrastructure, including
the upgradation of buildings, laboratories, and transportation facilities for sample collection etc;
(ii) information, including IT infrastructure, MIS and GIS systems, legacy data computerization,
website development, laboratory information management systems etc; and (iii) institutions,
including, training, staffing for additional skills, and accreditation of labs etc.

11. Ensuring the long term sustainability of assets. The sustainability of investments is a
particularly important issue. Apart from the deliberate and consistent use of PPPs for all
wastewater treatment plants, the project’s implementation arrangements are structured in such a
way as to ensure that all assets are designed, built and operated for long term sustainability. The
investments frameworks across the four sectors sets the minimum eligibility and appraisal
criteria (technical, economic, financial, and social) for high quality investments, including, for
example, the need for technical options analysis and full details on financing arrangements and
minimum O&M plans prior to investment approval. Detailed implementation arrangements
ensure that no investment can be approved without specific commitments of the ULB, and the
MoAs will be signed by the ULBs – both at the program-level with the PMG and the SPMG; and
at the investment-level with the SPMG and the EA – to ensure asset ownership and commitment
to O&M over the long term. In addition, since the system of federal fiscal transfers from Center
to States in India is established and reliable, states can guarantee support.

Mitigation Measures: Transparency & Citizen Voice

12. Disclosure and dissemination of information. The Municipality Disclosure Act, the
Right to Information Act, and the NGRBA Guidelines on stakeholder consultation will be
adhered to for the purpose of information dissemination. Citizen voice is strongly supported
through the project principles of (i) disclosure of information on a regular basis to the public, and
(ii) genuine stakeholder consultation and engagement on specific investments. This is
particularly important given that lack of transparency, inadequate supervision, and construction
deficiencies are the main risks associated with the execution of civil works. NGRBA program
websites are being designed for information disclosure and dissemination, on all aspects of the
program. Relevant information will also be available in the state language. The project will
ensure an efficient and effective usage of print and electronic media, bill boards, posters, and
adoption of any other method suited to the local context.
13. Use of Social Audits. Social audits provide a succinct view of performance relative to the
objective of a project, and provide insight and learning from a third party without vested
interests. They are known to increase accountability to beneficiaries and other stakeholders, and
can enhance democratic practices if conducted well. In the NGRBA program, social audits will
be conducted through the Citizen Monitoring Committees, on a sample basis of 10% of
investments. The SPMG will provide the required resources to the Citizens Monitoring
Committees for conducting the social audits and for ensuring that community meetings, focus
group discussions, and social audit record keeping are carried out. The number of social audits

143
conducted per year will be used as an indicator of overall program success. Key lessons from this
process will be fed back into overall NGRBA program design and the processes currently in
place for investment selection and implementation.
14. Adherence to the RTI Act. In addition, in compliance with the requirements of the Right
to Information (RTI) Act (2005), the project shall provide information voluntarily and on
demand as prescribed by law. The RTI Act guarantees citizens the right to secure information
controlled by public authorities as a means to promote transparency and accountability within the
public sector. Under the RTI Act, public authorities are bound to provide suo moto information
and timely response to public enquiries. The project will ensure proactive disclosure and sharing
of information with key stakeholders, including with communities and beneficiaries. Disclosure
applies to all public project related documents, including, but not limited to project components
and sub-components, cost estimates, procurement plans, details of tender notices, details of
award of contracts and contract amounts, selection of consultants, and details of officials
implementing the project.

Mitigation Measures: Grievance Redressal

15. Purpose of grievance redressal. The purpose of a robust and responsive grievance
redressal is to ensure that any query or complaint with regard to any aspect of project
implementation is fairly heard and promptly addressed. The development of an integrated system
will enable the seamless integration of feedback from the public, effective handling of
complaints, and immediate automatic updates on the status of response. It will also ensure the
coordination of Center and State so that one system exists for the entire NGRBA program.

16. An Integrated Grievance Redressal System (IGRS). Grievance Redressal Cells (GRCs)
will be established, with necessary officers and systems, at the local EAs, ULBs, SPMGs and the
PMG levels. Grievances may be submitted through various mediums, including in person, in
written form to a noted address, through a toll free phone line or through direct calls to
concerned officials, and online. All local contact information and options for complaint
submission will be available on site on local information boards.

17. Dedicated specialists with targets. Specific persons will be put in place at both the PMG
and SPMG level who will be entrusted with the responsibility of examining and handling all
incoming queries and complaints, and with tracking and monitoring their redressal. In order to
conduct a fair and impartial enquiry into complaints received, these specialists will not be staff
associated directly with project implementation.

Mitigation Measures: Procurement, Contract Management & Financial Management

18. Overcoming low capacity and weak systems. The project is designed to promote
transparency and accountability and overcome the problems of low capacity and weak systems in
the areas of procurement, contract management and financial management. Dedicated specialists
in these fields are being appointed to work in both the PMG and SPMGs, with specific training
being provided on World Bank procedures.

19. Efficient, fair, and transparent procurement. To ensure efficient, fair and transparent
procurement procedures are followed by all entities, the NGRBA Program has developed a
Procurement Manual that explains the procurement process in detail, and includes: procedures to

144
be followed and methods of procurement; model bidding documents and other documents to be
used for procurement management; roles and responsibilities of the PMG, the SPMGs and the
EAs; and prior and post review arrangements. Procurement professionals trained in the processes
and procedures to be followed will be staffed in the national PMG and in each SPMG with
overall responsibility for procurement planning, implementation monitoring, and oversight. The
World Bank will provide capacity building support and supervision through prior and post
review to ensure adequacy of the procurement system. Through careful procurement design, such
as advanced annual planning of procurement to be undertaken and set time lines for various
activities, the Manual ensures: that contracting opportunities are widely disseminated
internationally, nationally and locally depending on the value of the contract; that open and
transparent evaluation processes are followed through a participatory committee of key
stakeholders; and award decisions are made public. The use of innovative practices, like e-
procurement, will be piloted, and transparency will be increased through computerization of all
record keeping and procurement data, and the disclosure of all tender notices, bid documents and
status of contracts on the project website and in the local print media. Contract management in
its entirety will be as much a focus of attention as initial procurement.

20. Long term contract management. Beyond initial award, contracts need to be managed
throughout their duration. This is particularly true for contracts of long duration when revisions
may occur (e.g. cost increases, or changes in scope) and for contracts between weak government
agencies and strong private players. Because 5 years of O&M costs are being included as a part
of project costs in some cases, and because all wastewater treatment plants are being contracted
on a 15-year DBO or other PPP basis, contract management is particularly important in this
project. In addition to the Procurement and Financial Management Manuals, which also address
contract implementation, other tools and risk mitigation measures have been included as part of
project design. These include:

 The capacity of EAs, which will manage the great majority of goods and works, will be
carefully assessed upfront. They will be selected by the SPMG on the basis of an agreed
set of minimum criteria for fiduciary capacity to undertake contract management. The
criteria include: that the EA have sufficient technical expertise, institutional capacity and
financial powers to adequately plan for, design, implement and maintain investments, and
that a review of past performance (including through internal control reports, third party
quality assurance reports, and third party statutory financial audits) be undertaken to
avoid a history of weaknesses with regard to contract management. The World Bank will
review the selection of EAs, for the sub-projects to be financed by this project, to ensure
this selection process is adhered to.

 Financial audits, internal and external, will be conducted throughout the project to ensure
high quality of all project-financed activities and investments. Third party inspection
agencies will carry out quality assurance audits of the entire program. The NGRBA
Program will also remain liable to statutory audit by the Comptroller and Auditor General
(CAG) of India. These audit pressures will support good contract management
throughout the sub-project cycle.

 The project will provide technical assistance and advisory services involving government
agencies to ensure contracts are well managed from the initial procurement to final

145
 completion. This TA includes consultancies for PPP advisory services, project
management, monitoring and evaluation, and technical support, all of which are built into
Component 1. The PPP consultancy will produce model contract documents and advise
on options for deal structuring and risk allocation, based on international best practice,
the Indian national experience in the wastewater sector, and market testing.

21. Ensuring clarity in financial management and auditing. In financial management, weak
capacity and systems will be mitigated through staff training, and clear specification of powers
and procedures, including fund flow and disbursement arrangements. Internal quarterly audits
will be supplemented by a statutory annual audit by a third party to be approved by the World
Bank.

22. Standard fiduciary controls apply. Standard World Bank fiduciary controls with respect
to Financial Management and Procurement apply, and are described in Annexes 7 and 8
respectively.

23. Performance Indicators. The GAAP will be monitored based on the following
performance indicators:
- The quality and timeliness of voluntary disclosure of public information and of grievance
redress by relevant agencies; and
- The extent of social audits of planned investments against the set benchmark of 10%.

146
 Annex 12: Communications Strategy and Action Plan
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. Wide range of views, concerns, sensitivities. Given the emotive status of the Ganga in
India, there are a wide range of stakeholder views, concerns and sensitivities that need to be
taken into account. Stakeholders include religious opinion leaders and Hindu clergy; state
governments and government officials; local industry; environment-focused NGOs and
community-based organizations; academics and research scholars; the media; youth; local
communities that depend on the river; and millions living elsewhere in India for whom the river
is an iconic religious and cultural symbol. While most stakeholder concerns and sensitivities
are long abiding, they are currently in prominent play as concerns over the deteriorating quality
and quantity of water in the Ganga have come to the forefront of attention in the media and in
civil society. A rapid assessment of stakeholder perceptions has shown that there is a high level
of concern, across stakeholder groups, about the levels of pollution in the river and its
deleterious effects on people’s lives and livelihoods.

2. Importance of public participation. There is widespread recognition that the success and
sustainability of the NGRBA Program hinge on high levels of public participation. The scope
of the Program calls for broad-based public support and real behavioral change among
stakeholder groups. The involvement of various stakeholders will be especially crucial in the
case of specific investments, where the speed of implementation and long term sustainability
will depend significantly on the support and participation of local stakeholder groups, including
affected communities, elected representatives, and community leaders. The rapid assessment of
stakeholder perceptions has also revealed an unequivocal demand from local stakeholders, both
rural and urban, that public participation in Ganga clean-up activities be written into the
Program. A strategic communications and outreach plan will thus be crucial for generating
public awareness about the Program and mobilizing widespread participation.

3. Public skepticism, but Government commitment to change. The NGRBA Program also
faces skepticism from the public as a result of previous efforts to clean the Ganga, which are
widely perceived to have been less than successful. The rapid assessment of perceptions
showed a high level of demand for enhanced transparency in proposed activities, with
responses, across stakeholder groups, indicating dissatisfaction with existing levels of
accountability in public programs. Efforts are thus clearly needed to create and maintain public
confidence and interest in the new program through sustained communication and public
disclosure efforts. The government, at both national and state levels, is aware of the need to take
stakeholder concerns into account and has already consulted widely, and at the highest level,
with civil society during the process of formation of the NGRBA apex authority, which has
been conceived as a body representing a range of stakeholders, including state governments and
civil society, and has a statutory provision for further involving experts and civil society
members in its structure.

4. Development of a Communication Strategy. The Ministry of Environment and Forests

(MoEF) has commissioned the formulation of a Communications Strategy aimed at: (i) creating
an enabling environment for the program; (ii) strengthening public support by actively
communicating activities, impacts and benefits; and (iii) setting up two-way channels of

147
communications with key stakeholder groups to help in the design, implementation and
monitoring of the Program.

5. Communications Needs Assessment. The development of the Communications Strategy

is envisaged as a phased initiative, with the first exercise being in the form of a detailed
Communications Needs Assessment. This Assessment is expected to identify all relevant
stakeholder groups and provide insight into their concerns about, expectations of, and
relationship with the NGRBA program. In the second phase, this exercise will enable the
formulation of a strategic communications approach to reach out to these stakeholder groups
with messages, campaigns and programmes, and through media best expected to resonate with
them and ensure their active involvement and participation at different levels.

6. Components of Communications Strategy. It is envisaged that the communications

strategy and general approach for a program of this scale and profile will require an effective
mix of mass communications, general and targeted advocacy, community mobilization, and
social messaging. The tools will range from mass media to social advertising, direct interaction,
media engagement and the development of platforms and champions, especially at the state and
local levels. While the detailed communications strategy is still being developed, there is
recognition that it will likely include:

(a) Mass communication campaigns: These campaigns will be focused on pollution

control messages, (especially ‘Dos & Don’ts’ of human interactions with the river)
and sensitization of the general public. This will need to take in traditional material
(television films, radio spots, print materials, etc) as well as innovative information
dissemination media like the use of local folk media, as well as persuasion/ outreach/
activities through NGOs, schools and colleges, temples and fairs etc..

(b) Support for voluntary public participation: The special space the Ganga occupies in
the cultural and religious psyche of people in India provides a tremendous
opportunity for tapping this reverence and harnessing it into a people’s movement.
Mobilising the masses will not only generate a continuing demand for clean-up and
conservation activities but will also enhance wide participation in the planning,
design, implementation and, especially, monitoring of activities proposed under the
Program. Community mobilisation will thus form an essential part of the
Communication Strategy and it is expected that the voluntary program will be guided
by the Governing Council of the PMG, with the advice from the NGRBA expert
members, and with funding available under the project to support specific voluntary
initiatives. Some expert members have already, in their private capacities as leading
civil society activists, launched public awareness programs. The interest generated
by initiatives, such as the Ganga Yatra (or ‘walk’ down the length of the river from
Gangotri to Gangasagar) indicates a real demand for NGRBA Program support for
voluntary grassroots initiatives. The Project will train volunteers and also fund small
public participation initiatives, which will be eligible for funding under the Ganga
Innovation Projects (see details below).

148
 (c) Proactive Disclosure, such as:

i. Mandatory Right to Information (RTI) compliance.

ii. Websites at both the national PMG and SPMG levels.
iii. Public Information Cells at the EA level (e.g. to house all relevant
documents, etc).
iv. Information Boards/Walls at the level of the individual works.
(d) Formal Community Participation, such as:

i. Open, pro-active and ongoing consultations – including provisions for

conferences, workshops, seminars at the national, state and ULB level to
bring stakeholders together for discussion, dialogue and information
dissemination.
ii. Civil Society representatives to be included as part of the SGCRAs.
iii. Participation of community and citizen groups, through the ULB-level
Citizens Monitoring Committees, to conduct social audits and provide
feedback on outcomes.

7. Social Intermediation and Outreach around Specific Investments. The involvement of

stakeholders will be especially crucial in the context of individual investments, where the speed
of implementation and long term sustainability depend in large measure on the support and
participation of local stakeholder groups, including directly-affected communities, elected
representatives, and community leaders. The responsiveness of local communities, such as
willingness to connect to sewers and pay for services, will be crucial for the long-term success of
the Program. A rapid assessment of stakeholder perceptions indicates a high-level of demand at
the grassroots level for greater transparency and for active involvement in the proposed
operations. Therefore, in addition to overall strategic communication efforts, all major
investments will have tailor-made social intermediation interventions to engage with local
communities and key stakeholders to ensure their inclusion and participation in the planning,
implementation and subsequent management of the investments.
8. The social intermediation activities (which may be stand-alone activities or a part of the
Environmental and Social Assessment) will be carried out in two parts. The first part will focus
on developing an intermediation strategy and action plan for the city where the major Bank
investments are planned. The second part will (based on key inputs from the first consultancy)
implement the social intermediation processes in the concerned ULBs utilizing the services of
local NGOs or other community based organizations (CBOs). The consultants/NGOs/CBOs are
expected to work in close liaison with the EAs, ULBs, Citizens Monitoring Committees (see
below) and local communities. They will undertake door-to-door and street level IEC campaigns,
facilitate connection processes and ensure that relevant and timely information is made available
to the citizens on the project. Initially, this exercise will be launched in the cities of Allahabad &
Kanpur. At the end of year one of the project (when the Bank funded investments and associated
cities are clearly identified), the exercise will be launched in the remaining cities. In addition to
addressing intermediation needs of project-supported investments, the consultant/NGO/CBO will
identify other prevailing major polluting behaviours and undertake IEC campaigns in
collaboration with local institutions and other stakeholders.

149
9. ULB-level Citizens Monitoring Committees. These Committees are intended to serve as
a transparency mechanism on flow of project-related information to citizens and key
stakeholders and to garner their feedback on the project processes. These voluntary bodies, to be
constituted by the District Magistrate/Collector would include officials from the state
government as well as the EAs; local elected members of the ULB; representatives of prominent
local institutions (academic, research); other prominent citizens; as well as representatives from
industry, voluntary organizations, media, etc. The Committee will function as a platform for the
authorities to interact with civil society and will meet at least once in six months to provide
updates on the progress of the project and to hear suggestions, issues and problems put forward
by citizens and civil society. It will also undertake social audits. Reports pertaining to
assessments/studies and other information relating to specific investments will be made available
to these Committees.
10. Ganga Innovation Projects. Funding will be available for financing small-scale
innovative proposals aimed at reducing and preventing pollution in the river. These proposals
may cover a wide range of activities from innovative pollution-prevention methods, awareness
campaigns, community driven initiatives, data collection/analysis/exercises, etc. Large
infrastructure projects will not be eligible for these grants. Specific guidelines, criteria and other
operational modalities for this activity will be worked out by the PMG. The proposals received
would be scrutinized by a committee constituted by PMG
11. Social Audits. NGRBA will carry out Social Audits covering a number of ongoing
investments. These audits will be conducted through the Citizens Monitoring Committees,
which will be provided with the requisite support/resources by the SPMGs.
12. The Appointment of Communications and Outreach Specialists. MoEF has hired a
Communications Coordinator as part of the PMG. This professional will oversee the
development and implementation of the Communications and Outreach Strategy, and will
coordinate and interact with state governments, ULBs, implementing agencies, and other interest
groups around shared communications initiatives and activities relevant to the program. The
Communications Coordinator will also handle the communication and outreach activities of the
Ganga Knowledge Center, as its Chief Public Relation Officer to achieve the objectives of the
NGRBA program. Each SPMG will also include a dedicated Communications Specialist
responsible for planning, implementing and monitoring communication and outreach programs
in that state, and liaising with the NGRBA and the PMG.

150
 Annex 13: Project Preparation and Supervision
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Planned Actual
PCN review 02/18/2010 02/18/2010
Initial PID to PIC 09/02/2010 10/01/2010
Initial ISDS to PIC 08/15/2010 09/15/2010
Appraisal February 2011 February 2011
Negotiations March 2011 April 2011
Board/RVP approval May 2011
Planned date of effectiveness 08/31/11
Planned date of mid-term review 08/31/15
Planned closing date 08/31/19

Key institutions responsible for preparation of the project:

Borrower
Government of India
Ministry of Finance, New Delhi

Responsible Agency
Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India
Department of Urban Development, Government of Uttarakhand
Department of Urban Development, Government of Uttar Pradesh
Department of Urban Development, Government of Bihar
Department of Urban Development, Government of Jharkhand
Department of Urban Development, Government of West Bengal

Bank staff and consultants who worked on the project included:

Name Title Unit
Sanjay Pahuja TTL, Senior Water Resources Specialist SASDI
Genevieve Connors Co-TTL, Water Resources Specialist SASDI
William Kingdom Lead Water and Sanitation Specialist SASDU
Srinivasa Rao Podipireddy Senior Water and Sanitation Specialist SASDU
Tapas Paul Senior Environmental Specialist SASDI
Nagaraja Rao Harshadeep Senior Environmental Specialist AFTEN
A.S. Harinath Environmental Specialist SASDI
Mikul Bhatia Senior Energy Specialist SASDE
Charles Cormier Country Sector Coordinator SASDI
Kishor Uprety Senior Counsel LEGES
Michael Jacobsen Senior Water Resources Specialist TWIWA
A.K. Kalesh Kumar Senior Procurement Specialist SARPS

151
Papia Bhatachaarji Senior Financial Management Specialist SARFM
Dhruba Purkayastha Senior Private Sector Development Specialist SASFP
Parthapriya Ghosh Social Development Specialist SASDS
R.S. Pathak Senior Irrigation Engineer SASDA
R.R. Mohan Senior Social Development Specialist SASDS
Sona Thakur Communications Officer SAREX
Muthukumara S. Mani Senior Environmental Economist SASDI
Chandra Shekhar Sinha Lead Financial Specialist LCSEG
Pratibha Mistry Water Resources Specialist SASDI
Pyush Dogra Environmental Specialist SASDI
Ranu Sinha Operations Analyst SASDI
Siet Meijer Operations Analyst SASDI
Pamela Patrick Program Assistant SASDI
Rachel Susan Palmer Program Assistant SASDI
Menahem Libhaber Consultant – Energy Generating STPs EASER
Prasad Modak Consultant – Water Quality and Knowledge Center SASDI
Nalini Chidambaram Consultant – Legal Analysis SASDI
Geoffrey Reade Consultant - Project Preparation & Urban Investments SASDU
Srinivasan Raj Rajagopal Consultant – Project Preparation SASDA
Jack Ruitenbeek Consultant – Economic Analysis SASDI
Cynthia Carter Consultant – Economic Analysis AFTEN
Anil Markandya Consultant – Economic Analysis SASDI
Don Blackmore Consultant - NGRBA Institutions SASDI
Paritosh Tyagi Consultant - NGRBA Institutions SASDI
Hari Prakash Consultant - Environment SASDI
Mrinal Mathur Consultant – Research & Project Assistance SASDI
Puneet Kapoor Consultant – Financial Management SARFM
Yashwant Raj Deshmukh Consultant - Communications SAREX
P.U. Asnani Consultant – Solid Waste Management SASDI
Venkata Rao Bayana Consultant - Social SASDI
Santhanam Krishnan Consultant - Procurement SARPS
Mam Chand Consultant - Procurement SASDS
Lauriane Cayet Consultant – GIS Specialist SASDI
Hrishikesh Prakash Patel Consultant – GIS Specialist SASDI
Anand Jalakam Consultant – Urban Institutional Analysis SASDU
Konrad Buchauer Consultant – Urban WWTP Review SASDU
Nayan Khambati Consultant – Urban WWTP Review SASDU
Harry Cantle Consultant – Urban Capacity Building SASDU
Satish Kamaraju Consultant – Urban Capacity Building SASDU
Pisupati Karthikeya Consultant – Urban Financial Analysis SASDU
Mark Heggli Consultant – Water Quality Monitoring SASDI

152
Michele de Nevers QER Reveiwer – Sector Manager, Environment SDN
Steve Linter QER Reviewer - Senior Advisor OPCQC
Julia Bucknall QER Reviewer - Sector Manager, Water TWIWA
Dan Biller QER Reviewer - Lead Economist SASDI
Manuel Marino QER Reviewer - Lead Water and Sanitation Specialist ECSS6
Jim Wescoat External QER Reviewer - Professor, MIT External
Vinod Tare External QER Reviewer - Professor, IIT Kanpur External
Vijay Jagannathan PCN Peer Reviewer - Sector Manager EASIN
Greg Browder PCN Peer Reviewer - Lead WSS Specialist LCSUW

Overall Implementation Support Strategy

1. The Challenge of Scale and Complexity The project is multi-sectoral in nature, and will
support a number of investments spread over a large area in five states. Therefore it is paramount
that the project adopts an innovative supervision strategy that makes the best use of the resources
of the Government of India, state governments, third party consultants, and the World Bank.

2. Client-led Supervision Since the project aims at operationalizing the NGRBA institutions
and developing their capacity for managing a large basin-level river clean-up and conservation
program, supervision is integrated as part of the overall NGRBA program management.
Therefore the project will be mainly supervised by the NGRBA’s implementing institutions
(PMG at the central level and SPMGs at the state level). They will be primarily responsible for
project implementation such that the PDO is achieved in a timely manner. While the GoI will
apply the NGRBA Program Framework to the entire NGRBA Program, the World Bank will
neither supervise nor be responsible for the quality of application of the Program Framework to
investments and activities that are not financed by this project. The World Bank supervision will
be limited to the activities and investments financed by this project.

3. Implementation Management Tools The implementation will be facilitated by a range of

management tools that have been developedand agreed,, including: detailed investment
frameworks, implementation process flow (including planning, preparation, appraisal,
implementation and monitoring and evaluation), Guidelines for infrastructure investment
preparation, Memoranda of Agreement, Institutional arrangements, Environmental and Social
Management Framework, Governance and Accountability Action Plan, and Communication and
Public Outreach Plan, which collectively define the NGRBA Program Framework. The main
features of these are summarized below:

(a) Investment frameworks have been developed for selecting and implementing
infrastructure investments in the four key sectors of intervention under the NGRBA
program - municipal wastewater, industrial pollution, solid waste management and river
front management. The frameworks prescribe criteria and quality assurance standards
covering various aspects including eligibility, prioritization, planning, technical
preparation, financial and economic analyses, environmental and social management,
long term O&M sustainability, community participation, and local institutional capacity.
The objective is to ensure that the investments are well-prepared and amongst the most

153
 effective in reducing the pollution loads, and implemented in a manner that makes them
sustainable. Given the long-term nature of the NGRBA program and the fact that
universe of potential investments is large, the adoption of the framework approach
effectively sets the “rules of the game”, and will allow infrastructure investments to be
selected on a dynamic and ongoing basis.
(b) Implementation Process Flow along with roles and responsibilities of the entities
involved in implementation of NGRBA program have been agreed and documented. The
implementation process covers the various aspects including annual planning, investment
prioritization, a two-stage (feasibility and detailed project report) preparation and
appraisal process, execution, O&M, eventual assets transfer to local bodies, financial
management, procurement, community engagement, social and environmental
management, governance and monitoring and evaluation. In addition to the infrastructure
investments (under Component Two of the project), the implementation process has also
been agreed for pre-identified activities related to NGRBA Institutional Development
(Component One of the project), innovative pilots, communications, and research and
knowledge management.
(c) Guidelines for Infrastructure Investments have been prepared. A two-step process has
been agreed for preparation and appraisal of investments, whereby investments would be
appraised at both concept and detailed project report stage. Guidelines have been
disseminated for preparation of feasibility stage and detailed project reports, including
requisite contents, methodologies, and standards to be followed.
(d) Model Agreements/MoAs have been prepared to operationalize the agreed institutional
model and implementation arrangements. These include: (i) Memorandum of Association
and bylaws, including functions and powers of the PMG and the SPMGs and the division
of roles and responsibilities; and (ii) two tripartite MoAs, one between the PMG, the
SPMG and the ULB; and one between the SPMG, the EA and the ULB, for ensuring
commitment and clarity on roles and responsibilities of various parties regarding
execution, O&M, and eventual transfer of assets to local bodies.
(e) Powers of Approvals. Powers and procedures for technical and administrative approvals
of investments, for award of contracts for works/goods and services, and for making
payments have all been well defined for each implementing agency and being
documented in the FM and procurement manuals. To ensure efficiency in implementation
most of the powers have been delegated to the lowest appropriate levels, adopting the
principle of subsidiarity. Thus, once the annual action plan is cleared by the NGRBA,
most implementation related powers are vested with the PMG, SPMGs and EAs for their
respective components. The only exceptions are the award of the high cost consultancy
and works/goods contracts, which have been defined in the fiduciary manuals.

4. The specific annexes provide the details on Environmental and Social Management
Framework (annex 10), Governance and Accountability Action Plan (annex 11), and
Communication Strategy and Action Plan (annex 12).

5. Other important documents guiding project implementation are:

(a) FM Manual for the project: providing the details of funds flow, accounting,
auditing and reporting, and the related control and accountability mechanisms
(details in Annex 7), and

154
 (b) Procurement Manual for the project: containing the procurement strategy,
methods and procedures to be adopted, along with draft documents to be used for
bidding of typical works and goods and procurement of consultant services, along
with powers of actors to award these works and consultancies (details in Annex
8).

6. A Monitoring and Evaluation Framework has been designed to continually distill

lessons from implementation experiences and introduce changes and modifications in the
implementation strategy as the project progresses.

Roles of the NGRBA Implementing Institutions

7. The MoEF has used the support provided by the Project Preparation Facility (PPF) to
start assembling a multi-disciplinary team for the PMG, which is in the process of being formally
established. This team, with the support from the NGRBA nodal departments in each state, has
been instrumental in project preparation.

8. The PMG and the SPMGs are being established as registered societies, with appropriate
structure, staffing, powers and leadership to enable an effective management of the NGRBA
program. The PMG and SPMGs are explicitly responsible for (a) overall planning and
management of the NGRBA program (including the Bank-funded project investments), and
monitoring implementation performance, (b) ensuring compliance with agreed financial
management and procurement manuals, audits, and ensuring compliance with audit observations,
(c) ensuring compliance with the NGRBA’s Environmental and Social Management Framework,
and implementing the Governance and Accountability Action Plan, and (d) regular monitoring
and evaluation of project performance/ achievements, including regular review of
implementation experiences for ensuring course corrections as needed.

9. The PMG is headed by the NGRBA National Mission Director, and will have about 30-
40 full-time key professional staff. The SPMGs will be headed by a Project Director, and will
have about 20-25 full-time professional staff in all key states. The indicative staffing plans will
ensure that these implementing institutions will have the multi-disciplinary capacity in the
critical areas required for the NGRBA program, including but not limited to, basin planning,
water resources and water quality management, project management, economics, social and
environmental management, M&E, information management, communications and public
participation, financial management, law, and procurement.

10. While some of the professional staff will be drafted from within the National/State
government offices/ agencies, the rest would be filled from private sector on contract basis. In
addition, the PMG and SPMGs will recruit private sector agencies/ consultants/ experts
(individuals, institutions or firms), including international experts from time to time as necessary
to strengthen their project monitoring, evaluation and management capacity. The recruitment
process for two key consultancies – the Project Management Consultancy and the Technical
Support Consultancies - has already started. In the interim, a bilateral technical assistance (from
the Government of France) is being put in place to rapidly deploy technical consultants for early
support to the PMG and the SPMGs.

155
11. In addition to the planned routine and periodic supervision, the NGRBA will undertake
periodic reviews of the NGRBA program, including the Bank-funded project. At the highest
level, one review of the NGRBA program is expected annually, under the chairmanship of the
Prime Minister. It is expected that the NGRBA Standing Committee will undertake more
frequent reviews. Similar high level reviews will also take place at the state level. The PMG and
SPMGs will facilitate these high-level reviews, and incorporate the review findings in the
remaining period of the project implementation.

Role of the Bank Team

12. The Bank team will strive to maintain the multidisciplinary expertise assembled for the
project preparation phase, including specialists experienced in river basin planning, water quality
modeling and monitoring, urban water and wastewater services, sewage treatment, solid waste
management, regional/urban planning, project economics, water institutions, private sector
participation, procurement, financial management, social, environment, civil engineering, and
MIS/Monitoring. Given the need to support higher technical standards and quality in the sectors
of intervention, international consultants will be deployed particularly for improvements in
sewerage and treatment technologies, river front management, net energy positive wastewater
pilots, establishing the carbon credits POA, and enhancing research on Ganga water quality and
environment. This technical support will be funded primarily through Trust Funds.

13. It is expected that the Bank task team that has been closely associated with project
preparation will continue extending implementation support to the project at least during the first
two years of the project. In addition, Bank team will employ consultants to be fielded on ground
to pick up early signs of implementation barriers, public concerns and grievances, and any other
issues involving reputational risks.

Supervision Modalities

14. Project implementation and supervision will be conducted through:

(a) Project launch, to be conducted soon after the project approval, to being all project
functionaries together and ensure that the project scope, design, process and
responsibilities are well-understood.
(b) Four full regular supervision missions every year, for the first two years; Three full
missions after that.
(c) Intermediate technical missions by specialists, as needed.
(d) Regular review meetings in Delhi
(e) Annual Action Plans prepared by the PMG (in collaboration with SPMGs)
(f) Semi-annual implementation progress reports prepared by the PMG (based on inputs
from SPMGs), including reports from social audits and internal auditors.
(g) Midterm review
(h) Detailed ICR at the end of the project to assess achievement of PDO and lessons

15. The supervision team would maintain close interaction with the client agencies at the
center (PMG and CPCB) and in the five states (SPMGs, SPCBs and ULBs) – particularly during

156
the first two years of supervision. During this period, institutional capacities at all these
institutions would be strengthened, significant information dissemination would be required,
annual investment plans would be prepared for the first time and the bulk of the investment
proposals would be appraised for compliance with the NGRBA framework requirements. Special
attention would be needed in the areas which are new to the Ganga program in India, for
example: (a) communications program/strategy, (b) environmental and social management
framework, (c) PPP models, (d) innovative pilots, for example, in the areas of net-energy
generating wastewater treatement technologies, (e) Ganga Knowledge Center, and (f) Water
Qaulity Monitoring systems.

16. It is expected that at the end of the second year, bulk of the investments would have been
identified. At that time, the focus of supervisionis expected to largely shift to monitoring of
investment implementation and continued adherence to agreed framework requirements. The
anticipated skills and corresponding time requirements are presented in the following table:

Estimated Staffing Requirements for Project Supervision

Role Years 1 & 2 Years 3 to 5

(Wks) (Wks)
Task Team Leader 15 10
Co-Task Team Leader 15 10
Water & Sanitation Specialist 10 6
Environment Specialist 6 4
Social Specialist 6 4
Procurement Specialist 10 6
FM Specialist 6 6
Energy Specialist 6 4
Communication Specialist 6 6
River Basin Planning Expert 6 4
Solid Waste Management Expert 6 4
Regional/Urban Planning Expert 4 4
Institutional Development Expert 20 10
Private Sector Dev. Specialist 6 4
Water Resources Specialist 4 4
Carbon Finance Expert 4 4
IT/MIS/GIS Systems Expert 6 6
River Front Development Expert 6 4
Consultant - Communications 6 6
Consultant - Water & Sanitation 6 4
Consultant - Energy Generating STPs 4 4
Consultant - Water Quality Monitoring 6 4
Consultant - Solid Waste Management 6 4
Consultant - Institutional Development 10 8
Consultant - Urban Capacity Building 6 6
Consultant - Wastewater Treatment 6 4
Operations Analyst (2 persons) 20 10

157
17. The following is the status on resource use and needs:

Bank funds expended to date on project preparation:

Bank resources: US$ 1,070,702
Trust funds: US$ 550,523
Total: US$ 1,621,225

Estimated approval and supervision costs:

Remaining costs to approval: US$ 100,000
Estimated annual supervision cost: US$ 500,000 (first two years)
US$ 300,000 (afterwards)

18. Bank budget for supervision would be augmented by resources from established South
Asia trust funds which have committed to support this project. Currently, these trust funds
include the multi-donor South Asia Water Initiative and the Australian Infrastructure Trust Fund.

158
 Annex 14: Documents in the Project File
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

1. Project Preparation Documents

1. Project Concept Note (PCN) and PCN Minutes, Feb 2010
2. Minutes of Workshop on Global Experiences in River Clean-Up, April 2010
3. Preparation Mission Aide Memoire, June 2010
4. Project Information Document (PID), Concept Stage, Sept 2010
5. Integrated Safeguards Datasheet (ISDS), Concept Stage, Sept 2010
6. Key Decisions from Pre-Appraisal Workshop with States, Oct 2010
7. Quality Enhancement Review (QER) PAD and QER Note, Nov 2010
8. Environment and Social Management Framework (ESMF), Jan 2011
9. Appraisal Mission Aide Memoire, March 2011
10. Project Information Document (PID), Appraisal Stage (March 2011)
11. Integrated Safeguards Datasheet (ISDS), Appraisal Stage (March 2011)
12. Financial Management Manual (April 2011)
13. Project Procurement Manual (April 2011)

2. Key Project Technical Reports

1. Assessment of Wastewater Investments in Kanpur and Allahabad, May 2010
2. Report on Industrial Pollution Control in the Ganga Basin, May 2010
3. Report on Solid Waste Management in NGRBA States, May 2010
4. Assessment of Effectiveness of Existing Wastewater Collection Networks, July 2010
5. Report on Energy Generation and Biogas Utilization in Wastewater Sector, Aug 2010
6. Guidelines for FR and DPR Preparation in the Wastewater Sector, Sept 2010
7. Report on Institutional Structures for NGRBA Functions, Oct 2010
8. Activity Description Report on Ganga Knowledge Center, Oct 2010
9. Activity Description Report on Water Quality Monitoring System, Oct 2010
10. Report on Institutional Development for NGRBA, Nov 2010
11. Institutional Evaluation of Jal Nigam and Jalkal Departments in UP, Nov 2010
12. Review of Design, Operation and Maintenance of WWTPs on Ganges River, Nov
2010
13. Activity Description Report on Strengthening Environmental Regulators, Nov 2010

159
 14. Financial Analysis of O&M of W&S Services in Kanpur, Dec 2010
15. Capacity Building Assessment of W&S Service Providers in Kanpur & Allahabad,
Jan 2011
16. Updating the Economic Analysis of the GAP to the NGRBA, Jan 2011
17. Calculations and Report on Investment Specific Economic Analysis, Jan 2011

3. Reports by Government of India

1. MOEF, Status Paper on River Ganga: State of Environment & Water Quality, 2009
2. MOEF, Compendium of Sewage Treatment Technologies, 2009
3. MOEF, Mission Clean Ganga, 2009
4. MOEF, Conservation Action Plan for the Gangetic Dolphin (2010-2020), 2010
5. MOEF, Induction Material – History, Mandate, Aims, Objectives of MOEF, 2008
6. CPCB, Status of Sewage Treatment Plants in the Ganga Basin, 2007
7. CPCB, Evaluation of Operations & Maintenance of WWTPs in India, 2007
8. IIM Lucknow, Evaluation of CPCB for MOEF, 2010
9. Comptroller Auditor General (CAG) Report on the Ganga Action Plan, 2000
10. Supreme Court Report on Utilization of Funds and Assets created under GAP, 2009

4. Legal Documents & Notifications

1. The Environment Protection Act, 1986
2. Notification of the NGRBA, Feb 2009
3. Declaration of the Gangetic Dolphin as National Aquatic Animal, Oct 2009
4. Notification of Uttar Pradesh State Ganga River Conservation Authority, Sept 2009
5. Notification of Jharkhand State Ganga River Conservation Authority, Sept 2009
6. Notification of West Bengal State Ganga River Conservation Authority, Sept 2009
7. Notification of Bihar State Ganga River Conservation Authority, Feb 2010
8. Notification of Uttarakhand State Ganga River Conservation Authority, Feb 2010

5. NGRBA Documents by Government of India

1. Minutes of First Meeting of NGRBA, Oct 2009
2. List of Initial Portfolio of NGRBA Projects, Oct 2009
3. List of Project Approved by Empowered Steering Committee, March 2010
4. Long List of Possible Investments, May 2010

160
5. Minutes of Meeting with Experts of NGRBA, July 2010
6. MOA between MOEF and IITs regarding River Basin Management Plan, July 2010
7. Minutes of Second Meeting of NGRBA, Nov 2010
8. Guidelines for Preparation of Project Reports under NGRBA-NRCP, Dec 2010
9. NGRBA Program Framework, April 2011

161
 Annex 15: Statement of Loans and Credits
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

Difference between
expected and actual
Original Amount in US$ Millions disbursements
Project FY Purpose IBRD IDA SF GEF Cancel. Undisb. Orig. Frm. Rev’d
ID
P102329 2011 Rajasthan Rural Livelihoods Project 0.00 162.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 162.91 0.00 0.00
P120836 2011 Maharashtra Agricultural 0.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 97.42 -4.58 0.00
Competitiveness
P121515 2011 NHAI Technical Assistance Project 45.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 45.00 0.00 0.00
P122096 2011 Bihar Kosi Flood Recovery Project 0.00 220.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 230.20 0.00 0.00
P124639 2011 PMGSY Rural Roads Project 500.00 1,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,486.79 0.00 0.00
P105990 2010 West Bengal PRI 0.00 200.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 194.20 -13.33 0.00
P102771 2010 IIFCL - India Infras Finance Company 1,195.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1,192.01 0.00 0.00
Ltd
P102549 2010 Tech Engr Educ Quality Improvement 0.00 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 280.04 -1.46 0.00
II
P101650 2010 A. P. RWSS 0.00 150.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 132.09 4.00 0.00
P100954 2010 AP Water Sector Improvement Project 450.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 409.47 -33.33 0.00
P097985 2010 Integrated Coastal Zone Management 0.00 221.97 0.00 0.00 0.00 216.27 4.45 0.00
Proje
P096021 2010 AP Road Sector Project 320.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 296.59 28.73 0.00
P092217 2010 National Cyclone Risk Mitigation 0.00 255.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 255.01 0.00 0.00
Project
P091031 2010 CBldg for Indus Poll Mgt 25.21 38.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 60.53 -4.44 0.00
P119043 2010 Microfinance-Scaling Up Sustnble & 200.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 300.93 23.33 0.00
Resp
P115566 2010 POWERGRID V 1,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 953.42 50.42 0.00
P113028 2010 Mumbai Urban Transport Project-2A 430.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 428.93 0.00 0.00
P110371 2010 Sustainable Urban Transport Project 105.23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 97.97 26.33 0.00
P110051 2010 Haryana Power System Improv 330.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 252.23 95.58 -76.94
Project
P089985 2010 Dam Rehabilitation & Improvement 175.00 175.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 345.97 2.67 0.00
P071250 2010 Andhra Pradesh Municipal 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 279.07 -5.84 0.00
Development
P112033 2009 UP Sodic III 0.00 197.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 177.84 -5.16 0.00
P102331 2009 MPDPIP-II 0.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 81.68 -16.41 0.00
P100735 2009 Orissa Community Tank Management 56.00 56.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 103.09 10.74 0.00
Project
P100101 2009 Coal-Fired Generation Rehabilitation 180.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 179.55 38.00 0.00
P096023 2009 Orissa State Roads 250.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 235.36 46.32 0.00
P093478 2009 Orissa Rural Livelihoods Project 0.00 82.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 73.31 13.19 0.00
P094360 2009 National VBD Control&Polio 0.00 521.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 404.69 178.02 0.00
Eradication
P101653 2008 Power System Development Project 1,000.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 250.64 -195.02 97.64
IV
P102547 2008 Elementary Education (SSA II) 0.00 1,350.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 504.56 -243.64 152.14
P095114 2008 Rampur Hydropower Project 400.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 246.27 87.27 0.00
P102768 2007 Stren India's Rural Credit Coops 300.00 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 220.18 176.37 0.00
P083187 2007 Uttaranchal RWSS 0.00 120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 85.34 64.60 53.21

162
P100789 2007 AP Community Tank Management 94.50 94.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 146.22 79.50 0.00
Project
P090768 2007 TN IAM WARM 335.00 150.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 319.89 162.58 0.00
P078539 2007 TB II 0.00 170.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 53.68 -9.94 0.00
P090764 2007 Bihar Rural Livelihoods Project 0.00 63.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 28.90 -27.75 1.60
P078538 2007 Third National HIV/AIDS Control 0.00 250.00 0.00 0.00 0.07 157.81 145.60 0.00
Project
P099047 2007 Vocational Training India 0.00 280.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 168.53 43.38 0.00
P090592 2007 Punjab Rural Water Supply & 0.00 154.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 120.54 105.91 -2.09
Sanitation
P075060 2007 RCH II 0.00 360.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 180.54 148.24 0.00
P090585 2007 Punjab State Roads Project 250.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 115.62 49.95 0.00
P096019 2007 HP State Roads Project 220.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 145.57 59.12 0.00
P071160 2007 Karnataka Health Systems 0.00 141.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 43.55 0.79 0.00
P078832 2006 Karnataka Panchayats Strengthening 0.00 120.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.93 -50.58 0.00
Proj
P079675 2006 Karn Municipal Reform 216.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 147.89 132.89 0.00
P093720 2006 Mid-Himalayan (HP) Watersheds 0.00 60.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 19.76 9.20 0.00
P092735 2006 NAIP 0.00 200.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 103.04 43.55 0.00
P083780 2006 TN Urban III 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.64 125.42 121.32 28.80
P086414 2006 Power System Development Project 400.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.80 3.80 0.00
III
P079708 2006 TN Empwr & Pov Reduction 0.00 274.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 181.89 16.37 0.00
P073370 2005 Madhya Pradesh Water Sector 394.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.62 233.13 239.75 0.00
Restructurin
P073651 2005 DISEASE SURVEILLANCE 0.00 68.00 0.00 0.00 8.31 38.66 42.11 4.80
P075058 2005 TN HEALTH SYSTEMS 0.00 228.53 0.00 0.00 20.06 104.15 0.78 -9.41
P084792 2005 Assam Agric Competitiveness 0.00 154.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 42.11 34.33 11.28
P094513 2005 India Tsunami ERC 0.00 465.00 0.00 0.00 68.99 278.15 337.10 103.01
P077856 2005 Lucknow-Muzaffarpur National 620.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 26.64 26.64 0.00
Highway
P084790 2005 MAHAR WSIP 325.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 137.13 124.46 0.00
P086518 2005 SME Financing & Development 520.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 128.39 -270.61 42.72
P084632 2005 Hydrology II 104.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 70.20 69.73 57.44
P077977 2005 Rural Roads Project 99.50 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16.57 8.03 0.00
P078550 2004 Uttar Wtrshed 0.00 77.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.94 -2.01 0.00
P082510 2004 Karnataka UWS Improvement Project 39.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.23 5.23 1.33
P050655 2004 RAJASTHAN HEALTH SYSTEMS 0.00 89.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.39 18.81 3.65
DEVELOPMENT
P071272 2003 AP RURAL POV REDUCTION 0.00 315.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 56.22 -126.10 40.69
P050649 2003 TN ROADS 398.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 36.83 -13.74 0.00
P050647 2002 UP WSRP 0.00 149.20 0.00 0.00 40.11 23.11 34.33 -17.31
P050653 2002 KARNATAKA RWSS II 0.00 301.60 0.00 0.00 16.40 147.11 -18.40 0.00
P050668 2002 MUMBAI URBAN TRANSPORT 463.00 79.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 124.83 112.12 125.12
PROJECT
P040610 2002 RAJ WSRP 0.00 159.00 0.00 0.00 25.84 47.71 16.37 -17.79
P071033 2002 KARN Tank Mgmt 32.00 130.90 0.00 0.00 25.07 96.75 35.47 11.25
Total: 12,074.24 10,484.20 0.00 0.00 212.11 14,032.39 2,035.14 611.14

163
 INDIA
STATEMENT OF IFC’s
Held and Disbursed Portfolio
In Millions of US Dollars

Committed Disbursed
IFC IFC
FY Approval Company Loan Equity Quasi Partic. Loan Equity Quasi Partic.
2005 ADPCL 39.50 7.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 AHEL 0.00 5.08 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.08 0.00 0.00
2005 AP Paper Mills 35.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 5.00 0.00 0.00
2005 APIDC Biotech 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.01 0.00 0.00
2002 ATL 13.81 0.00 0.00 9.36 13.81 0.00 0.00 9.36
2003 ATL 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 ATL 9.39 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 Atul Ltd 16.77 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2003 BHF 10.30 0.00 10.30 0.00 10.30 0.00 10.30 0.00
2004 BILT 0.00 0.00 15.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.00 0.00
2001 BTVL 0.43 3.98 0.00 0.00 0.43 3.98 0.00 0.00
2003 Balrampur 10.52 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.52 0.00 0.00 0.00
2001 Basix Ltd. 0.00 0.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.98 0.00 0.00
2005 Bharat Biotech 0.00 0.00 4.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.30 0.00
1984 Bihar Sponge 5.70 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.70 0.00 0.00 0.00
2003 CCIL 1.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.59 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 CCIL 7.00 2.00 0.00 12.40 7.00 2.00 0.00 12.40
1990 CESC 4.61 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.61 0.00 0.00 0.00
1992 CESC 6.55 0.00 0.00 14.59 6.55 0.00 0.00 14.59
2004 CGL 14.38 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.38 0.00 0.00 0.00
2004 CMScomputers 0.00 10.00 2.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2002 COSMO 2.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.50 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 COSMO 0.00 3.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.73 0.00 0.00
2006 Chennai Water 24.78 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2003 DQEL 0.00 1.50 1.50 0.00 0.00 1.50 1.50 0.00
2005 DSCL 30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 DSCL 15.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 Dabur 0.00 14.09 0.00 0.00 0.00 14.09 0.00 0.00
2003 Dewan 8.68 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.68 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 Federal Bank 0.00 28.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.99 0.00 0.00
2001 GTF Fact 0.00 1.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.20 0.00 0.00
2006 GTF Fact 0.00 0.00 0.99 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.99 0.00
1994 GVK 0.00 4.83 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.83 0.00 0.00
2003 HDFC 100.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 100.00
1998 IAAF 0.00 0.47 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.30 0.00 0.00
2006 IAL 0.00 9.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.70 0.00 0.00
1998 IDFC 0.00 10.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.82 0.00 0.00
2005 IDFC 50.00 0.00 0.00 100.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 100.00
IHDC 6.94 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 IHDC 7.90 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

164
2006 Indecomm 0.00 2.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.57 0.00 0.00
1996 India Direct Fnd 0.00 1.10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.66 0.00 0.00
2001 Indian Seamless 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 JK Paper 15.00 7.62 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.38 0.00 0.00
2005 K Mahindra INDIA 22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 22.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 KPIT 11.00 2.50 0.00 0.00 8.00 2.50 0.00 0.00
2003 L&T 50.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 50.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 LGB 14.21 4.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.82 0.00 0.00
2006 Lok Fund 0.00 2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2002 MMFSL 7.89 0.00 7.51 0.00 7.89 0.00 7.51 0.00
2003 MSSL 0.00 2.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.20 0.00 0.00
2001 MahInfra 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.79 0.00 0.00
Montalvo 0.00 3.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.08 0.00 0.00
1996 Moser Baer 0.00 0.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.82 0.00 0.00
1999 Moser Baer 0.00 8.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.74 0.00 0.00
2000 Moser Baer 12.75 10.54 0.00 0.00 12.75 10.54 0.00 0.00
Nevis 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00
2003 NewPath 0.00 9.31 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.31 0.00 0.00
2004 NewPath 0.00 2.79 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.49 0.00 0.00
2003 Niko Resources 24.44 0.00 0.00 0.00 24.44 0.00 0.00 0.00
2001 Orchid 0.00 0.73 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.73 0.00 0.00
1997 Owens Corning 5.92 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.92 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 PSL Limited 15.00 4.74 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.54 0.00 0.00
2004 Powerlinks 72.98 0.00 0.00 0.00 64.16 0.00 0.00 0.00
2004 RAK India 20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
1995 Rain Calcining 0.00 2.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.29 0.00 0.00
2004 Rain Calcining 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 Ramky 3.74 10.28 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 Ruchi Soya 0.00 9.27 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.77 0.00 0.00
2001 SBI 50.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
1997 SREI 3.21 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.21 0.00 0.00 0.00
2000 SREI 6.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.50 0.00 0.00 0.00
1995 Sara Fund 0.00 3.43 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.43 0.00 0.00
2004 SeaLion 4.40 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.40 0.00 0.00 0.00
2001 Spryance 0.00 1.86 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.86 0.00 0.00
2003 Spryance 0.00 0.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.93 0.00 0.00
2004 Sundaram Finance 42.93 0.00 0.00 0.00 42.93 0.00 0.00 0.00
2000 Sundaram Home 0.00 2.18 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.18 0.00 0.00
2002 Sundaram Home 6.71 0.00 0.00 0.00 6.71 0.00 0.00 0.00
1998 TCW/ICICI 0.00 0.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.00 0.00
2005 TISCO 100.00 0.00 0.00 300.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2004 UPL 15.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 15.45 0.00 0.00 0.00
1996 United Riceland 5.63 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.63 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 United Riceland 8.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2002 Usha Martin 0.00 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.00 0.00
2001 Vysya Bank 0.00 3.66 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.66 0.00 0.00
2005 Vysya Bank 0.00 3.51 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.51 0.00 0.00
1997 WIV 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.00
1997 Walden-Mgt India 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00

165
2006 iLabs Fund II 0.00 20.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total portfolio: 956.52 249.41 42.30 536.35 604.74 175.91 38.60 236.35

Approvals Pending Commitment

FY Approval Company Loan Equity Quasi Partic.
2004 CGL 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
2000 APCL 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 Atul Ltd 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00
2001 Vysya Bank 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2006 Federal Bank 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
2001 GI Wind Farms 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
2004 Ocean Sparkle 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2005 Allain Duhangan 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Total pending commitment: 0.04 0.01 0.00 0.00

166
 Annex 16: Country at a Glance
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

167
168
Annex 17: Map IBRD 38041R - The Ganga Basin in India
INDIA: National Ganga River Basin Project

169